Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
2013 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual M
In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Air Vents ...... 8-6 Vehicle Features ...... 1-15 Maintenance ...... 8-7 eAssist Features ...... 1-19 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Performance and Controls ...... 5-2 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-22 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information ...... 9-2 Indicators ...... 5-8 Starting and Operating ...... 9-14 Keys, Doors, and Information Displays ...... 5-25 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-26 Windows ...... 2-1 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-27 Keys and Locks ...... 2-1 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-39 Drive Systems ...... 9-30 Doors ...... 2-11 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-45 Brakes ...... 9-31 Vehicle Security...... 2-12 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-34 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-15 Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-37 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-16 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-40 Windows ...... 2-17 Interior Lighting ...... 6-5 Fuel ...... 9-46 Roof ...... 2-19 Lighting Features ...... 6-6 Towing...... 9-51 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-57 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Introduction ...... 7-1 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Radio ...... 7-9 General Information ...... 10-2 Rear Seats ...... 3-10 Audio Players ...... 7-14 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-3 Safety Belts ...... 3-11 Phone ...... 7-20 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-31 Airbag System ...... 3-19 Trademarks and License Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Child Restraints ...... 3-32 Agreements ...... 7-32 Electrical System ...... 10-35 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-42 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
2013 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual M
Jump Starting ...... 10-87 OnStar ...... 14-1 Towing...... 10-90 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Appearance Care ...... 10-92 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 OnStar Additional Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Information ...... 14-5 General Information ...... 11-1 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 Index ...... i-1 Special Application Services ...... 11-8 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-9 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-12 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-17 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy...... 13-19 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Introduction iii
For vehicles first sold in Canada, Using this Manual substitute the name “General Motors of Canada Limited” for Buick To quickly locate information about Motor Division wherever it appears the vehicle, use the Index in the in this manual. back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in the Keep this manual in the vehicle for manual and the page number where The names, logos, emblems, quick reference. it can be found. slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs appearing in Canadian Vehicle Owners Danger, Warnings, and this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the Propriétaires Canadiens Cautions BUICK Emblem, and LACROSSE A French language copy of this Warning messages found on vehicle are trademarks and/or service manual can be obtained from your labels and in this manual describe marks of General Motors LLC, its dealer or from: hazards and what to do to avoid or subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. reduce them. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de This manual describes features that ce guide en français auprès du Danger indicates a hazard with a may or may not be on your specific concessionnaire ou à l'adresse high level of risk which will result in vehicle either because they are suivante: serious injury or death. options that you did not purchase or Warning or Caution indicates a due to changes subsequent to the Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service hazard that could result in injury or printing of this owner manual. 47911 Halyard Drive death. Please refer to the purchase documentation relating to your Plymouth, MI 48170 specific vehicle to confirm each of the features found on your vehicle.
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 22771249 A First Printing © 2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
iv Introduction
Symbols % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls { WARNING or OnStar® The vehicle has components and These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System people. the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific I : Cruise Control component, control, message, Notice: This means there is B : Engine Coolant Temperature gauge, or indicator. something that could result in M O : Exterior Lamps property or vehicle damage. This : This symbol is shown when g would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual : First Responder vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or # : Fog Lamps information. . : Fuel Gauge * : This symbol is shown when + : Fuses you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam information. Changer Vehicle Symbol Chart ( : Heated Steering Wheel A circle with a slash through it is a Here are some additional symbols j : LATCH System Child safety symbol which means “Do that may be found on the vehicle Restraints Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let and what they mean. For more * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp this happen.” information on the symbol, refer to the Index. : : Oil Pressure } 9 : Airbag Readiness Light : Power / # : Air Conditioning : Remote Vehicle Start ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) > : Safety Belt Reminders Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Introduction v
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® M : Windshield Washer Fluid Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
vi Introduction
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Exterior Lighting ...... 1-11 Driver Efficiency Gauge ...... 1-20 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12 Automatic Engine Start/Stop Climate Controls ...... 1-13 Feature ...... 1-21 Instrument Panel Transmission ...... 1-14 Regenerative Braking ...... 1-21 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Battery ...... 1-21 Vehicle Features Service ...... 1-21 Initial Drive Information Radio(s) ...... 1-15 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Satellite Radio ...... 1-15 Performance and Maintenance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-16 Traction Control System ...... 1-4 Bluetooth® ...... 1-16 System (TCS) ...... 1-22 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-16 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-22 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Cruise Control ...... 1-17 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-22 Trunk Release ...... 1-5 Infotainment System ...... 1-17 Tire Sealant and Windows ...... 1-5 Driver Information Compressor Kit ...... 1-23 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Center (DIC) ...... 1-17 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-23 Memory Features ...... 1-7 Vehicle Personalization ...... 1-18 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-23 Heated and Ventilated Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-18 Driving for Better Fuel Seats ...... 1-8 Power Outlets ...... 1-18 Economy ...... 1-23 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8 Universal Remote System . . . 1-18 Roadside Assistance Safety Belts ...... 1-9 Sunroof ...... 1-19 Program ...... 1-24 Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-9 eAssist Features Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-9 ® Steering Wheel eAssist Overview ...... 1-19 Adjustment ...... 1-10 High Voltage Safety Interior Lighting ...... 1-10 Information ...... 1-20 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
In Brief 1-3
1. Exterior Lamp Controls on 8. Front Storage on page 4‑1. 19. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into page 6‑1. 9. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out Park on page 9‑24. Fog Lamps on page 6‑4 (If of View). See Malfunction 20. Traction Control System (TCS) Equipped). Indicator Lamp on page 5‑16. on page 9‑34. Instrument Panel Illumination 10. Cruise Control on page 9‑37. StabiliTrak® System on Control on page 6‑5. 11. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 9‑35 (If Equipped). Head-Up Display (HUD) on page 5‑2. Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 5 29 (If Equipped). page 9 40. ‑ 12. Horn on page 5‑3. ‑ 2. Air Vents on page 8‑6. 13. Steering Wheel Controls on Rear Window Sunshade on page 2 19 (If Equipped). 3. Turn and Lane-Change Lever. page 5‑2 (If Equipped). ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change 14. Ignition Positions (Keyless 21. Power Door Locks on Signals on page 6 4. page 2 10. ‑ Access) on page 9‑15 or ‑ Driver Information Center Ignition Positions (Key Access) Hazard Warning Flashers on Buttons. See Driver Information on page 9‑17. page 6‑4. Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. 15. Heated and Ventilated Front Passenger Sensing System on 4. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9. Seats on page 3‑8 (If page 3‑26. Driver Information Center Equipped). Display. See Driver Information 16. Dual Automatic Climate Control Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. System on page 8‑1. 5. Windshield Wiper/Washer on 17. Parking Brake on page 9‑32. page 5‑3. 18. Shift Lever Position Indicator. 6. Infotainment Display Screen. See Automatic Transmission 7. Infotainment. See infotainment on page 9‑27. system manual. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
1-4 In Brief
Initial Drive 7 : Press and release one time to initiate vehicle locator. Press and Information hold for at least three seconds to This section provides a brief sound the panic alarm. Press again overview about some of the to cancel the panic alarm. important features that may or may See Keys on page 2‑1 and Remote not be on your specific vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) System For more detailed information, refer Operation on page 2‑3. to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. Remote Vehicle Start For vehicles with this feature, the Remote Keyless Entry RKE without Remote Start engine can be started from outside the vehicle. (RKE) System Press the button to extend the key. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The key can be used for all locks. Starting the Vehicle transmitter may work up to 60 m This key is also used for the 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the (195 ft) away from the vehicle. ignition, if the vehicle does not have pushbutton start. vehicle. K : Press to unlock the driver door 2. Press and release Q. or all doors. 3. Immediately after completing Q : Press to lock all doors. Step 2, press and hold / for at Lock and unlock feedback can be least two seconds or until the personalized. turn signal lamps flash. V : Press and hold to release the trunk. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
In Brief 1-5
When the engine starts, the parking Door Locks Trunk Release lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The To lock or unlock the doors: The trunk may be opened by doors will be locked and the climate . From inside the vehicle, use the pressing V on the Remote control system may come on. door lock knob or the power Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or The engine will continue to run for door lock controls, pull once on press the touch pad above the 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a the door handle to unlock it, and license plate. See Trunk on 10-minute time extension. Remote a second time to open it. page 2‑11. start can be extended only once. . From outside, use the key, Windows Canceling a Remote Start or press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. To cancel a remote start, do one of See Remote Keyless Entry the following: (RKE) System Operation on . Aim the RKE transmitter at the page 2‑3. vehicle and press and hold / See Door Locks on page 2‑9. until the parking lamps turn off. Power Door Locks . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. The power door lock controls are on the front door panels. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. K : Press to unlock the doors. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑8. Q : Press to lock the doors. See Power Door Locks on Press the switch to lower the page 2‑10. window. Pull the switch up to raise it. See Power Windows on page 2‑17. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
1-6 In Brief
Seat Adjustment 3. Try to move the seat back and Power Seats forth to be sure it is locked in Manual Seats place. Press and hold the top or bottom of the switch (2) to raise or lower the seat. Release the switch (2) when the desired height is reached. To raise or recline the seatback, use the lever (1) on the outboard side of the seat. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3 and Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑5. To adjust the seat: 1. Seatback Recline Lever . Move the seat forward or rearward by moving the 2. Height Adjustment Switch horizontal control forward or 3. Seat Position Handle rearward. To adjust the seat position: . Raise or lower the front or rear 1. Pull the handle (3) under the part of the seat cushion by front of the seat cushion. moving the front or rear of the horizontal control up or down. 2. Slide the seat to the desired . position and release the Raise or lower the entire seat by handle (3). moving the horizontal control up or down. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
In Brief 1-7
See Power Seat Adjustment on Lumbar Adjustment Memory Features page 3‑4. Power Reclining Seatbacks
To adjust the lumbar support, If available, the MEM, “1,” and “2” if available: buttons on the outboard side of the To raise or recline the seatback, tilt . Press and hold the front or rear driver seat are used to manually the top of the vertical control of the control to increase or save and recall the driver seat and forward or rearward. See Reclining decrease lumbar support. outside mirror positions. These Seatbacks on page 3‑5. manually stored positions are . Press and hold the top or bottom referred to as Button Memory of the control to raise or lower positions. lumbar support. The vehicle will also automatically See Lumbar Adjustment on save driver seat and outside mirror page 3 4. ‑ positions to the current driver Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter when the ignition is Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
1-8 In Brief
placed in OFF. These automatically Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the stored positions are referred to as highest setting. With each press of RKE Memory positions. Seats the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to See Memory Seats on page 3‑6 and Vehicle Personalization on the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one page 5‑39. for the lowest. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑8. Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and Heated and Ventilated Seat adjusted properly. Buttons Shown, Heated Seat To achieve a comfortable seating Buttons Similar position, change the seatback If available, the buttons are near the recline angle as little as necessary infotainment system on the center while keeping the seat and the head stack. To operate, the ignition must restraint height in the proper be on. position. Press L to heat the seat cushion See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. and seatback or { , if equipped, to ventilate the seat. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
In Brief 1-9
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing Mirror Adjustment System Exterior
The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger Refer to the following sections for sensing system. important information on how to use safety belts properly: The passenger airbag status To adjust the mirrors: indicator will be visible on the . Safety Belts on page 3‑11. 1. Turn the control knob to the L instrument panel when the vehicle is (Left) or R (Right) selecting the . How to Wear Safety Belts started. See Passenger Sensing driver or passenger mirror. Properly on page 3‑13. System on page 3‑26 for important information. 2. Push the control knob to the left, . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑14. right, up, or down to adjust the . Lower Anchors and Tethers for mirror. Children (LATCH System) on Vehicles with the memory feature page 3‑39. can store a preferred mirror position. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
1-10 In Brief
See Memory Seats on page 3‑6 and Vehicles with OnStar® have three 2. Move the steering wheel up Power Mirrors on page 2‑15. control buttons at the bottom of the or down. mirror. See your dealer for more Manual Foldaway Mirrors 3. Pull or push the steering wheel information on the system and how closer or away from you. These mirrors can be folded inward to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar to prevent damage when going Overview on page 14‑1. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. through an automatic car wash. To See Manual Rearview Mirror on fold, pull the mirror toward the page 2‑16. Do not adjust the steering wheel vehicle. Push the mirror outward to while driving. return it to the original position. Steering Wheel See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑15. Adjustment Interior Lighting Automatic Dimming Feature Dome Lamps The vehicle may have an automatic The interior lamps control located in dimming driver outside mirror. the overhead console controls both Automatic dimming reduces the the front and rear interior lamps. glare of the headlamps behind you. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑15. Interior Adjust this mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle. Hold the mirror in the center to move it up, down, or side to side. To reduce headlamp glare from behind, push To adjust the steering wheel: the tab forward for daytime and pull it for nighttime use. 1. Pull the lever down. ( : Turns the lamps off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
In Brief 1-11
H : Turns the lamps on when any Exterior Lighting door is opened. ' : Keeps the lamps on all the time. Reading Lamps There are front and rear reading lamps. The rear reading lamps are located in the headliner. # or $ : Press to turn each lamp The exterior lamp control is located on or off. on the instrument panel on the outboard side of the steering wheel. For more information, see: Turn the control to the following . Dome Lamps on page 6 5. ‑ positions: O : Turns off the exterior lamps. The knob returns to the AUTO The front reading lamps are located position after it is released. Turn to in the overhead console. off again to reactivate the AUTO mode. AUTO: Automatically turns the exterior lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
1-12 In Brief
; : Turns on the parking lamps, Windshield Wiper/Washer INT: Move the lever up to INT for together with the sidemarker lamps, intermittent wipes, then turn the taillamps, license plate lamps, and 3 INT band up for more frequent instrument panel lights. wipes or down for less frequent wipes. 2 : Turns on the headlamps, together with the parking lamps, OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. sidemarker lamps, taillamps, license 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move plate lamps, and instrument panel the wiper lever down. For several lights. The windshield wiper/washer lever wipes, hold the wiper lever down. For more information, see: is on the right side of the steering n L : Pull the windshield wiper column. With the ignition in ACC/ . Exterior Lamp Controls on lever toward you to spray windshield ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move washer fluid and activate the wipers. page 6‑1. the windshield wiper lever to select . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) the wiper speed. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑3. on page 6‑2. HI: Use for fast wipes. . Fog Lamps on page 6‑4. LO: Use for slow wipes. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
In Brief 1-13
Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with these systems.
Dual Automatic Climate Control System for Non-eAssist Vehicles
1. Power 7. Passenger Temperature Control 2. Driver Temperature Control 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 3. Defrost 9. Rear Window Defogger 4. Fan Control 10. Heated Steering Wheel 5. Air Delivery Mode Control 11. Air Conditioning 6. Recirculation/Automatic 12. ZONE Recirculation Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
1-14 In Brief
Transmission Automatic Transmission Driver Shift Control (DSC) Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows shifting an automatic transmission similar to a manual transmission. DSC can be enabled through the shift lever. See Manual Mode on page 9‑29.
Dual Automatic Climate Control System for eAssist Vehicles
1. Power 10. Eco Air Conditioning 2. Driver Temperature Control 11. Comfort Air Conditioning 3. Defrost 12. ZONE 4. Fan Control See Dual Automatic Climate Control 5. Air Delivery Mode Control System on page 8‑1. 6. Recirculation/Automatic Recirculation 7. Passenger Temperature Control 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 9. Rear Window Defogger Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
In Brief 1-15
Vehicle Features Storing a Favorite Station Satellite Radio Stations from all bands can be Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite Radio(s) stored in the favorite lists in any radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM order. Up to six stations can be satellite radio subscription can VOL/ O : Press to turn the system stored in each favorite page and the receive SiriusXM programming. on and off. Turn to increase or number of available favorite pages decrease the volume. can be set. SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service RADIO/BAND or SOURCE: Press To store the station to a position in to choose between FM, AM, the list, press the corresponding SiriusXM is a satellite radio service or SiriusXM®, if equipped. numeric button 1 to 6 until a beep is based in the 48 contiguous United Multifunction Knob: Turn to select heard. States and 10 Canadian provinces. radio stations. See Storing a Station as a SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide “ variety of programming and Favorite in AM-FM Radio on g : Press to seek the previous ” commercial-free music, coast to page 7 9. station or track. ‑ coast, and in digital-quality sound. l : Press to seek the next station Setting the Clock A fee is required to receive the SiriusXM service. or track. See Clock (Radio with CD and Buttons 1-6: Press to save and Touchscreen) on page 5‑5 for more Refer to: select favorite stations. information. . www.siriusxm.com or call INFO: Press to show available 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). information about the current station . www.xmradio.ca or call or track. 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). See Overview on page 7‑3 for more See Satellite Radio on page 7‑10. information about these and other radio features. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
1-16 In Brief
Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) on $ / i : Press to silence the page 7‑20 or Bluetooth vehicle speakers only. Press again Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm (Infotainment Controls) on to turn the sound on. For vehicles (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB page 7‑22 or Bluetooth (Voice with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, port in the center console bin. Recognition) on page 7‑25. press to reject an incoming call, External devices such as iPods®, or to end a current call. laptop computers, MP3 players, CD Steering Wheel Controls changers, and USB drives may be _ SRC ^ : Turn _ or ^ to select a connected, depending on the audio radio band or audio source. system. Turn _ or ^ to select the next or See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑18. previous favorite radio station, CD, or MP3 track. Bluetooth® Press SRC to change between The Bluetooth® system allows radio and CD or DVD. users with a Bluetooth-enabled x mobile phone to make and receive + −: Press + to increase or − to hands-free calls using the vehicle decrease the volume. audio system and controls. For more information, see Steering The Bluetooth-enabled mobile Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. phone must be paired with the in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it For vehicles with audio steering can be used in the vehicle. Not all wheel controls, some audio controls phones will support all functions. can be adjusted at the steering wheel. b / g : Press to interact with the available Bluetooth, OnStar, or navigation system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
In Brief 1-17
Cruise Control SET/−: Move the thumbwheel down toward SET/- to set a speed and activate cruise control, or to make the vehicle decelerate. See Cruise Control on page 9‑37. Infotainment System 1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear the menu item when it is See the infotainment manual for displayed. information on the radio, audio players, phone, navigation system, 2. w / x : Use the thumbwheel to and voice or speech recognition. scroll through the items in It also includes information on each menu. settings and downloadable 3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/ applications (if equipped). Fuel menu and the Vehicle 5 : Press to turn the cruise control Information menu. This button is system on and off. Driver Information also used to return to or exit the * Center (DIC) last screen displayed on : Press to disengage cruise the DIC. control without erasing the set The DIC display is in the center of speed from memory. the instrument cluster. It shows the See Driver Information Center (DIC) status of many vehicle systems. The on page 5‑25. RES/+: Move the thumbwheel up to controls for the DIC are on the turn make the vehicle resume to a signal lever. previously set speed or to accelerate. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
1-18 In Brief
Vehicle Personalization 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible Universal Remote System beeps to provide distance and Some vehicle features can be system information. programmed by using the audio system controls. These features Keep the sensors on the vehicle's include: rear bumper clean to ensure proper operation. . Climate and Air Quality See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on . Comfort and Convenience page 9‑40. . Collision/Detection Systems This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control . Language Power Outlets transmitters used to activate The accessory power outlets can be . Lighting devices such as garage door used to plug in electrical equipment, openers, security systems, and . Power Door Locks such as a cell phone or MP3 player. home automation devices. . Remote Lock/Unlock There are two accessory power Read the instructions completely . outlets. One is located under the Return to Factory Settings before attempting to program the armrest inside the center console Universal Remote system. Because See Vehicle Personalization on storage and the other is on the rear of the steps involved, it may be page 5‑39. of the center floor console. helpful to have another person Ultrasonic Parking Assist Open the protective cover to use the available to assist with programming accessory power outlet. the Universal Remote system. If available, this system uses sensors on the rear bumper to See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. See Universal Remote System on assist with parking and avoiding page 5‑45. objects while in R (Reverse). It operates at speeds less than Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (19,1)
In Brief 1-19
Sunroof Express-open/Express-close: To eAssist Features express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of the ® switch (2). To express-close, fully eAssist Overview press and release the front of the If the vehicle has eAssist, there are switch (1). To stop the sunroof several additional features which partway, press either switch a contribute to increased efficiency. second time. Vehicles with eAssist have an The sunshade opens automatically automatic engine start/stop feature. with the sunroof. This feature saves fuel by shutting To express-open the sunshade, fully the engine off when the vehicle is press and release the rear of the stopped. When the engine shuts off switch (3). To stop the sunshade automatically, all the accessories partway, press the switch a second will continue to operate normally. In On vehicles with a sunroof, the time. To express-close, fully press very hot or cold conditions, the switches are located on the and release the front of the engine will only shut off overhead console. switch (4). To stop the sunshade automatically part of the time. See partway, press the switch a Starting the Engine on page 9‑19. The ignition must be in ON/RUN or second time. ACC/ACCESSORY, or when There are two air conditioning Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is See Sunroof on page 2‑19. settings available. The comfort active. See Retained Accessory setting maximizes cabin comfort. Power (RAP) on page 9‑24. The eco setting maximizes efficiency allowing more frequent, Vent: Press the rear of the and longer engine stops than the switch (2) to the first detent to vent comfort setting. See Dual Automatic the sunroof. Press the front of the Climate Control System on switch (1) to the second detent to page 8‑1. close the sunroof. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (20,1)
1-20 In Brief
This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist In emergency situations, first (HSA) feature, which may be useful responders can cut the two clearly when the vehicle is stopped on a labeled cut points in the engine grade. See Hill Start Assist (HSA) compartment to disable the high on page 9‑34. voltage battery and air bag systems Vehicles with eAssist have a slightly - do not cut the high voltage cable. different instrument cluster, which includes an efficiency gauge, and Driver Efficiency Gauge an AUTO STOP indicator on the tachometer. See Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9. There is also a Power Flow Gauge in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See The cold air intake for the battery is Driver Information Center (DIC) on located behind the rear seat, on the page 5‑25. filler panel. Do not cover the intake. The eAssist system uses a high See Battery on page 10‑27. voltage battery, which is cooled with air drawn from the vehicle interior. High Voltage Safety Information Vehicles with eAssist have a standard 12-volt battery and a high This gauge assists the driver in voltage battery. Only a trained operating the vehicle more service technician with the proper efficiently and will vary based on knowledge and tools should inspect, driver input. test, or replace the high voltage battery. See your dealer if the high See Driver Efficiency Gauge on voltage battery needs service. page 5‑12 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (21,1)
In Brief 1-21
Automatic Engine Start/ mode. Remember to shift to P (Park) Vehicles with eAssist also have a and turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF high voltage battery. Only a trained Stop Feature before exiting the vehicle. service technician with the proper Vehicles with eAssist have an See Starting the Engine on knowledge and tools should inspect, automatic engine start/stop feature. test, or replace the high voltage page 9‑19. After the engine is started and has battery. See your dealer if the high reached operating temperature, the Regenerative Braking voltage battery needs service. See auto stop feature may cause the Battery on page 10‑27. engine to turn off when the brake Regenerative braking takes some of pedal is applied and the vehicle the energy from the moving vehicle Service comes to a complete stop. When and turns it into electrical energy. the brake pedal is released, or the This energy is then stored in the Never try to do your own service on accelerator pedal is applied, the vehicle's high voltage battery eAssist components. You can be engine will restart. The engine will system, contributing to increased injured and the vehicle can be continue to run until the next fuel efficiency. damaged if you try to do your own auto stop. service work. Service and repair of The system works whenever the these high voltage components To restart the engine during the auto accelerator pedal is released, and should only be performed by a stop, release the brake pedal or increases the energy captured as trained service technician with the press the accelerator pedal. The more brake pedal is applied. proper knowledge and tools. See engine starts immediately. The Doing Your Own Service Work on vehicle continues to run until the Battery page 10‑3. next stop. This vehicle has a standard 12-volt AUTO STOP on the tachometer battery. Refer to the replacement signifies that the engine is in auto number on the original battery label stop mode. See Tachometer on when a new standard 12-volt battery page 5‑11 for more information. is needed. A chime will sound when the driver door is opened while in auto stop Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (22,1)
1-22 In Brief
Performance and StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor Maintenance The StabliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Traction Control difficult driving conditions. The system turns on automatically every System (TCS) time the vehicle is started. The traction control system limits . To turn off both TCS and wheel spin. The system turns on StabiliTrak, press and hold the automatically every time the vehicle TCS/StabiliTrak button, located is started. on the console to the right of the . To turn off traction control, press shift lever, until i and g The low tire pressure warning light and release the Traction Control illuminate and the appropriate alerts to a significant loss in System (TCS)/StabiliTrak button DIC message is displayed. See pressure of one of the vehicle's located on the console to the Ride Control System Messages tires. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate i on page 5‑37. right of the shift lever. the tires to the recommended illuminates and the appropriate . Press and release the TCS/ pressure shown on the Tire and DIC message is displayed. See StabiliTrak button to turn on both Loading Information label. See Ride Control System Messages systems. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. on page 5‑37. For more information, see The warning light will remain on until . Press and release the TCS/ StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑35. the tire pressure is corrected. StabiliTrak button again to turn During cooler conditions, the low tire on traction control. pressure warning light may appear For more information, see Traction when the vehicle is first started and Control System (TCS) on then turn off. This may be an early page 9‑34. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (23,1)
In Brief 1-23
indicator that the tire pressures are Engine Oil Life System Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) getting low and the tires need to be inflated to the proper pressure. The engine oil life system calculates Vehicles that have a yellow fuel cap engine oil life based on vehicle use can use either unleaded gasoline or The TPMS does not replace normal and displays the CHANGE ENGINE ethanol fuel containing up to 85% monthly tire maintenance. Maintain OIL SOON message when it is time ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85% the correct tire pressures. to change the engine oil and filter. Ethanol) on page 9‑49. For all other See Tire Pressure Monitor System The oil life system should be reset vehicles, use only the unleaded on page 10‑51. to 100% only following an oil gasoline described under change. Recommended Fuel on page 9‑47. Tire Sealant and Resetting the Oil Life System Compressor Kit Driving for Better Fuel 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with Economy This vehicle may come with a spare the engine off. tire and tire changing equipment or 2. Press the DIC MENU button on Driving habits can affect fuel a tire sealant and compressor kit. the turn signal lever to enter the mileage. Here are some driving tips The kit can be used to temporarily Vehicle Information Menu. Use to get the best fuel economy seal small punctures in the tread the thumbwheel to scroll through possible. area of the tire. See Tire Sealant the menu items until you reach . Avoid fast starts and accelerate and Compressor Kit (With Pressure REMAINING OIL LIFE. smoothly. Relief Button) on page 10‑64 or Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With 3. Press the SET/CLR button to . Brake gradually and avoid Pressure Deflation Button) on reset the oil life at 100%. abrupt stops. page 10‑71. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . Avoid idling the engine for long If the vehicle came with a spare tire See Engine Oil Life System on periods of time. and tire changing equipment, see If page 10‑13. . When road and weather a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑63. conditions are appropriate, use cruise control. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (24,1)
1-24 In Brief
. Always follow posted speed See Roadside Assistance Program limits or drive more slowly when (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or conditions require. Roadside Assistance Program . Keep vehicle tires properly (Mexico) on page 13‑9. inflated. Roadside Service and OnStar . Combine several trips into a (U.S. and Canada) single trip. If the vehicle has an active OnStar . Replace the vehicle's tires with subscription, contact OnStar and the the same TPC Spec number vehicle’s current GPS location will molded into the tire's sidewall be sent to an OnStar advisor to near the size. assess the situation, contact Roadside Assistance, and relay the . Follow recommended scheduled exact location to send help. maintenance. Roadside Assistance Program U.S.: 1-800-252-1112 TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438 Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Mexico: 01-800-466-0818 As the owner of a new Buick, you are automatically enrolled in the Roadside Assistance program. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 Windows Power Mirrors ...... 2-15 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-15 Keys Heated Mirrors ...... 2-15 Keys and Locks Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-16 { WARNING Keys ...... 2-1 Interior Mirrors Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-16 System ...... 2-2 an ignition key or Remote Automatic Dimming Rearview Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Mirror ...... 2-16 System Operation ...... 2-3 dangerous and children or others Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-8 Windows could be seriously injured or Door Locks ...... 2-9 Windows ...... 2-17 killed. They could operate the Power Door Locks ...... 2-10 Power Windows ...... 2-17 power window or other controls or Delayed Locking ...... 2-10 Sun Visors ...... 2-18 make the vehicle move. The Safety Locks ...... 2-10 Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . 2-19 windows will function with the key in the ignition or with the RKE Doors Roof transmitter in the vehicle, and Trunk ...... 2-11 Sunroof ...... 2-19 children or others could be caught Vehicle Security in the path of a closing window. Vehicle Security ...... 2-12 Do not leave children in a vehicle Vehicle Alarm System ...... 2-12 with the ignition key or an RKE Immobilizer ...... 2-13 transmitter. Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) ...... 2-13 Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) ...... 2-14 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System See Radio Frequency Statement on page 13‑20 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada The key that is part of the Remote Press the button on the RKE Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can transmitter to extend the key. Press be used for the ignition and all locks the button and the key blade to If there is a decrease in the RKE if the vehicle is a key access retract the key. operating range: vehicle. If the vehicle has the If it becomes difficult to turn the key . Check the distance. The keyless ignition, the key can be in a vehicle lock, inspect the key transmitter may be too far from used for the locks. blade for debris. Periodically clean the vehicle. with a brush or pick. . Check the location. Other See your dealer if a new key is vehicles or objects may be needed. blocking the signal. If locked out of the vehicle, see . Check the transmitter's battery. Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. See “Battery Replacement” later and Canada) on page 13‑7 or in this section. Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
. If the transmitter is still not Pressing may also arm the working correctly, see your Q theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle dealer or a qualified technician Alarm System on page 2 12. for service. ‑ K (Unlock): Press to unlock the Remote Keyless Entry driver door or all doors. See “Door (RKE) System Operation Unlock Options” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑39. The transmitter functions may work The turn signal indicators may flash up to 60 m (195 ft) away from the and/or the horn may sound to vehicle. indicate unlocking. See “Unlock Keep in mind that other conditions Feedback” under Vehicle can impact the performance of the RKE without Remote Start Shown Personalization on page 5‑39. transmitter. Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. Pressing K will disarm the The turn signal indicators may flash theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle and/or the horn may sound to Alarm System on page 2‑12. indicate locking, see “Locking Memory seat positions may be Feedback” under Vehicle recalled when unlocking the vehicle. Personalization on page 5‑39. See “Memory Seats” under Memory Seats on page 3‑6 and “Remote If the driver door is open when is Q Recall” under Vehicle pressed, all doors lock except the Personalization on page 5‑39. driver door, if enabled through the vehicle personalization. V (Remote Trunk Release): Press and hold to release the trunk. If the passenger door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the Alarm): Press and release one door or trunk being opened. if the time to initiate vehicle locator. The vehicle has this feature, there will be exterior lamps flash and the horn buttons on the outside of the door chirps three times. handles. Press and hold 7 for at least The keyless access can be programmed to unlock all doors on three seconds to sound the panic the first unlock/lock button press alarm. The horn sounds and the 7 from the driver door. See Vehicle turn signals flash until is pressed Personalization on page 5‑39. again or the vehicle is started. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from / (Remote Vehicle Start): For the Driver Door vehicles with this feature, press to Driver Side Shown, Passenger operate the remote start feature. When the doors are locked and the Similar RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) See Remote Vehicle Start on Pressing the lock/unlock button will of the driver door handle, pressing page 2‑8. cause all doors to lock if any of the the lock/unlock button on the driver following occur: The buttons on the keys are door handle will unlock the driver disabled when there is a key in the door. If the lock/unlock button is . It has been more than ignition, if equipped. pressed again within five seconds, five seconds since the first lock/ Keyless Access Operation all passenger doors will unlock. unlock button press. . Two lock/unlock button presses Some vehicles have a keyless were used to unlock all doors. access system that lets you lock and unlock the doors and access . Any vehicle door has opened the trunk without removing the RKE and all doors are now closed. transmitter from your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE transmitter Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter has been removed from programmed through your dealer. Passenger Doors the interior of the vehicle, the doors The vehicle can be reprogrammed When the doors are locked and the will lock after eight seconds. so that lost or stolen transmitters no RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) Temporarily disable the locking longer work. Any remaining of the door handle, pressing the feature by pressing and holding the transmitters will need to be lock/unlock button on that door power door switch for several reprogrammed. Each vehicle can handle will unlock all doors. seconds with a door open. Passive have up to five transmitters matched to it. Pressing the lock/unlock button will locking will then remain disabled cause all doors to lock if any of the until the door switch is pressed, Programming with a Recognized following occur: or until the vehicle is turned on. Transmitter (Keyless Access To customize whether the doors Vehicles Only) . The lock/unlock button was used to unlock all doors. automatically lock when exiting the A new transmitter can be vehicle, see “Remote Locking, programmed to the vehicle when . Any vehicle door has opened Unlocking, Starting” under Vehicle there is one recognized transmitter. and all doors are now closed. Personalization . To program, the vehicle must be off Passive Locking Keyless Trunk Opening and all of the transmitters, both currently recognized and new, must If the vehicle has the keyless Lift up on the touch pad located be with you. access system, this feature allows above the license plate to open the you to select whether the doors trunk if the RKE transmitter is within 1. Place the recognized automatically lock during normal 1m (3 ft). transmitter(s) in the cupholder. vehicle exit. When the vehicle is turned off and all doors are closed, Programming Transmitters to the vehicle will determine how many the Vehicle RKE transmitters remain in the Only RKE transmitters programmed vehicle interior. If at least one RKE to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
2. Insert the vehicle key of the new 5. Remove the transmitter from the 1. Insert the vehicle key of the transmitter into the key lock transmitter pocket and press K. transmitter into the key lock cylinder located on the outside cylinder located on the outside of the driver door and turn the To program additional of the driver door and turn the key to the unlock position five transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. key to the unlock position five times within 10 seconds. When all additional transmitters times within 10 seconds. The Driver Information Center are programmed, press and hold The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays READY FOR the ignition for 10 seconds to (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5. exit programming mode. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. 3. Place the new transmitter into Programming without a 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC the transmitter pocket. The Recognized Transmitter (Keyless displays PRESS ENGINE transmitter pocket is located Access Vehicles Only) START BUTTON TO LEARN inside the center console If there are no currently recognized and then press the ignition. storage area under the transmitters available, follow this The DIC displays will again cupholder. The cupholder will procedure to program up to eight show REMOTE LEARN need to be pulled out to access transmitters. This feature is not PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. the transmitter pocket. available in Canada. This procedure 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional 4. Press the ignition. When the will take approximately 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must be off times. After the third time, all transmitter is learned, the DIC previously known transmitters will show that it is ready to and all of the transmitters you wish to program must be with you. will no longer work with the program the next transmitter. vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be relearned during the next steps. The DIC display should now show READY FOR REMOTE # 1. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
4. Place the new transmitter into the vehicle. The REPLACE 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or the transmitter pocket. The BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY N (Neutral), press the brake transmitter pocket is located message may also be displayed at pedal and the START/STOP inside the center console this time. button. See Starting the Engine storage area under the on page 9‑19 for additional cupholder. The cupholder will information about the vehicle's need to be pulled out to access keyless ignition with pushbutton the transmitter pocket. start. 5. Press the ignition. When the Replace the transmitter battery transmitter is learned the DIC as soon as possible. will show that it is ready to program the next transmitter. Battery Replacement 6. Remove the transmitter from the Replace the battery if the REPLACE K BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY transmitter pocket and press . message displays in the DIC. See To program additional “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. KEY” under Key and Lock Messages on page 5 36. When all additional transmitters To start the vehicle: ‑ are programmed, press and hold 1. Remove the cupholder from the The battery is not rechargeable. To the ignition for 10 seconds to center console storage area. replace the battery: exit programming mode. 2. Place the transmitter in the 1. Push the button on the Starting the Vehicle with a Low transmitter pocket with the transmitter to extend the key. Transmitter Battery buttons facing up. 2. Remove the battery cover by If the transmitter battery is weak, the prying it with a finger. DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED when you try to start Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
3. Remove the battery by pushing Starting the Engine Using Remote The engine will shut off after on the battery and sliding it Start 10 minutes unless a time extension toward the key blade. To start the engine using the remote is done or the ignition is put in ON/ 4. Insert the new battery, positive start feature: RUN (key access) or ON/RUN/ START (keyless access). side facing up. Push the battery 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the down until it is held in place. vehicle. The climate control system will use Replace with a CR2032 or the previous setting during a remote equivalent battery. 2. Press and release Q. start. The rear defog may come on during remote start based on cold 5. Snap the battery cover back on 3. Immediately after completing to the transmitter. ambient conditions. The rear defog Step 2, press and hold / for at indicator light does not come on least two seconds or until the Remote Vehicle Start during remote start. See “Remote turn signal lamps flash. The turn Start Climate Control Operation” in If available, this feature allows the signal lamps flashing confirms Dual Automatic Climate Control engine to be started from outside the request to remote start the System on page 8‑1. Vehicles with the vehicle. vehicle has been received. heated or heated and ventilated front seats can have this feature The / button will be on the RKE When the engine starts, the parking lamps will turn on and turn on automatically during a transmitter if the vehicle has remote remain on as long as the engine remote start. See “Remote Start start. is running. The doors will be Heated Seats” and “Remote Start Laws in some local communities locked and the climate control Cooled Seats” under Vehicle may restrict the use of remote system may come on. Personalization on page 5‑39 for starters. For example, some laws more information. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN (key may require a person using remote access), or select the ON/RUN/ start to have the vehicle in view. START ignition position (keyless Check local regulations for any access), to drive the vehicle. requirements. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
Extending Engine Run Time . Turn on the hazard warning Door Locks flashers. The engine will continue to run for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a . Turn the vehicle on and then off. { WARNING 10-minute time extension. Remote Conditions in Which Remote Start start can only be extended once. Will Not Work Unlocked doors can be dangerous. When remote start is extended, the The remote start will not operate if: second 10 minutes will start . Passengers, especially immediately. . The key is in the ignition (key children, can easily open the access) or the ignition is in any For example, if the vehicle has been doors and fall out of a moving position other than OFF (keyless vehicle. The chance of being running for five minutes, and access). 10 minutes are added, the engine thrown out of the vehicle in a will run for a total of 15 minutes. . The transmitter is in the vehicle crash is increased if the (keyless access). doors are not locked. So, all A maximum of two remote starts or passengers should wear . remote start attempts are allowed The hood is not closed. safety belts properly and the between ignition cycles. . The hazard warning flashers doors should be locked The vehicle's ignition must be are on. whenever the vehicle is turned on and then back off before . There is an emission control driven. the remote start procedure can be system malfunction. . Young children who get into used again. unlocked vehicles may be . The engine coolant temperature Canceling a Remote Start is too high. unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat To cancel a remote start, do any of . The oil pressure is low. and can suffer permanent the following: . Two remote vehicle starts have injuries or even death from . Aim the RKE transmitter at the already been used. heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. vehicle and press and hold / . The vehicle is not in P (Park). until the parking lamps turn off. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
. Power Door Locks on Pressing the power lock switch WARNING (CONTINUED) page 2‑10. twice or the lock button on the RKE . transmitter twice will override the . Outsiders can easily enter Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑39. delayed locking feature and through an unlocked door immediately lock all the doors. when slowing or stopping the vehicle. Lock the doors to Power Door Locks This feature will not operate if the help prevent this from The power door lock controls are on key is in the ignition. happening. the front door panels. This feature can be programmed by K (Unlock): Press to unlock all using the Driver Information Center To lock and unlock the doors from doors. (DIC). See “Delayed Door Lock” the outside, use the Remote under Vehicle Personalization on Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. page 5‑39. the key. See “Power Door Locks” in Vehicle To lock the doors from inside, use Personalization on page 5‑39. Safety Locks the power door lock switch or door lock knob. To unlock the doors, use Delayed Locking the power door lock switch or pull When locking the doors with the once on the door handle to unlock it, power lock switch and a door is and a second time to open it. open, the doors will lock Manually locking the driver door five seconds after the last door is also automatically locks all other closed. You will hear three chimes doors. to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. For more information see: . Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
Press o { to activate the safety Doors WARNING (CONTINUED) locks on the rear doors. The indicator light comes on when Trunk . Adjust the climate control activated. system to a setting that The rear door power windows are { WARNING brings in only outside air and also disabled. set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate Press o { again to deactivate the vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the lockout switch. liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with Index. If a rear door handle is pulled when any objects that pass through the . If the vehicle has a power the safety lock is deactivated, that seal between the body and the liftgate, disable the power door will remain locked and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine liftgate function. indicator light may flash. Release exhaust contains carbon For more information about the handle, then press the safety monoxide (CO) which cannot be lock twice to deactivate the safety carbon monoxide, see Engine seen or smelled. It can cause Exhaust on page 9‑26. locks. unconsciousness and even death. If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: . Close all of the windows. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Remote Trunk Release person trapped in a latched trunk, Vehicle Security enabling them to open the trunk from the inside. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make the vehicle impossible to steal. Vehicle Alarm System This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system. Arming the System To open the trunk from outside the To arm the system, press Q on the vehicle, press V on the Remote RKE transmitter, lock the doors Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, using the keyless access system, or press the touch pad above the or lock the doors using the power license plate. lock switch with the door open. There is an emergency trunk Emergency Trunk Release release handle located inside the The alarm automatically arms after Handle trunk on the trunk latch. On some about 30 seconds. The security Notice: Do not use the vehicles, the release handle can be light, located on the instrument emergency trunk release handle accessed by folding the rear seat panel, flashes. as a tie-down or anchor point center seatback. See Rear Seats on Press on the RKE transmitter to page 3 10. Pull the release handle V when securing items in the trunk ‑ open the trunk without setting off the to open the trunk from the inside. as it could damage the handle. alarm. The system rearms when the The emergency trunk release trunk is closed. handle is only intended to aid a Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
Disarming the System Immobilizer To disarm the system, do one of the See Radio Frequency Statement on following: page 13‑20 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal . Press K on the RKE transmitter. Communications Commission (FCC) . Unlock the vehicle with the RKE rules and Industry Canada transmitter (keyless access). Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. The security light in the instrument cluster comes on if there is a . Start the engine. problem with arming or disarming Immobilizer Operation the theft-deterrent system. The alarm automatically disarms. (Key Access) How to Detect a Tamper When trying to start the vehicle, the This vehicle has a passive Condition security light comes on briefly when theft-deterrent system. the ignition is turned on. If K is pressed and the horn The system does not have to be If the engine does not start and the sounds, an attempted break-in manually armed or disarmed. security light stays on, there is a occurred while the system was The vehicle is automatically problem with the system. Turn the armed. immobilized when the key is ignition off and try again. If the alarm has been activated, a removed from the ignition. If the engine still does not start, and message will appear on the DIC. The system is automatically the key appears to be undamaged See Security Messages on disarmed when the vehicle is or the light continues to stay on, try page 5 37. ‑ started with the correct key. The key another ignition key. uses a transponder that matches an If the engine still does not start with immobilizer control unit in the the other key, the vehicle needs vehicle and automatically disarms service. If the vehicle does start, the the system. Only the correct key first key may be damaged. See your starts the vehicle. The vehicle may not start if the key is damaged. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
dealer who can service the If the RKE transmitter appears to be theft-deterrent system and have a undamaged, try another transmitter. new key made. Or, you may try placing the Do not leave the key or device that transmitter in the transmitter pocket disarms or deactivates the in the center console. See “Starting theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter The security light in the instrument Battery” under Remote Keyless Immobilizer Operation cluster comes on if there is a Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3. (Keyless Access) problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. If the engine does not start with the This vehicle has a passive The system has one or more other transmitter or when the theft-deterrent system. transmitters matched to an transmitter is in the pocket in the The system does not have to be immobilizer control unit in your center console, your vehicle needs manually armed or disarmed. vehicle. Only a correctly matched service. See your dealer who can transmitter will start the vehicle. service the theft-deterrent system The vehicle is automatically If the transmitter is ever damaged, and have a new transmitter immobilized when the transmitter you may not be able to start your programmed to the vehicle. leaves the vehicle. vehicle. Do not leave the key or device that The immobilization system is When trying to start the vehicle, the disarms or deactivates the disarmed when the ignition button is security light comes on briefly when theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. pushed in and a valid transmitter is the ignition is turned on. found in the vehicle. If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the ignition off and try again. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Manual Folding Mirrors Convex Mirrors These mirrors can be folded inward to prevent damage when going { WARNING through an automatic car wash. To A convex mirror can make things, fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to like other vehicles, look farther return it to the original position. away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, Automatic Dimming Feature you could hit a vehicle on the The vehicle may have a driver right. Check the inside mirror or outside mirror that automatically glance over your shoulder before adjusts for the glare of the changing lanes. To adjust the mirrors: headlamps behind. Turn Signal Indicator The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Turn the control knob to the L shaped. A convex mirror's surface is (Left) or R (Right) selecting the The vehicle may have a turn signal curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger mirror. indicator lamp built into the mirror the driver seat. 2. Push the control knob to the left, housing. The turn signal lamp right, up, or down to adjust the flashes when the turn signals or mirror. hazard flashers are used. Vehicles with the memory feature can store a preferred mirror position. Heated Mirrors See Memory Seats on page 3‑6. For vehicles with heated mirrors: 1 (Rear Window Defogger): Press to heat the mirrors. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
See “Rear Window Defogger” under Interior Mirrors dealer for more information about Dual Automatic Climate Control OnStar and how to subscribe to it. System on page 8‑1. Manual Rearview Mirror See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. Cleaning the Mirror Park Tilt Mirrors Adjust the inside rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your Do not spray glass cleaner directly If the vehicle is equipped with vehicle. To avoid glare of the on the mirror. Use a soft towel memory mirrors, there is an option headlamps from behind, push the dampened with water. to have the mirrors tilt down, when tab forward for daytime and pull it in R (Reverse), to more easily see for nighttime use. the ground near the vehicle. Vehicles with OnStar have three When the vehicle is shifted to control buttons at the bottom of the R (Reverse), both the driver and mirror. See your dealer for more passenger mirrors will tilt downward. information about OnStar and how They will return to their previous to subscribe to it. See OnStar position when the vehicle is shifted Overview on page 14 1. out of R (Reverse), the ignition is ‑ turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left in R (Reverse) for an extended Automatic Dimming period of time. Rearview Mirror This feature can be turned on or off. On vehicles with an automatic See Vehicle Personalization on dimming inside rearview mirror the page 5‑39. automatic dimming reduces the glare from the headlamps of the vehicle behind you. Vehicles with OnStar have three control buttons located at the bottom of the mirror. See your Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17
Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a { WARNING pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window especially with the windows or the sunroof (if equipped). closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the Power Windows extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. { WARNING Press the switch to lower the Children could be seriously window. Pull the switch up to injured or killed if caught in the raise it. path of a closing window. Never leave keys in a vehicle with The switches work when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ children. When there are children ACCESSORY, or in Retained in the rear seat, use the window Accessory Power (RAP). See lockout button to prevent Retained Accessory Power (RAP) operation of the windows. See on page 9‑24. Keys on page 2‑1. Express Window Operation Windows with an express-up or down feature allow the front windows to be lowered or raised without holding the switch. Rear Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
windows only have express-down. The indicator light comes on when 3. Pull the power window switch up Pull a window switch up or push it activated. until the window is fully closed. down all the way, release it, and the The rear door locks are also 4. Continue holding the switch up window goes down or up disabled. See Safety Locks on for approximately two seconds automatically. Stop the window by page 2‑10. after the window is completely pushing or pulling the switch. closed. Press o { again to deactivate the Rear Window Lockout lockout switch. The window is now reprogrammed. This feature prevents the rear Repeat the process for the other passenger windows from operating, Programming the Power windows. except from the driver position. Windows Sun Visors Press o { to activate the rear If the battery on the vehicle has been recharged, disconnected, or is window lockout switch. not working, you will need to reprogram each front power window for the express-up feature to work. Before reprogramming, replace or recharge the vehicle's battery. To program each front window: 1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power Pull the sun visor down to block (RAP), close all doors. glare. Detach the sun visor from the 2. Press and hold the power center mount to pivot to the side window switch until the window window, or to extend along the rod, is fully open. if available. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (19,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19
Rear Window Sunshade Roof Vent: Press the rear of the switch (2) to the first detent to vent On vehicles with a rear window the sunroof. Press the front of the sunshade, the switch is on the Sunroof switch (1) to the second detent to console to the right of the shift lever. close the sunroof. The sunshade only operates when Express-Open/Express-Close: To the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ express-open the sunroof, fully ACCESSORY. press and release the rear of the To open the sunshade, press and switch (2). To express-close, fully release the switch. The sunshade press and release the front of the will fully extend. To close the switch (1). To stop the sunroof sunshade, press and release the partway, press either switch a switch again. The sunshade will fully second time. close. The sunshade opens automatically If the vehicle is shifted into with the sunroof. R (Reverse) when the sunshade is To express-open the sunshade, fully extended, it will automatically close. On vehicles with a sunroof, the press and release the rear of the switch is on the overhead console. switch (3). To stop the sunshade partway, press the switch a second The ignition must be in ON/RUN or time. To express-close, fully press ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained and release the front of the Accessory Power (RAP) must be switch (4). To stop the sunshade active. See Retained Accessory partway, press the switch a Power (RAP) on page 9 24. ‑ second time. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (20,1)
2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Anti-Pinch Feature Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose If an object is in the path of the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and sunroof while it is closing, the roof sealing area using a clean anti-pinch feature will detect the cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not object and stop the sunroof from remove grease from the sunroof. closing at the point of the obstruction. The sunroof and sunshade will then return to the open or vent position. To close the sunroof once the obstruction has been removed, refer to "Express-Open/Express-Close" earlier in this section.
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause issues with sunroof operation and noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (1,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-14 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Safety Belt Use During Vehicle ...... 3-30 Restraints Pregnancy ...... 3-17 Adding Equipment to the Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-18 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-30 Safety System Check ...... 3-18 Airbag System Check ...... 3-31 Head Restraints Safety Belt Care ...... 3-18 Replacing Airbag System Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-31 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-18 Front Seats Child Restraints Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System Older Children ...... 3-32 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Airbag System ...... 3-19 Infants and Young Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-21 Children ...... 3-34 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 When Should an Airbag Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-36 Memory Seats ...... 3-6 Inflate? ...... 3-23 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-38 Heated and Ventilated Front What Makes an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers Seats ...... 3-8 Inflate? ...... 3-24 for Children (LATCH Rear Seats How Does an Airbag System) ...... 3-39 Restrain? ...... 3-24 Replacing LATCH System Rear Seats ...... 3-10 What Will You See after an Parts After a Crash ...... 3-47 Safety Belts Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-24 Securing Child Restraints Safety Belts ...... 3-11 Passenger Sensing (Rear Seat) ...... 3-47 How to Wear Safety Belts System ...... 3-26 Securing Child Restraints Properly ...... 3-13 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-49 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (2,1)
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Front Seat The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's To raise or lower the head restraint, adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the press the release button located on chance of a neck injury in a crash. the side of the head restraint and pull up or push the head restraint down and release the button. Pull and push on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front head restraints are not designed to be removed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (3,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Rear Seat LATCH System” under Lower Front Seats Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑39. Seat Adjustment Seat Position
Pull the head restraint up to raise it. To lower the head restraint, press the release button, located on the head restraint post on the top of the seatback, while you push the head restraint down. { WARNING Push down on the head restraint You can lose control of the after the button is released to make vehicle if you try to adjust a driver sure that it is locked in place. seat while the vehicle is moving. If you are installing a child restraint Adjust the driver seat only when in the rear seat, see “Securing a the vehicle is not moving. Child Restraint Designed for the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (4,1)
3-4 Seats and Restraints
To adjust the seat position: Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment 1. Pull the handle under the front of the seat cushion. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the handle. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place. Height Adjustment
To adjust a power seat: If available, press and hold the front . Move the seat forward or or rear of the control to increase or rearward by sliding the control decrease lumbar support. forward or rearward. To raise or lower lumbar support, . Raise or lower the front or rear press and hold the top or bottom of part of the seat cushion by the control. moving the front or rear of the Release the control when the control up or down. seatback reaches the desired level . Raise or lower the entire seat by of lumbar support. Press and hold the top or bottom of moving the entire control up the switch to raise or lower the seat. See Power Seat Adjustment on or down. Release the switch when the page 3‑4. desired height is reached. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (5,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Reclining Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (CONTINUED)
The shoulder belt will not be { WARNING against your body. Instead, it will If either seatback is not locked, it be in front of you. In a crash, you could move forward in a sudden could go into it, receiving neck or stop or crash. That could cause other injuries. injury to the person sitting there. The lap belt could go up over Always push and pull on the your abdomen. The belt forces seatbacks to be sure they are would be there, not at your pelvic locked. bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the { WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well Sitting in a reclined position when back in the seat and wear the the vehicle is in motion can be safety belt properly. dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. (Continued)
To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the recline lever. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (6,1)
3-6 Seats and Restraints
2. Move the seatback to the Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Seats desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To adjust a power seatback, If available, the MEM, “1,” and “2” if equipped: buttons on the outboard side of the . Tilt the top of the control driver seat are used to manually rearward to recline. save and recall the driver seat and outside mirror positions. These . Tilt the top of the control forward manually stored positions are to raise. referred to as Button Memory positions. The vehicle will also automatically save driver seat and outside mirror positions to the current driver Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter when the ignition is Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (7,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-7
placed in OFF. These automatically when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” the vehicle. These positions are stored positions are referred to as before the stored positions are called RKE Memory positions and RKE Memory positions. See reached stops the recall. may be different than the previously Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If something has blocked the driver mentioned Button Memory positions System Operation on page 2‑3. seat while recalling a memory saved to the “1” or “2” buttons. To automatically recall RKE Memory Storing Button Memory Positions position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction; then press positions, unlock the driver door To save positions into Button and hold the appropriate manual with the RKE transmitter, and open Memory: control for the memory item that is the driver door. On vehicles with 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback not recalling for two seconds. Try Keyless Access, opening the driver recliner, and both outside mirrors recalling the memory position again door when an RKE transmitter is to the desired driving positions. by pressing the appropriate memory present will activate the RKE Memory recall. If the driver door is 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) button. If the memory position is still not recalling, see your dealer for already open, pressing the RKE and “1” at the same time until a transmitter K button will also beep sounds. service. activate the RKE Memory recall. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a Recalling RKE Memory Positions The driver seat and outside mirrors second driver using “2.” (Memory Remote Recall) will move to the previously saved RKE Memory positions. Recalling Button Memory The Memory Remote Recall feature Positions can recall the driver seat and This feature is turned on or off using outside mirrors to previously stored the vehicle personalization menu. To recall the manually saved Button RKE Memory positions when See Vehicle Personalization on Memory positions, press and hold entering the vehicle. page 5‑39. “1” or “2.” The driver seat and outside mirrors move to the Every time the ignition is placed in To stop recall movement, press one positions stored to those buttons OFF, the positions of the driver seat of the memory, power mirror, and outside mirrors are or power seat controls. automatically stored to the RKE transmitter that was used to start Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (8,1)
3-8 Seats and Restraints
If something has blocked the driver To stop recall movement, press one seat while recalling a memory of the memory or power seat WARNING (CONTINUED) position, the recall may stop. controls. Remove the obstruction; then press time. Do not place anything on If something has blocked the driver the seat that insulates against and hold the appropriate manual seat while recalling the exit position, control for the memory item that is heat, such as a blanket, cushion, the recall may stop. Remove the cover, or similar item. This may not recalling for two seconds. Try obstruction; then press and hold the recalling the memory position again cause the seat heater to power seat control rearward for overheat. An overheated seat by opening the driver door and two seconds. Try recalling the exit heater may cause a burn or may pressing the RKE transmitter K position again. If the exit position is damage the seat. button. If the memory position is still still not recalling, see your dealer for not recalling, see your dealer for service. service. Easy Exit Driver Seat Heated and Ventilated This feature moves the seat Front Seats rearward allowing the driver more room to exit the vehicle. { WARNING To activate, place the ignition in If you cannot feel temperature OFF and open the driver door. If the change or pain to the skin, the driver door is already open, placing seat heater may cause burns. To the ignition in OFF will activate the reduce the risk of burns, people easy exit driver seat. with such a condition should use This feature is turned on or off using care when using the seat heater, the vehicle personalization menu. especially for long periods of See Vehicle Personalization on (Continued) page 5‑39. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (9,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-9
the off setting. The lights indicate See Remote Vehicle Start on three for the highest setting and one page 2‑8 and Vehicle for the lowest. Personalization on page 5‑39. The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats During a remote start, the heated or ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned on automatically. They are canceled when the ignition is turned Heated and Ventilated Seat on. Press the button to use the Buttons Shown, Heated Seat heated or ventilated seats after the Buttons Similar vehicle is started. If available, the buttons are near the The heated or ventilated seat infotainment system on the center indicator lights on the button do not stack. To operate, the ignition must turn on during a remote start. be on. The heated seat temperature Press L to heat the seat cushion performance of an unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal. and seatback or { , if equipped, to ventilate the seat. The heated or ventilated seats will not turn on during a remote start Press the button once for the unless they are enabled in the highest setting. With each press of vehicle personalization menu. the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (10,1)
3-10 Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats To fold the seatback down: Folding the Seatback Either side of the seatback can be folded down for more cargo space. Fold a seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to Rear Seat with Safety Belt Guide their normal stowed position Loop Shown before folding a rear seat. Rear Seat with Safety Belt Retainer Clip Shown 2. Pull on the lever on the top of 1. Before folding the seatback, the seatback to unlock it. make sure the safety belt is in A tab near the seatback lever the retainer clip (if equipped). raises when the seatback is unlocked. 3. Fold the seatback down. Repeat the steps to fold the other seatback, if desired. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (11,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-11
Raising the Seatback To raise a seatback: Safety Belts 1. Lift the seatback up and push it This section of the manual { WARNING rearward to lock it in place. describes how to use safety belts Make sure the safety belt is in properly. It also describes some If either seatback is not locked, it the retainer clip (if equipped) things not to do with safety belts. could move forward in a sudden and is not twisted or caught in stop or crash. That could cause the seatback. injury to the person sitting there. { WARNING A tab near the seatback lever Always push and pull on the retracts when the seatback is Do not let anyone ride where a seatbacks to be sure they are locked in place. locked. safety belt cannot be worn 2. Push and pull the top of the properly. In a crash, if you or your seatback to be sure it is locked passenger(s) are not wearing into position. safety belts, injuries can be much { WARNING 3. Repeat the steps to raise the worse than if you are wearing other seatback, if necessary. safety belts. You can be seriously A safety belt that is improperly injured or killed by hitting things routed, not properly attached, When the seat is not in use, it inside the vehicle harder or by or twisted will not provide the should be kept in the upright, locked being ejected from the vehicle. In protection needed in a crash. The position. addition, anyone who is not person wearing the belt could be buckled up can strike other seriously injured. After raising the passengers in the vehicle. rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are It is extremely dangerous to ride properly routed and attached, and in a cargo area, inside or outside are not twisted. of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (12,1)
3-12 Seats and Restraints
Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing WARNING (CONTINUED) safety belts makes such good sense. are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow Questions and Answers About passengers to ride in any area of Safety Belts the vehicle that is not equipped Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle with seats and safety belts. after a crash if I am wearing a Always wear a safety belt, and safety belt? check that all passenger(s) are A: You could be — whether you are restrained properly too. wearing a safety belt or not. Your chance of being conscious This vehicle has indicators as a during and after a crash, so you reminder to buckle the safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. page 5‑13. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety going until something stops you. belts? It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental systems only; so they work with When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the when worn properly, your strongest most protection. bones take the forces from the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (13,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-13
Also, in nearly all states and in . Wear the shoulder belt over the all Canadian provinces, the law shoulder and across the chest. requires wearing safety belts. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining How to Wear Safety Belts forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. Properly This section is only for people of { WARNING adult size. You can be seriously injured, There are special things to know or even killed, by not wearing about safety belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller your safety belt properly. children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become Children on page 3‑32 or Infants of you. loose or twisted. and Young Children on page 3 34. ‑ . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt Follow those rules for everyone's for your seating position. under both arms or behind protection. . Wear the lap part of the belt low your back. It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or to buckle up. Statistics show that touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong armrest. in crashes than those who are pelvic bones and you would be wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (14,1)
3-14 Seats and Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it All seating positions in the vehicle get twisted. have a lap-shoulder belt. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if The following instructions explain you pull the belt across you very how to wear a lap-shoulder belt quickly. If this happens, let the properly. belt go back slightly to unlock it. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Then pull the belt across you adjustable, so you can sit up more slowly. straight. To see how, see “Seats” If the shoulder portion of a in the Index. passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. 3. Push the latch plate into the If this happens, let the belt go buckle until it clicks. back all the way and start again. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑18. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (15,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-15
later in this section for webbing, when the safety belt is not instructions on use and in use. The latch plate should rest important safety information. on the stitching on the safety belt, 4. To make the lap part tight, pull near the guide loop on the side wall. up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the It may be necessary to pull safety belt is out of the way. If a stitching on the safety belt door is slammed against a safety through the latch plate to fully belt, damage can occur to both the tighten the lap belt on smaller safety belt and the vehicle. occupants. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and Press the release button and move right front passenger seating the height adjuster to the desired positions. position. The adjuster can be moved Adjust the height so the shoulder up by pushing the slide/trim up. portion of the belt is on the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the and not falling off of it. The belt desired position, try to move it down should be close to, but not without pushing the release button contacting, the neck. Improper to make sure it has locked into shoulder belt height adjustment position. could reduce the effectiveness of Safety Belt Pretensioners the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on This vehicle has safety belt To unlatch the belt, push the button page 3‑13. pretensioners for front outboard on the buckle. The belt should occupants. Although the safety belt return to its stowed position. Slide pretensioners cannot be seen, they the latch plate up the safety belt are part of the safety belt assembly. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (16,1)
3-16 Seats and Restraints
They can help tighten the safety There is one guide for each outside belts during the early stages of a passenger position in the rear seat. moderate to severe frontal and near Here is how to install a comfort frontal crash if the threshold guide to the safety belt: conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle's safety belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash on page 3‑18. 2. Place the guide over the belt, Rear Safety Belt Comfort and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide. Guides This vehicle may have rear shoulder belt comfort guides. If not, they are 1. Remove the guide from its available through your dealer. The storage pocket on the side of guides may provide added safety the seat. belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed and properly adjusted, the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (17,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-17
Safety Belt Use During WARNING (CONTINUED) Pregnancy and across the chest. These parts Safety belts work for everyone, of the body are best able to take including pregnant women. Like all belt restraining forces. occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts.
3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat. The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described A pregnant woman should wear a person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make lap-shoulder belt, and the lap sure the shoulder portion of the seriously injured. The shoulder portion should be worn as low as belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder possible, below the rounding, falling off of it. The belt should throughout the pregnancy. (Continued) be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (18,1)
3-18 Seats and Restraints
The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check Safety Belt Care to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts, crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors, and { WARNING anyone, the key to making safety anchorages are all working properly. belts effective is wearing them Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts. properly. damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection. to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a soap and lukewarm water. around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. Replacing Safety Belt an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder System Parts after a order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt Crash will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑13. long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry. personal injury, do not let someone { WARNING See Safety Belt Care on page 3 18. else use it, and use it only for the ‑ seat it is made to fit. The extender A crash can damage the safety has been designed for adults. Never belt system in the vehicle. use it for securing child seats. To A damaged safety belt system wear it, attach it to the regular safety may not properly protect the belt. See the instruction sheet that person using it, resulting in comes with the extender. serious injury or even death in a (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (19,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-19
stays on after you start the vehicle Airbag System WARNING (CONTINUED) or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 5‑14. The vehicle has the following crash. To help make sure the airbags: safety belt systems are working properly after a crash, have them . A frontal airbag for the driver. inspected and any necessary . A frontal airbag for the front replacements made as soon as outboard passenger. possible. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver. After a minor crash, replacement of . A seat-mounted side impact safety belts may not be necessary. airbag for the front outboard But the safety belt assemblies that passenger. were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver See your dealer to have the safety and the passenger seated belt assemblies inspected or directly behind the driver. replaced. . A roof-rail airbag for the front New parts and repairs may be outboard passenger and the necessary even if the safety belt passenger seated directly system was not being used at the behind the front outboard time of the crash. passenger. Have the safety belt pretensioners The vehicle may have the following checked if the vehicle has been in a airbags: crash, or if the airbag readiness light . Seat-mounted side impact airbags for the second row outboard passengers. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (20,1)
3-20 Seats and Restraints
All of the airbags have the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG embossed on the trim or to know about the airbag system: { WARNING on a label near the deployment opening. Because airbags inflate with great { WARNING force and faster than the blink of For frontal airbags, the word You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up AIRBAG is on the center of the against, or very close to any steering wheel for the driver and on killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be the instrument panel for the front seriously injured or killed. Do not outboard passenger. with airbags. Airbags are designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any For seat-mounted side impact belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning side of the seatback closest to forward. Safety belts help keep the door. in every crash. In some crashes safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during For roof-rail airbags, the word See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety belt, even with airbags. The driver AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. Inflate? on page 3‑23. should sit as far back as possible Airbags are designed to supplement Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of the protection provided by safety crash helps reduce the chance of belts. Even though today's airbags the vehicle. hitting things inside the vehicle or are also designed to help reduce being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or the risk of injury from the force of an sleep against the door or side “supplemental restraints” to the inflating bag, all airbags must inflate windows in seating positions with very quickly to do their job. safety belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags properly, whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags. an airbag for that person. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (21,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-21
Where Are the Airbags? { WARNING
Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument cluster, which for adults and older children, but shows the airbag symbol. The not for young children and infants. system checks the airbag electrical Neither the vehicle's safety belt system for malfunctions. The light system nor its airbag system is tells you if there is an electrical designed for them. Young problem. See Airbag Readiness children and infants need the Light on page 5‑14 for more protection that a child restraint information. system can provide. Always The driver frontal airbag is in the secure children properly in the center of the steering wheel. vehicle. To read how, see Older The front outboard passenger Children on page 3‑32 or Infants frontal airbag is in the passenger and Young Children on side instrument panel. page 3‑34. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (22,1)
3-22 Seats and Restraints
WARNING (CONTINUED)
or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, block the inflation path of a Side Similar Passenger Side Similar seat-mounted side impact airbag. The driver and front outboard On vehicles with second row Never secure anything to the roof passenger seat-mounted side seat-mounted side impact airbags, of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags impact airbags are in the side of the they are in the sides of the rear by routing a rope or tie‐down seatbacks closest to the door. seatback closest to the door. through any door or window The roof-rail airbags for the driver, opening. If you do, the path of an front outboard passenger, and { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be second row outboard passengers blocked. are in the ceiling above the side If something is between an windows. occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (23,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-23
When Should an Airbag whether the object is fixed or inflate in moderate to severe side moving, rigid or deformable, narrow crashes depending on the location Inflate? or wide. of the impact. In addition, these Frontal airbags are designed to Thresholds can also vary with roof‐rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe frontal specific vehicle design. inflate during a rollover or in a or near frontal crashes to help severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted reduce the potential for severe Frontal airbags are not intended to side impact and roof-rail airbags will injuries, mainly to the driver's or inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear inflate if the crash severity is above front outboard passenger's head impacts, or in many side impacts. the system's designed threshold and chest. However, they are only In addition, the vehicle has level. The threshold level can vary designed to inflate if the impact dual-stage frontal airbags. with specific vehicle design. exceeds a predetermined Dual-stage airbags adjust the Roof‐rail airbags are not intended to deployment threshold. Deployment restraint according to crash severity. inflate in rear impacts. thresholds are used to predict how The vehicle has electronic frontal A seat-mounted side impact airbag severe a crash is likely to be in time is intended to inflate on the side of for the airbags to inflate and help sensors, which help the sensing the vehicle that is struck. Both roof‐ restrain the occupants. system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more rail airbags will inflate when either Whether the frontal airbags will or severe frontal impact. For moderate side of the vehicle is struck or if the should inflate is not based primarily frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags sensing system predicts that the on how fast the vehicle is traveling. inflate at a level less than full vehicle is about to roll over on its It depends on what is hit, the deployment. For more severe frontal side, or in a severe frontal impact. direction of the impact, and how impacts, full deployment occurs. In any particular crash, no one can quickly the vehicle slows down. The vehicle has seat-mounted side say whether an airbag should have Frontal airbags may inflate at impact airbags and roof-rail airbags. inflated simply because of the different crash speeds depending on See Airbag System on page 3‑19. vehicle damage or repair costs. whether the vehicle hits an object Seat-mounted side impact and straight on or at an angle, and roof-rail airbags are intended to Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (24,1)
3-24 Seats and Restraints
What Makes an Airbag Airbags supplement the protection several minutes. For location of the Inflate? provided by safety belts by airbags, see Where Are the distributing the force of the impact Airbags? on page 3‑21. In a deployment event, the sensing more evenly over the The parts of the airbag that come system sends an electrical signal occupant's body. into contact with you may be warm, triggering a release of gas from the But airbags would not help in many but not too hot to touch. There may inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the types of collisions, primarily be some smoke and dust coming airbag causing the bag to break out because the occupant's motion is from the vents in the deflated of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, not toward those airbags. See When airbags. Airbag inflation does not and related hardware are all part of Should an Airbag Inflate? on prevent the driver from seeing out of the airbag module. page 3‑23. the windshield or being able to steer For airbag location, see Where Are Airbags should never be regarded the vehicle, nor does it prevent the Airbags? on page 3‑21. as anything more than a supplement people from leaving the vehicle. to safety belts. How Does an Airbag { WARNING Restrain? What Will You See after When an airbag inflates, there In moderate to severe frontal or an Airbag Inflates? may be dust in the air. This dust near frontal collisions, even belted After the frontal airbags and could cause breathing problems occupants can contact the steering seat-mounted side impact airbags for people with a history of wheel or the instrument panel. In inflate, they quickly deflate, so asthma or other breathing trouble. moderate to severe side collisions, quickly that some people may not To avoid this, everyone in the even belted occupants can contact even realize an airbag inflated. vehicle should get out as soon as the inside of the vehicle. Roof-rail airbags may still be at least it is safe to do so. If you have partially inflated for some time after breathing problems but cannot they inflate. Some components of get out of the vehicle after an the airbag module may be hot for (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (25,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-25
to help protect you in another WARNING (CONTINUED) WARNING (CONTINUED) crash. A new system will include airbag modules and possibly airbag inflates, then get fresh air the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual by opening a window or a door. system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need If you experience breathing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts. problems following an airbag appears to be drivable after a deployment, you should seek moderate crash, there may be . The vehicle has a crash sensing medical attention. concealed damage that could and diagnostic module which records information after a make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data the vehicle. The vehicle has a feature that may Recording and Privacy on automatically unlock the doors, turn Use caution if you should attempt page 13‑19 and Event Data on the interior lamps, turn on the to restart the engine after a crash Recorders on page 13‑19. hazard warning flashers, and shut has occurred. . Let only qualified technicians off the fuel system after the airbags work on the airbag systems. inflate. You can lock the doors, turn Improper service can mean that off the interior lamps, and turn off In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work the hazard warning flashers by inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for using the controls for those broken by vehicle deformation. service. features. Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag. { WARNING . Airbags are designed to inflate A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new damaged important functions in parts for the airbag system. (Continued) If you do not get them, the airbag system will not be there Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (26,1)
3-26 Seats and Restraints
Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system Never put a rear-facing child seat in turns off the front outboard the front. This is because the risk to System passenger frontal airbag under the rear-facing child is so great, The vehicle has a passenger certain conditions. No other airbag if the airbag inflates. sensing system for the front is affected by the passenger outboard passenger position. The sensing system. { WARNING passenger airbag status indicator The passenger sensing system will light on the instrument panel works with sensors that are part of A child in a rear-facing child when the vehicle is started. the front outboard passenger seat. restraint can be seriously injured The sensors are designed to detect or killed if the passenger frontal the presence of a properly-seated airbag inflates. This is because occupant and determine if the front the back of the rear-facing child outboard passenger frontal airbag restraint would be very close to should be allowed to inflate or not. the inflating airbag. A child in a According to accident statistics, forward-facing child restraint can children are safer when properly be seriously injured or killed if the The words ON and OFF will be secured in a rear seat in the correct passenger frontal airbag inflates visible during the system check. child restraint for their weight and the passenger seat is in a If you use remote start, if equipped, and size. forward position. to start the vehicle from a distance Even if the passenger sensing you may not see the system check. We recommend that children be system has turned off the When the system check is secured in a rear seat, including: an passenger frontal airbag, no complete, either the word ON or the infant or a child riding in a word OFF will be visible. See rear-facing child restraint; a child system is fail-safe. No one can Passenger Airbag Status Indicator riding in a forward-facing child seat; guarantee that an airbag will not an older child riding in a booster on page 5‑15. (Continued) seat; and children, who are large enough, using safety belts. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (27,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-27
. A front outboard passenger For some children, including WARNING (CONTINUED) takes his/her weight off of the children in child restraints and for seat for a period of time. very small adults, the passenger inflate under some unusual . There is a critical problem with sensing system may or may not turn circumstance, even though the the airbag system or the off the front outboard passenger airbag is off. passenger sensing system. frontal airbag, depending upon the person's seating posture and body Secure rear-facing child restraints When the passenger sensing in a rear seat, even if the airbag build. Everyone in the vehicle who system has turned off the front has outgrown child restraints should is off. If you secure a outboard passenger frontal airbag, wear a safety belt properly — forward-facing child restraint in the off indicator will light and stay lit the front outboard passenger whether or not there is an airbag for as a reminder that the airbag is off. that person. seat, always move the seat as far See Passenger Airbag Status back as it will go. It is better to Indicator on page 5‑15. secure the child restraint in a { WARNING The passenger sensing system is rear seat. designed to turn on the front If the airbag readiness light ever outboard passenger frontal airbag comes on and stays on, it means The passenger sensing system is anytime the system senses that a that something may be wrong designed to turn off the front person of adult size is sitting with the airbag system. To help outboard passenger frontal airbag if: properly in the front outboard avoid injury to yourself or others, passenger seat. When the . The front outboard passenger have the vehicle serviced right passenger sensing system has seat is unoccupied. away. See Airbag Readiness allowed the airbag to be enabled, Light on page 5‑14 for more . The system determines that an the on indicator will light and stay lit information, including important infant is present in a child as a reminder that the airbag is safety information. restraint. active. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (28,1)
3-28 Seats and Restraints
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Child Restraint restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback and 1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that 2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle seatback is not the vehicle. pushing the child restraint into 3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion. from the seat such as blankets, Also make sure the child cushions, seat covers, seat restraint is not trapped under the heaters, or seat massagers. vehicle head restraint. If this 4. Reinstall the child restraint happens, adjust the head following the directions provided restraint. See Head Restraints by the child restraint on page 3‑2. If a person of adult-size is sitting in manufacturer and refer to 6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat, Securing Child Restraints (Rear but the off indicator is lit, it could be Seat) on page 3 47 or Securing The passenger sensing system may ‑ because that person is not sitting Child Restraints (Front or may not turn off the airbag for a properly in the seat. Use the Passenger Seat) on page 3 49. child in a child restraint depending ‑ following steps to allow the system upon the child's seating posture and to detect that person and enable the body build. It is better to secure the front outboard passenger frontal child restraint in a rear seat. airbag : 1. Turn the vehicle off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (29,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-29
2. Remove any additional material in the Index for additional lit, and the airbag readiness light from the seat, such as blankets, information about the importance of on the instrument panel will also cushions, seat covers, seat proper restraint use. be lit. heaters, seat massagers, a A thick layer of additional material, . Liquid pooled on the seat that laptop, or other electronic such as a blanket or cushion, has not soaked in may make it devices. or aftermarket equipment such as more likely that the passenger 3. Place the seatback in the fully seat covers, seat heaters, and seat sensing system will turn on the upright position. massagers can affect how well the passenger frontal airbag while a 4. Have the person sit upright in passenger sensing system child restraint or child occupant the seat, centered on the seat operates. We recommend that you is on the seat. If the passenger cushion, with legs comfortably not use seat covers or other frontal airbag is turned on, the extended. aftermarket equipment except when on indicator will be lit. approved by GM for your specific If the passenger seat gets wet, dry 5. Restart the vehicle and have the vehicle. See Adding Equipment to person remain in this position for the seat immediately. If the airbag the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on readiness light is lit, do not install a two to three minutes after the on page 3‑30 for more information indicator is lit. child restraint or allow anyone to about modifications that can affect occupy the seat. See Airbag how the system operates. Additional Factors Affecting Readiness Light on page 5‑14 for System Operation A wet seat can affect the important safety information. performance of the passenger The on indicator may be lit if an Safety belts help keep the sensing system. Here is how: passenger in position on the seat object, such as a briefcase, during vehicle maneuvers and . The passenger sensing system handbag, grocery bag, laptop or braking, which helps the passenger may turn off the passenger other electronic device, is put on an sensing system maintain the frontal airbag when liquid is unoccupied seat. If this is not passenger airbag status. See soaked into the seat. If this desired remove the object from “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” happens, the off indicator will be the seat. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (30,1)
3-30 Seats and Restraints
diagnostic module, steering wheel, { WARNING { WARNING instrument panel, roof-rail airbag modules, ceiling headliner or pillar Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the garnish trim, front sensors, side passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the impact sensors, or airbag wiring. passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper Your dealer and the service manual proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you have information about the location sensing system. are close to an airbag when it of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. wiring. They are probably part of the Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position, Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so. which includes sensors that are part should be serviced. There are parts of the passenger seat. The of the airbag system in several passenger sensing system may not places around the vehicle. Your Adding Equipment to the operate properly if the original seat dealer and the service manual have Airbag-Equipped Vehicle trim is replaced with non-GM information about servicing the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the GM covers, upholstery, or trim purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, designed for a different vehicle. Any Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet object, such as an aftermarket seat Information on page 13 16. ‑ metal, may keep the airbag system heater or a comfort‐enhancing pad from working properly. The or device, installed under or on top operation of the airbag system can of the seat fabric, could also also be affected by changing or interfere with the operation of the moving any parts of the front seats, passenger sensing system. This safety belts, the airbag sensing and could either prevent proper Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (31,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-31
deployment of the passenger Notice: If an airbag covering is airbag(s) or prevent the passenger damaged, opened, or broken, the WARNING (CONTINUED) sensing system from properly airbag may not work properly. Do turning off the passenger airbag(s). not open or break the airbag systems are working properly See Passenger Sensing System on coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them page 3‑26. opened or broken airbag covers, inspected and any necessary have the airbag covering and/or replacements made as soon as If your vehicle needs to be modified possible. because you have a disability and airbag module replaced. For the you have questions about whether location of the airbags, see the modifications will affect the Where Are the Airbags? on If an airbag inflates, you will need to vehicle's airbag system, or if you page 3‑21. See your dealer for replace airbag system parts. See have questions about whether the service. your dealer for service. airbag system will be affected if the Replacing Airbag System If the airbag readiness light stays on vehicle is modified for any other after the vehicle is started or comes reason, call Customer Assistance. Parts after a Crash on when you are driving, the airbag See Customer Assistance Offices system may not work properly. Have (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or { WARNING the vehicle serviced right away. See Customer Assistance Offices Airbag Readiness Light on (Mexico) on page 13‑5. A crash can damage the airbag page 5‑14 for more information. systems in the vehicle. Vehicles with eAssist have a high Airbag System Check A damaged airbag system may voltage battery and a standard 12‐ The airbag system does not need not work properly and may not volt battery. If an airbag inflates or regularly scheduled maintenance or protect you and your the vehicle has been in a crash, the replacement. Make sure the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting vehicle's sensing system may shut readiness light is working. See in serious injury or even death. To down the high voltage system. Airbag Readiness Light on help make sure the airbag When this occurs, the high voltage page 5‑14. (Continued) battery is disconnected and the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (32,1)
3-32 Seats and Restraints
vehicle is not charging the 12‐volt Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that battery or the electrical system. The come with the booster seat, state vehicle may start but it shuts down the weight and height limitations for once the 12‐volt battery is depleted. Older Children that booster. Use a booster seat When the 12‐volt battery is with a lap-shoulder belt until the depleted, the vehicle will not start child passes the below fit test: and the on board jump start feature ‐ . Sit all the way back on the seat. is disabled. The airbag readiness Do the knees bend at the seat light and/or the 12‐volt battery edge? If yes, continue. If no, warning light are displayed. Before return to the booster seat. the vehicle can be operated again, it must be serviced at your dealer. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, then return to the booster seat. . Does the lap belt fit low and Older children who have outgrown snug on the hips, touching the booster seats should wear the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, vehicle's safety belts. return to the booster seat. . Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (33,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-33
Q: What is the proper way to thrown out of the vehicle. Older wear safety belts? children need to use safety belts A: An older child should wear a properly. lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder { WARNING belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or Never allow more than one child neck. The lap belt should fit to wear the same safety belt. The snugly below the hips, just safety belt cannot properly spread touching the top of the thighs. the impact forces. In a crash, they This applies belt force to the can be crushed together and child's pelvic bones in a crash. seriously injured. A safety belt It should never be worn over the must be used by only one person abdomen, which could cause at a time. { WARNING severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt According to accident statistics, behind their back. A child can be children and infants are safer when seriously injured by not wearing properly restrained in a child the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a restraint system or infant restraint crash, the child would not be system secured in a rear seating restrained by the shoulder belt. position. The child could move too far In a crash, children who are not forward increasing the chance of buckled up can strike other people head and neck injury. The child who are buckled up, or can be might also slide under the lap (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (34,1)
3-34 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer WARNING (CONTINUED) protection for adults and older Children children, but not for young children belt. The belt force would then be Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag That could cause serious or fatal all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. { WARNING { WARNING Never hold an infant or a child Children can be seriously injured while riding in a vehicle. Due to or strangled if a shoulder belt is crash forces, an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and will become so heavy it is not the safety belt continues to possible to hold it during a crash. tighten. Never leave children For example, in a crash at only unattended in a vehicle and never 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) allow children to play with the infant will suddenly become a safety belts. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (35,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-35
Q: What are the different types of WARNING (CONTINUED) WARNING (CONTINUED) add-on child restraints? arms. An infant should be child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which secured in an appropriate seat. Secure a rear-facing child are purchased by the vehicle restraint. restraint in a rear seat. It is also owner, are available in four basic better to secure a forward-facing types. Selection of a particular child restraint in a rear seat. If you restraint should take into must secure a forward-facing consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also child restraint in the right front whether or not the restraint will seat, always move the front be compatible with the motor passenger seat as far back as it vehicle in which it will be used. will go. For most basic types of child restraints, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor { WARNING vehicle safety standards. The restraint manufacturer Children who are up against, instructions that come with the or very close to, any airbag when restraint state the weight and it inflates can be seriously injured height limitations for a particular or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint. In addition, there (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (36,1)
3-36 Seats and Restraints
are many kinds of restraints Child Restraint Systems available for children with WARNING (CONTINUED) special needs. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, { WARNING the belt would apply force on a To reduce the risk of neck and body area that is unprotected by head injury during a crash, infants any bony structure. This alone need complete support. In a could cause serious or fatal crash, if an infant is in a injuries. To reduce the risk of rear-facing child restraint, the serious or fatal injuries during a crash forces can be distributed crash, young children should across the strongest part of an always be secured in appropriate infant's body, the back and child restraints. Rear-Facing Infant Seat shoulders. Infants should always be secured in rear-facing child A rear-facing infant seat provides restraints. restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant { WARNING in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the A young child's hip bones are still restraint. so small that the vehicle's regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it should. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (37,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-37
Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑39. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (38,1)
3-38 Seats and Restraints
Children can be endangered in a locate the nearest child safety seat We recommend that children and crash if the child restraint is not inspection station. For CPST child restraints be secured in a rear properly secured in the vehicle. availability in Canada, check with seat, including: an infant or a child When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial riding in a rear-facing child restraint; restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. a child riding in a forward-facing that come with the restraint which child seat; an older child riding in a Securing the Child within the booster seat; and children, who are may be on the restraint itself or in a Child Restraint booklet, or both, and to this manual. large enough, using safety belts. The child restraint instructions are A label on your sun visor says, { WARNING important, so if they are not “Never put a rear-facing child seat in available, obtain a replacement A child can be seriously injured or the front.” This is because the risk to copy from the manufacturer. the rear-facing child is so great if the killed in a crash if the child is not airbag deploys. Keep in mind that an unsecured properly secured in the child child restraint can move around in a restraint. Secure the child collision or sudden stop and injure properly following the instructions { WARNING people in the vehicle. Be sure to that came with that child restraint. properly secure any child restraint in A child in a rear-facing child the vehicle — even when no child is restraint can be seriously injured in it. Where to Put the or killed if the right front Restraint passenger airbag inflates. This is In some areas, Certified Child because the back of the Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics, rear-facing child restraint would (CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when be very close to the inflating and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child airbag. A child in a forward-facing use and install child restraints. In restraint system or infant restraint the U.S., refer to the National child restraint can be seriously system secured in a rear seating injured or killed if the right front Highway Traffic Safety position. Administration (NHTSA) website to (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (39,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-39
When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured WARNING (CONTINUED) rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a instructions that came with your collision or sudden stop and injure passenger airbag inflates and the child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to passenger seat is in a forward compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in position. Child restraints and booster seats your vehicle — even when no child Even if the passenger sensing vary considerably in size, and some is in it. system has turned off the right may fit in certain seating positions front passenger frontal airbag, no better than others. Always make Lower Anchors and system is fail-safe. No one can sure the child restraint is properly Tethers for Children guarantee that an airbag will not secured. (LATCH System) deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the The LATCH system secures a child circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the turned off. restraint during driving or in a crash. child restraint, you may not be able LATCH attachments on the child Secure rear-facing child restraints to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child in a rear seat, even if the airbag assemblies or LATCH anchors for restraint to the anchors in the is off. If you secure a additional passengers or child vehicle. This system is designed to forward-facing child restraint in restraints. Adjacent seating make installation of a child restraint the right front seat, always move positions should not be used if the easier. the front passenger seat as far child restraint prevents access to or interferes with the routing of the Make sure that a LATCH-compatible back as it will go. It is better to safety belt. child restraint is properly installed secure the child restraint in a using the anchors, or use the rear seat. Wherever a child restraint is vehicle's safety belts to secure the installed, be sure to secure the child restraint, following the instructions See Passenger Sensing System restraint properly. on page 3‑26 for additional that came with that restraint, and information. also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (40,1)
3-40 Seats and Restraints
a top tether, you must also use Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor. In order to use the LATCH system in the vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments. The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of attachments in the vehicle. built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle. Not all vehicle seating positions or lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the child restraints have lower anchors seating position that will vehicle. The top tether and attachments or top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint anchors and attachments. lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (41,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-41
The child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Anchor Locations Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with To assist in locating the lower or without the top tether being anchors, each rear anchor position attached. Others require the top has a label, near the crease tether always to be attached. In between the seatback and the seat Canada, the law requires that cushion. forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the child Rear Seat restraint. I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is on the cover. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (42,1)
3-42 Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { WARNING properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor. position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child Restraint on page 3‑38 for restraint to a single anchor could additional information. cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the System risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, attach only one The top tether anchors are under child restraint per anchor. the covers, behind the rear seat, on { WARNING the filler panel. Be sure to use an If a LATCH-type child restraint is anchor on the same side of the not attached to anchors, the child vehicle as the seating position restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING where the child restraint will be the child correctly. In a crash, the placed. Children can be seriously injured child could be seriously injured or or strangled if a shoulder belt is Do not secure a child restraint in a killed. Install a LATCH-type child wrapped around their neck and position without a top tether anchor restraint properly using the the safety belt continues to if a national or local law requires anchors, or use the vehicle safety tighten. Buckle any unused safety that the top tether be attached, or if belts to secure the restraint, belts behind the child restraint so the instructions that come with the following the instructions that children cannot reach them. Pull child restraint say that the top tether came with the child restraint and must be attached. the shoulder belt all the way out the instructions in this manual. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (43,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-43
but you can install two of them. There are five lower LATCH anchors WARNING (CONTINUED) If you want to do this, install one in the rear seat. LATCH child restraint in the right of the retractor to set the lock, . Use anchors 1 and 2 when rear seating position, and install the installing a child restraint using if the vehicle has one, after the other one either in the left rear child restraint has been installed. LATCH in the right rear seating seating position or in the center position. seating position. If you need to Notice: Do not let the LATCH install child restraints in both the . Use anchors 3 and 4 when attachments rub against the center and left rear seating installing a child restraint using LATCH in the center rear seating vehicle’s safety belts. This may positions, the one in the center damage these parts. If necessary, seating position will need to be position. move buckled safety belts to secured using the vehicle safety . Use anchors 4 and 5 when avoid rubbing the LATCH belts instead of the LATCH anchors. installing a child restraint using attachments. Refer to the following illustration to LATCH in the left rear seating Do not fold the empty rear seat learn which anchors to use. position. with a safety belt buckled. This Installing child restraints using could damage the safety belt or LATCH in the center and left rear the seat. Unbuckle and return the seating positions at the same time is safety belt to its stowed position, prohibited. before folding the seat. Make sure to attach the child If you need to secure more than one restraint at the proper anchor child restraint in the rear seat, see location. Where to Put the Restraint on This system is designed to make page 3 38. ‑ installation of child restraints easier. You cannot secure three child When using lower anchors, do not restraints using the LATCH anchors use the vehicle's safety belts. in the rear seat at the same time, Instead use the vehicle's anchors Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (44,1)
3-44 Seats and Restraints
and child restraint attachments to “Head Restraint Removal 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten secure the restraints. Some and Reinstallation” at the the top tether according to restraints also use another vehicle end of this section. the child restraint anchor to secure a top tether. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower instructions and the 1. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child following instructions: attachments to the lower restraint to the lower anchors. If the child restraint anchors. does not have lower 2. If the child restraint manufacturer attachments or the desired recommends that the top tether seating position does not have be attached, attach and tighten lower anchors, secure the child the top tether to the top tether restraint with the top tether and anchor, if equipped. Refer to the the safety belts. Refer to the child restraint instructions and child restraint manufacturer the following steps: instructions and the instructions in this manual. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for Open the cover to expose the desired seating the anchor. position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. If the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (45,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-45
If the position you are using If the position you are using If the position you are using does not have a headrest does not have a headrest has an adjustable headrest or head restraint, or the or head restraint, or the or head restraint and you headrest or head restraint headrest or head restraint are using a single tether, has been removed, and you has been removed, and you route the tether under the are using a single tether, are using a dual tether, headrest or head restraint route the tether over the route the tether over the and in between the seatback. seatback. headrest or head restraint posts.
If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether around the headrest or head restraint. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (46,1)
3-46 Seats and Restraints
3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is { WARNING securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the With head restraints that are not LATCH path and attempt to installed and adjusted properly, move it side to side and back there is a greater chance that and forth. There should be no occupants will suffer a neck/ more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of spinal injury in a crash. Do not movement, for proper drive until the head restraints for installation. all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation 2. Press both buttons on the head The rear outboard head restraints restraint posts at the same time, can be removed if they interfere with and pull up on the head the proper installation of the child restraint. restraint. 3. Store the head restraint in the To remove the head restraint: trunk of the vehicle. 1. Partially fold the seatback 4. When the child restraint is forward. See Rear Seats on removed, reinstall the head page 3‑10 for additional restraint before the seating information. position is used. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (47,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-47
To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint to New parts and repairs may be make sure that it is locked in necessary even if the LATCH place. system was not being used at the time of the crash. Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) { WARNING When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the A crash can damage the LATCH instructions that came with the child system in the vehicle. A damaged restraint to make sure it is LATCH system may not properly compatible with this vehicle. secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and 1. Insert the head restraint posts death in a crash. To help make Tethers for Children (LATCH into the holes in the top of the sure the LATCH system is seatback. The notches on the System) on page 3‑39 for how and working properly after a crash, where to install the child restraint posts must face the driver side see your dealer to have the of the vehicle. using LATCH. If a child restraint is system inspected and any secured in the vehicle using a 2. Push the head restraint down. necessary replacements made as safety belt and it uses a top tether, If necessary, press the height soon as possible. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for adjustment release button to Children (LATCH System) on further lower the head restraint. If the vehicle has the LATCH system page 3‑39 for top tether anchor See Head Restraints on and it was being used during a locations. page 3‑2. crash, new LATCH system parts Do not secure a child seat in a may be needed. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (48,1)
3-48 Seats and Restraints
that the top tether be anchored, or if 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the instructions that come with the the lap and shoulder portions of child restraint say that the top strap the vehicle's safety belt through must be anchored. or around the restraint. The child If the child restraint does not have restraint instructions will show the LATCH system, you will be you how. using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. If more than one child restraint 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way needs to be installed in the rear out of the retractor to set the seat, be sure to read Where to Put lock. When the retractor lock is the Restraint on page 3‑38. set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. If the head restraint interferes 3. Push the latch plate into the with the proper installation of the buckle until it clicks. child restraint, the head restraint Position the release button on may be removed. See “Head the buckle so that the safety belt Restraint Removal and could be quickly unbuckled if Reinstallation” under Lower necessary. Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑39. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (49,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-49
6. If the child restraint has a top and Tethers for Children (LATCH tether, follow the child restraint System) on page 3‑39 for additional manufacturer's instructions information on installing the head regarding the use of the top restraint properly. tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH Securing Child Restraints System) on page 3‑39 for more (Front Passenger Seat) information. This vehicle has airbags. A rear 7. Before placing a child in the seat is a safer place to secure a child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraint. See securely held in place. To check, Where to Put the Restraint on grasp the child restraint at the page 3‑38. 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back In addition, the vehicle has a shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child passenger sensing system which is tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, designed to turn off the right front and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than passenger frontal airbag and seat‐ into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions. See Passenger a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, Sensing System on page 3 26 and may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and ‑ Passenger Airbag Status Indicator to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. on page 5 15 for more information, restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top ‑ including important safety tether anchor, disconnect it. If the Try to pull the belt out of the information. retractor to make sure the head restraint was removed, retractor is locked. If the reinstall it before the seating retractor is not locked, repeat position is used. See “Head Steps 4 and 5. Restraint Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (50,1)
3-50 Seats and Restraints
A label on the sun visor says, Anchors and Tethers for Children “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (CONTINUED) (LATCH System) on page 3‑39 for the front.” This is because the risk to top tether anchor locations. deploy under some unusual the rear-facing child is so great if the Do not secure a child seat in a airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is turned off. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires { WARNING Secure rear-facing child restraints that the top tether be anchored, or if in a rear seat, even if the airbag the instructions that come with the A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a child restraint say that the top strap restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in must be anchored. or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move In Canada, the law requires that passenger airbag inflates. This is the front passenger seat as far because the back of the forward-facing child restraints have back as it will go. It is better to a top tether, and that the tether be rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a attached. be very close to the inflating rear seat. airbag. A child in a forward-facing You will be using the lap-shoulder child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System belt to secure the child restraint in injured or killed if the right front on page 3‑26 for additional this position. Follow the instructions passenger airbag inflates and the information. that came with the child restraint. passenger seat is in a forward 1. Move the seat as far back as it position. If the child restraint has the LATCH will go before securing the system, see Lower Anchors and forward-facing child restraint. Even if the passenger sensing Tethers for Children (LATCH When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right System) on page 3 39 for how and ‑ system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, no where to install the child restraint front passenger frontal airbag system is fail-safe. No one can using LATCH. If a child restraint is and seat mounted side airbag, guarantee that an airbag will not secured using a safety belt and it ‐ the off indicator on the (Continued) uses a top tether, see Lower Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (51,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-51
passenger airbag status 4. Push the latch plate into the indicator should light and stay lit buckle until it clicks. when you start the vehicle. See Position the release button on Passenger Airbag Status the buckle so that the safety belt Indicator on page 5‑15. could be quickly unbuckled if 2. Put the child restraint on necessary. the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but Try to pull the belt out of the not pulled out of the retractor. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/18/12 Black plate (52,1)
3-52 Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbags are off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑26 for more information. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Front Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 The glove box is located on the Front Storage ...... 4-1 passenger side of the instrument Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 panel. Lift up on the lever to open it. Additional Storage Features Convenience Net ...... 4-2 Cupholders
Pull up on the handle and pull the cover down to open.
There are removable cupholders in the center console. Slide the cover to access the cupholders. Cupholders are also in the rear center armrest. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
4-2 Storage
Center Console Storage Additional Storage Features Convenience Net Use the convenience net located in the trunk to store small loads as far forward as possible. The net should not be used to store heavy loads. Attach the net so the opening is facing up. Attach the net loops to The armrest can be adjusted by the hooks on the rear panel of the sliding it to the desired position. trunk. The center console has an upper tray and a lower main storage area. To access the main storage area, adjust the armrest to the rear position and push button (1) to open. Push button (2) to access the upper tray. An accessory power outlet is in the lower area. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. Some vehicles may also have input jacks for auxiliary audio devices. See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑18. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-14 Information Displays Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status Driver Information Controls Indicator ...... 5-15 Center (DIC) ...... 5-25 Charging System Light ...... 5-15 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-29 Malfunction Vehicle Messages Controls Indicator Lamp ...... 5-16 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Brake System Warning Light ...... 5-18 Battery Voltage and Charging Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Messages ...... 5-33 Heated Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 5-19 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-33 Horn ...... 5-3 Compass Messages ...... 5-33 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light ...... 5-19 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-34 Compass ...... 5-4 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Clock (Radio with CD and Traction Off Light ...... 5-20 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-20 Engine Cooling System Touchscreen) ...... 5-5 Messages ...... 5-34 Power Outlets ...... 5-6 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-21 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-35 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-35 Indicators Warning Light ...... 5-22 Fuel System Messages ...... 5-35 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-22 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-36 Indicators ...... 5-8 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-23 Lamp Messages ...... 5-36 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-23 Object Detection System Speedometer ...... 5-11 Security Light ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-36 Odometer ...... 5-11 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-24 Ride Control System Tachometer ...... 5-11 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-24 Messages ...... 5-37 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-11 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-24 Security Messages ...... 5-37 Driver Efficiency Gauge ...... 5-12 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-24 Starting the Vehicle Engine Coolant Temperature Door Ajar Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-37 Gauge ...... 5-13 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-13 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Tire Messages ...... 5-38 Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-38 while driving. Window Messages ...... 5-39 Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Vehicle Personalization Adjustment Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-39 Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . 5-45 Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-45 Universal Remote System Operation ...... 5-48
For vehicles with audio steering To adjust the steering wheel: wheel controls, some audio controls 1. Pull the lever down. can be adjusted at the steering wheel. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles with a Bluetooth®, OnStar, 3. Pull or push the steering wheel or navigation system, press to closer or away from you. interact with those systems. See 4. Pull the lever up to lock the Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑20 steering wheel in place. or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-3
on page 7‑22 or Bluetooth (Voice Heated Steering Wheel The windshield wiper/washer lever Recognition) on page 7‑25, OnStar is on the right side of the steering Overview on page 14‑1, or the For vehicles with a heated steering column. With the ignition in ACC/ navigation manual for more wheel, the button for this feature is ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move information. located on the climate control the windshield wiper lever to select system. $ / i (Mute/End Call): Press to the wiper speed. silence the vehicle speakers only. ( (Heated Steering Wheel): Press HI: Use for fast wipes. to turn the heated steering wheel on Press again to turn the sound on. LO: Use for slow wipes. For vehicles with OnStar or or off. A light on the button displays Bluetooth systems, press to reject when the feature is turned on. an incoming call, or end a The steering wheel takes about current call. three minutes to start heating. _ SRC ^ (Thumbwheel Control): Turn to select an audio source. Horn Press _ or ^ to select the next or Press a on the steering wheel pad previous favorite radio station, CD, to sound the horn. or MP3 track. INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move Windshield Wiper/Washer the lever up to INT for intermittent + x − (Volume): Press + to wipes, then turn the 3 INT band increase the volume. Press − to up for more frequent wipes or down decrease the volume. for less frequent wipes. OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
5-4 Instruments and Controls
n L (Windshield Washer): Pull Damaged blades should be Compass the windshield wiper lever toward replaced. See Wiper Blade The vehicle may have a compass you to spray windshield washer fluid Replacement on page 10‑30. display on the Driver Information and activate the wipers. The wipers Heavy snow or ice can overload the Center (DIC). The compass receives will continue until the lever is wiper motor. its heading and other information released or the maximum wash time from the Global Positioning is reached. When the windshield Wipe Parking System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, wiper lever is released, additional If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ and vehicle speed information. wipes may occur depending on how OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, long the windshield washer had or INT, they will immediately stop. Avoid covering the GPS antenna for been activated. See Washer Fluid long periods of time with objects If the windshield wiper lever is then on page 10‑24 for information on that may interfere with the antenna's filling the windshield washer fluid moved to off before the driver door ability to receive a satellite signal. reservoir. is opened or within 10 minutes, the See Backglass Antenna on wipers will restart and move to the page 7‑13 and Satellite Radio base of the windshield. { WARNING Antenna on page 7‑14 for the If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ location of the vehicle's antennas. In freezing weather, do not use OFF while the wipers are performing The compass system is designed to the washer until the windshield is wipes due to windshield washing, operate for a certain number of warmed. Otherwise the washer the wipers continue to run until they miles or degrees of turn before fluid can form ice on the reach the base of the windshield. needing a signal from the GPS windshield, blocking your vision. satellites. When the compass display shows CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in an Clear snow and ice from the wiper open area where it can receive a blades and windshield before using GPS signal. The compass system them. If frozen to the windshield, will automatically determine when carefully loosen or thaw them. the GPS signal is restored and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-5
provide a heading again. See 5. To save the time and return to 5. To save the time or date and Compass Messages on page 5‑33 the Time Settings menu, press return to the Time and Date for more information on the the / BACK button at any time Settings menu, press the / messages that may be displayed for or press SELECT after adjusting BACK button at any time or the compass. the minutes. press SELECT after adjusting the minutes or year. Clock (Radio with CD and Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Touchscreen) 1. Press the CONFIG button and Setting the 12/24 Hour Format select Time Settings, 1. Press the CONFIG button and The infotainment system controls H select Time and Date Settings, are used to access the time and or press . or press H. date settings through the menu 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. system. See Overview on page 7 3 ‑ 3. Press SELECT to select the 2. Highlight Set Time Format. and Operation on page 7 4 for ‑ 12 hour or 24 hour display 3. Press SELECT to select the information about how to use the format. 12 hour or 24 hour display menu system. format. Setting the Time and Date Setting the Time (Without Date (With Date Display) Setting the Month and Day Format Display) 1. Press the CONFIG button and 1. Press the CONFIG button and 1. Press the CONFIG button and select Time and Date Settings, select Time and Date Settings, select Time Settings, or press H. or press H. or press H. 2. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Highlight Set Date Format. 2. Select Set Time. 3. Turn the Multifunction knob to 3. Press SELECT to select MM/ 3. Turn the Multifunction knob to adjust the highlighted value. DD/YY (month/day/year) or DD/ adjust the highlighted value. MM/YY (day/month/year). 4. Press SELECT to select the next 4. Press SELECT to select the next value. value. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
5-6 Instruments and Controls
Setting the Auto Time Adjust 2. Press + or − to decrease or door is opened within 10 minutes of 1. Press the CONFIG button and increase the Hours and Minutes turning off the vehicle. See Retained select Time and Date Settings, displayed on the clock. Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑24. or press H. 12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR screen button for standard time; Open the protective cover to use the 2. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. press the 24 HR screen button for accessory power outlet. 3. Press SELECT to turn Auto military time. Certain electrical accessories may Time Adjust on or off. Day + or Day −: Press the Day + not be compatible with the 4. Press SELECT button to select or Day − display buttons to increase accessory power outlet and could Time Zone, and then select the or decrease the day. overload vehicle or adapter fuses. Time Zone. Display: Press Display to turn the If there is a problem, see your dealer. 5. Press SELECT to turn Daylight display of the time on the screen on Savings on or off. or off. When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the installation Setting the Time and Date Power Outlets instructions included with the (Radio with CD and equipment. See Add-On Electrical The accessory power outlets can be Touchscreen) Equipment on page 9‑57. used to plug in electrical equipment, To set the time: such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Notice: Hanging heavy 1. Press the CONFIG button to equipment from the power outlet There are two accessory power can cause damage not covered enter the menu options. Turn the outlets. One is located under the by the vehicle warranty. The Multifunction knob to scroll armrest inside the center console power outlets are designed for through the available setup storage and the other is on the rear features. Press the SELECT accessory power plugs only, such of the center floor console. as cell phone charge cords. knob or press the Time screen button to display other options The outlet is powered when the within that feature. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, or until the driver Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-7
Power Outlet 110 Volt Alternating than 150 watts is plugged into the The power outlet is not designed for Current outlet, and no system fault is the following equipment, and may The vehicle may have a power detected. not work properly if any of the outlet that can be used to plug in The indicator light does not come on following is plugged in: electrical equipment with a when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or . Equipment with high initial peak maximum limit of 150 watts. if the equipment is not fully seated wattage such as: into the outlet. compressor-driven refrigerators If you try to connect equipment and electric power tools. using more than 150 watts or a . Other equipment requiring an system fault is detected, the extremely stable power supply equipment may operate for a short such as: period and turn itself off. microcomputer-controlled A protection circuit shuts off the electric blankets, touch sensor power supply and the indicator light lamps, etc. turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn the Remote Accessory Power (RAP) off and then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on The power outlet is on the rear of page 9‑24. Prolonged usage of the the center console. power outlet at the maximum load of An indicator light on the outlet 150 watts may cause the outlet to comes on when in use. The light overheat and automatically shut comes on when the ignition is in down. The power restarts when ON/RUN, equipment requiring less equipment that operates within the limit is plugged into the outlet and a system fault is not detected. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
5-8 Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there When one of the warning lights could be a problem with a vehicle comes on and stays on while Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem, Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice. signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous. to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle. warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-9
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
5-10 Instruments and Controls
English eAssist Shown, Metric eAssist Similar Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-11
Speedometer status. When pointing to AUTO Fuel Gauge STOP, the engine is off but the The speedometer shows the vehicle is on and can move. The vehicle's speed in either kilometers engine could auto start at any time. per hour (km/h) or miles per When the indicator points to OFF, hour (mph). the vehicle is off. Odometer When the engine is on, the tachometer will indicate the engine’s The odometer shows how far the revolutions per minute (rpm). The vehicle has been driven, in either tachometer may vary by several kilometers or miles. hundred rpm’s, during auto stop This vehicle has a tamper-resistant mode, when the engine is shutting odometer. If the vehicle needs a off and restarting. new odometer installed, the new A slight bump may be felt when the Metric one is set to the mileage of the old transmission is determining the odometer. If this is not possible, it is most fuel efficient operating range. set at zero and a label is put on the driver door to show the old mileage reading. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). For eAssist vehicles, when the ignition is in ON/RUN, the tachometer indicates the vehicle English Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
5-12 Instruments and Controls
When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge takes a few seconds The gauge moves to the left when gauge indicates about how much to stabilize after the ignition is braking and to the right when fuel is left in the tank. turned on, and goes back to accelerating. When either is done empty when the ignition is aggressively, the vehicle is being An arrow on the fuel gauge turned off. indicates the side of the vehicle the driven less efficiently and the gauge will move further from the center. fuel door is on. Driver Efficiency Gauge When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There is still a little fuel left, but the fuel tank should be filled soon. Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the For eAssist vehicles, this gauge gauge indicated the tank was assists in driving efficiently and will half full, but it actually took a vary based on driver input. little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. To maximize efficiency, keep the gauge pointed in the solid green . The gauge moves a little while zone in the center of the gauge. turning a corner or speeding up. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-13
Engine Coolant This reading indicates the same thing as the warning light. It means Temperature Gauge that the engine coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has been operating under normal driving conditions, pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑21 for more information. Safety Belt Reminders English Driver Safety Belt Reminder This gauge shows the engine Light coolant temperature. Metric There is a driver safety belt If the gauge pointer moves toward reminder light on the instrument the shaded area, the engine is cluster. too hot. In eAssist vehicles, the engine coolant warning light comes on when the engine is too hot. See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 5‑22 in this section. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind the driver to fasten Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
5-14 Instruments and Controls
their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. module. For more information on the on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if airbag system, see Airbag System This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes on page 3‑19. times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is becomes unbuckled while the moving. vehicle is moving. If the passenger safety belt is If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the neither the chime nor the light light comes on. comes on. The front passenger safety belt warning light and chime may turn on Passenger Safety Belt The airbag readiness light comes on if an object is put on the seat such Reminder Light for several seconds when the as a briefcase, handbag, grocery vehicle is started. If the light does There is a passenger safety belt bag, laptop, or other electronic not come on then, have it fixed reminder light near the passenger device. To turn off the warning light immediately. airbag status indicator. See and/or chime, remove the object Passenger Sensing System on from the seat or buckle the page 3‑26. safety belt. { WARNING Airbag Readiness Light If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or This light shows if there is an comes on while driving, it means electrical problem with the airbag the airbag system might not be system. The system check includes working properly. The airbags in the airbag sensor(s), passenger the vehicle might not inflate in a sensing system, the pretensioners, When the vehicle is started, this crash, or they could even inflate the airbag modules, the wiring, and light flashes and a chime may come the crash sensing and diagnostic (Continued) on to remind passengers to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-15
If you are using remote start, WARNING (CONTINUED) if equipped, to start the vehicle from { WARNING a distance, you may not see the without a crash. To help avoid system check. Then, after several If the airbag readiness light ever injury, have the vehicle serviced more seconds, the status indicator comes on and stays on, it means right away. will light either ON or OFF to let you that something may be wrong know the status of the front with the airbag system. To help outboard passenger frontal airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others, Passenger Airbag Status have the vehicle serviced right If the word ON is lit on the Indicator away. See Airbag Readiness passenger airbag status indicator, it Light on page 5 14 for more The vehicle has a passenger means that the front outboard ‑ sensing system. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag is allowed information, including important Sensing System on page 3‑26 for to inflate. safety information. important safety information. The instrument panel has a passenger If the word OFF is lit on the airbag airbag status indicator. status indicator, it means that the Charging System Light passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See The charging system light comes on When the vehicle is started, the your dealer for service. briefly when the ignition is turned passenger airbag status indicator on, but the engine is not running, as will light ON and OFF for several a check to show the light is working. seconds as a system check. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
5-16 Instruments and Controls
The light turns off when the engine access, as a check to show it is Notice: If the vehicle is is started. If it does not, have the working. If it does not, have the continually driven with this light vehicle serviced by your dealer. vehicle serviced by your dealer. See on, the emission controls might If the light stays on, or comes on Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) not work as well, the vehicle fuel while driving, there could be a on page 9‑15 or Ignition Positions economy might not be as good, problem with the electrical charging (Key Access) on page 9‑17 for more and the engine might not run as system. Have it checked by your information. smoothly. This could lead to dealer. Driving while this light is on costly repairs that might not be could drain the battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. If a short distance must be driven Notice: Modifications made to the with the light on, be sure to turn off engine, transmission, exhaust, all accessories, such as the radio intake, or fuel system of the and air conditioner. vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than If the malfunction indicator lamp those of the same Tire Malfunction comes on while the engine is Performance Criteria (TPC) can Indicator Lamp running, this indicates that the OBD affect the vehicle's emission II system has detected a problem A computer system called OBD II controls and can cause this light and diagnosis and service might be (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to come on. Modifications to required. Generation) monitors the operation these systems could lead to of the vehicle to ensure emissions Malfunctions often are indicated by costly repairs not covered by the are at acceptable levels, helping to the system before any problem is vehicle warranty. This could also maintain a clean environment. apparent. Being aware of the light result in a failure to pass a can prevent more serious damage required Emission Inspection/ The malfunction indicator lamp to the vehicle. This system also Maintenance test. See comes on when the vehicle is assists the dealer technician in Accessories and Modifications on placed in ON/RUN for key access or correctly diagnosing any page 10‑3. Service Only Mode for keyless malfunction. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-17
This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission or stumbling on acceleration. malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has These conditions might go away Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. once the engine is warmed up. has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions increases vehicle emissions and required. occurs, change the fuel brand used. could damage the emission control The following may correct an It may require at least one full tank system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emissions control system of the proper fuel to turn the light off. and service might be required. malfunction: See Recommended Fuel on To prevent more serious damage to . Check that the fuel cap is fully page 9‑47. the vehicle: installed. See Filling the Tank on If none of the above have made the page 9 50. The diagnostic . Reduce vehicle speed. ‑ light turn off, your dealer can check system can determine if the fuel the vehicle. The dealer has the . Avoid hard accelerations. cap has been left off or proper test equipment and . Avoid steep uphill grades. improperly installed. A loose or diagnostic tools to fix any missing fuel cap allows fuel to . If the vehicle is towing a trailer, mechanical or electrical problems evaporate into the atmosphere. that might have developed. reduce the amount of cargo A few driving trips with the cap being hauled as soon as it is properly installed should turn the Emissions Inspection and possible. light off. Maintenance Programs If the light continues to flash, find a . Check that good quality fuel is Depending on where you live, your safe place to stop and park the used. Poor fuel quality causes vehicle may be required to vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at the engine not to run as participate in an emission control least 10 seconds, and restart the efficiently as designed and may system inspection and maintenance engine. If the light is still flashing, cause stalling after start-up, program. For the inspection, the follow the previous steps and see stalling when the vehicle is emission system test equipment will your dealer for service as soon as changed into gear, misfiring, likely connect to the vehicle's Data possible. hesitation on acceleration, Link Connector (DLC). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
5-18 Instruments and Controls
vehicle would be considered not If the warning light comes on, there ready for inspection. This can is a brake problem. Have your brake happen if the 12-volt battery has system inspected right away. recently been replaced or run down. The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during The DLC is under the instrument normal driving. This can take panel next to the steering wheel. several days of routine driving. See your dealer if assistance is If this has been done and the Metric English needed. vehicle still does not pass the The vehicle may not pass inspection for lack of OBD II With antilock brakes, this light inspection if: system readiness, your dealer should come on when the vehicle is can prepare the vehicle for placed in START. If it does not, have . The malfunction indicator lamp is inspection. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. on while the vehicle is running. The vehicle is in ON/RUN for If the light comes on while driving, keyed access, or service only Brake System Warning pull off the road and stop carefully. mode for keyless access and the Light The pedal may be harder to push or malfunction indicator lamp does it can go closer to the floor. It may The vehicle brake system consists not come on. See your dealer for take longer to stop. Try turning off of two hydraulic circuits. If one assistance in verifying proper and restarting the vehicle one or two circuit is not working, the remaining operation of the malfunction times. If the light is still on, have the circuit can still work to stop the indicator lamp. vehicle towed for service. See vehicle. For normal braking Antilock Brake System (ABS) . The OBD II (On-Board performance, both circuits need to Warning Light on page 5‑19 and Diagnostics) system determines be working. Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑90. that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed. The Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (19,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-19
the parking brake is applied. If the If this light comes on, there is a { WARNING light continues flashing after the problem with a system on the parking brake is released, or while vehicle that is causing the parking The brake system might not be driving, there is a problem with the brake system to work at a reduced working properly if the brake Electric Parking Brake system. level. The vehicle can still be driven, system warning light is on. A message may also display in the but should be taken to a dealer as Driving with the brake system Driver Information Center (DIC). soon as possible. See Parking warning light on can lead to a See Brake System Messages on Brake on page 9‑32 for more crash. If the light is still on after page 5‑33 for more information. information. the vehicle has been pulled off If the light does not come on, For vehicles with the uplevel or the road and carefully stopped, or remains flashing, see your dealer. eAssist cluster, this telltale displays have the vehicle towed for in the Driver Information Center service. (DIC) screen.
Electric Parking Brake Antilock Brake System Light (ABS) Warning Light
For vehicles with the Electric Parking Brake (EPB), the parking brake warning light should come on briefly when ignition is placed in ON/ Metric English RUN. If it does not come on, then have it fixed so it will be ready to This light comes on briefly when the warn if there is a problem. For vehicles with the Electric engine is started. Parking Brake (EPB), the parking brake status light comes on when Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (20,1)
5-20 Instruments and Controls
If the light does not come on, have it See Brake System Warning Light on If the light comes on and stays on fixed so it will be ready to warn if page 5‑18 and Brake System for an extended period of time while there is a problem. Messages on page 5‑33. the system is turned on, the vehicle If the ABS light stays on, turn the needs service. ignition off. Traction Off Light See Traction Control System (TCS) ® If the light comes on while driving, on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak stop as soon as it is safely possible System on page 9‑35. and turn off the vehicle. Then start ® the engine again to reset the StabiliTrak OFF Light system. If the ABS light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. A chime may also sound when the light comes on This light comes on briefly while steady. starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your If the ABS light is the only light on, dealer. the vehicle has regular brakes, but the antilock brakes are not This light comes on when the This light comes on briefly while functioning. Traction Control System (TCS) has starting the engine. If it does not, been turned off by pressing and have the vehicle serviced by your If both the ABS and the brake releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak dealer. system warning light are on, the button. vehicle's antilock brakes are not This light comes on when the functioning and there is a problem This light also comes on and the StabiliTrak system is turned off. with the regular brakes. See your system turns off if there is a problem If the Traction Control System (TCS) dealer for service. with the TCS. is off, wheel spin is not limited. If StabiliTrak is off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (21,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-21
Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak If the light is on while certain DIC be limiting wheel spin and aiding in system and the warning light messages display, this indicates maintaining directional control of the turns off. that the TCS and StabiliTrak vehicle. See Traction Control System (TCS) systems are not working or are For vehicles with an uplevel or ® disabled. on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak eAssist cluster, this light comes on System on page 9‑35 for more If the light is on and not flashing, the in the Driver information information. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak Center (DIC). system have been disabled. Check See StabiliTrak® System on the DIC messages to determine Traction Control System page 9‑35 and Traction Control ® which feature(s) is no longer (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light System (TCS) on page 9‑34. functioning and whether it is because of the driver turning off the See Ride Control System Messages feature(s), or because the system is on page 5‑37 for more information not working properly and the vehicle on the messages associated with requires service. this light. If the TCS is disabled, wheel spin is not limited. If the StabiliTrak system is disabled, the system does not aid The Traction Control System (TCS)/ in maintaining directional control of StabiliTrak light comes on briefly the vehicle. when the engine is started. If the indicator/warning light is on If the light does not come on, have and flashing, the TCS or the the vehicle serviced by the dealer. StabiliTrak system is actively If the system is working normally, working. Check the DIC messages the indicator light turns off. for details to determine which system is working. If a message appears in the DIC, the system may Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (22,1)
5-22 Instruments and Controls
Engine Coolant vehicle warranty. Never drive with When the Light Is On Steady the engine coolant temperature This indicates that one or more of Temperature Warning warning light on. Light the tires are significantly The engine coolant temperature underinflated. warning light comes on when the A Driver Information Center (DIC) engine has overheated. tire pressure message may also If this happens, pull over and turn display. See Tire Messages on off the engine as soon as possible. page 5‑38. Stop as soon as See Engine Overheating on possible, and inflate the tires to the page 10‑21. pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See For eAssist vehicles, this light Tire Pressure on page 10 50. comes on briefly while starting the Tire Pressure Light ‑ vehicle. When the Light Flashes First and If it does not, have the vehicle Then Is On Steady serviced by the dealer. If the system If the light flashes for about a minute is working normally, the indicator and then stays on, there may be a light goes off. problem with the TPMS. If the Notice: Driving with the engine problem is not corrected, the light coolant temperature warning light will come on at every ignition cycle. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure See Tire Pressure Monitor on could cause the vehicle to Monitor System (TPMS), this light Operation on page 10‑52. overheat. See Engine Overheating comes on briefly when the engine is on page 10‑21. The vehicle's started. It provides information engine could be damaged, and it about tire pressures and the TPMS. might not be covered by the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (23,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it This light also comes on when the means that oil is not flowing through fuel tank is low on fuel. When fuel is Notice: Lack of proper engine oil the engine properly. The vehicle added the light should go off. If it maintenance can damage the could be low on oil and might have does not, have your vehicle engine. Driving with the engine some other system problem. See serviced. oil low can also damage the your dealer. engine. The repairs would not be For vehicles with an uplevel or covered by the vehicle warranty. For vehicles with the uplevel or eAssist cluster, this telltale displays Check the oil level as soon as eAssist cluster, this telltale displays in the Driver Information Center possible. Add oil if required, but in the Driver Information Center (DIC) screen. if the oil level is within the (DIC) screen. operating range and the oil Security Light pressure is still low, have the Low Fuel Warning Light vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.
The immobilizer light should come This light, below the fuel gauge, on briefly as the engine is started. comes on briefly when the engine is If it does not come on, have the started. vehicle serviced by your dealer. The oil pressure light should come If it does not come on, have the If the system is working normally, on briefly as the engine is started. vehicle serviced by your dealer. the indicator light turns off. If it does not come on have the If the system is working normally, If the light stays on and the engine vehicle serviced by your dealer. the indicator light then goes off. does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (24,1)
5-24 Instruments and Controls
system. See Immobilizer Operation Front Fog Lamp Light The lamps on reminder light comes (Key Access) on page 2‑13 or on when the exterior lamps are in Immobilizer Operation (Keyless use. See Exterior Lamp Controls on Access) on page 2‑14. page 6‑1. For vehicles with an uplevel or eAssist cluster, this light displays in Cruise Control Light the Driver Information Center (DIC) screen. For vehicles with fog lamps, this High-Beam On Light light comes on when the fog lamps are on. The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog This light is white whenever the Lamps on page 6 4 for more ‑ cruise control is set and turns green information. when the cruise control is active. Lamps On Reminder The light goes out when the cruise This light comes on when the control is turned off. See Cruise high-beam headlamps are in use. Control on page 9‑37. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam For vehicles with the uplevel or Changer on page 6‑2 for more eAssist cluster, this telltale will be information. shown in the Driver Information Center (DIC) screen. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (25,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-25
Door Ajar Light Information Displays DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays Driver Information which can be accessed by using the Center (DIC) DIC buttons on the turn signal lever to the left of the steering wheel. The The Driver Information Center (DIC) DIC displays trip, fuel, vehicle displays information about the system information, and warning vehicle. It also displays warning messages if a system problem is This light comes on in the Driver messages if a system problem is detected. detected. See Vehicle Messages on Information Center (DIC) when a The bottom of the DIC display page 5 32 for more information. All door is open or not securely latched. ‑ shows what position the shift lever messages appear in the DIC display is in, the odometer, and the direction Before driving, check that all doors located in the center of the the vehicle is driving. are properly closed. instrument panel cluster. In cold weather the DIC display may On some models, the DIC may change slowly. This is normal and show warning lights or indicators in will move more quickly as the the top portion of the display. See vehicle's interior temperature rises. Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators on page 5‑8 for more information. The vehicle may also have features that can be customized through the controls on the radio. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑39 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (26,1)
5-26 Instruments and Controls
DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items Trip 1 and Trip 2 Press MENU on the turn signal This display shows the current lever until Trip/Fuel Information distance traveled, in either Menu is displayed. Use w / x to kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since scroll through the following menu the last reset for the trip odometer. items: The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing SET/CLR while the . Digital Speedometer trip odometer display is showing. 1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear . Trip 1 the menu item when it is Power Flow Gauge (eAssist Only) displayed. . Trip 2 This display shows the operating . Power Flow Gauge mode of the eAssist system and the 2. / (Thumbwheel): Use to w x (eAssist Only) high voltage battery charge level. scroll through the items in each The animation indicates the . menu. A small marker will move Fuel Range direction of energy flow. across the bottom of the page as . Average Fuel Economy/ you scroll through the items. Instantaneous Fuel Economy Fuel Range This shows where each page is This display shows the approximate . Average Vehicle Speed in the menu. distance the vehicle can be driven 3. MENU: Press to get to the Trip/ . Timer without refueling. The fuel range Fuel Menu and the Vehicle . Navigation estimate is based on an average of Information Menu. the vehicle's fuel economy over Digital Speedometer recent driving history and the The speedometer shows how fast amount of fuel remaining in the fuel the vehicle is moving in either tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (27,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-27
Average Fuel Economy/ driving conditions change. Unlike which the display will return to zero. Instantaneous Fuel Economy average economy, this display To stop the timer, press SET/CLR On some models, this display cannot be reset. briefly while Timer is displayed. To reset the timer to zero, press and shows Average Fuel Economy. On Average Vehicle Speed other models, this display shows hold SET/CLR. This display shows the average both Average Fuel Economy and Navigation Instantaneous Fuel Economy. speed of the vehicle in miles per hour (mph) or kilometers per This display is used for the OnStar The Average Fuel Economy display hour (km/h). This average is or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn shows the approximate average calculated based on the various guidance. See OnStar Overview on liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) vehicle speeds recorded since the page 14‑1 or the navigation manual, or miles per gallon (mpg). This last reset of this value. The average if the vehicle has navigation, for number is calculated based on the speed can be reset by pressing more information. number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle since the last time this menu item Speed display is showing. Vehicle Information Menu was reset. The fuel economy can be Items Timer reset by pressing SET/CLR while Press MENU on the turn signal the Average Fuel Economy display This display can be used as a timer. lever until Vehicle Information Menu is showing. To start the timer, press SET/CLR is displayed. Use / to scroll while Timer is displayed. The w x The Instantaneous Fuel Economy through the following menu items: display shows the current fuel display will show the amount of time economy in liters per 100 kilometers that has passed since the timer was . Unit (L/100 km) or miles per gallon last reset, not including time the . Tire Pressure (mpg). This number reflects only the ignition is off. Time will continue to . Jump Start (eAssist Only) fuel economy that the vehicle has be counted as long as the ignition is right now and changes frequently as on, even if another display is being . Remaining Oil Life shown on the DIC. The timer will record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, . Battery Voltage and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (28,1)
5-28 Instruments and Controls
Unit Remaining Oil Life engine oil life system, press SET/ CLR while the Oil Life display is Move w / x to switch between This display shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. active. See Engine Oil Life System metric or US when the Unit display on page 10‑13. is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is the setting. This will change the displayed, that means 99% of the Battery Voltage current oil life remains. displays on the cluster and DIC to This display, available on some either metric or English (US) When the remaining oil life is low, vehicles, shows the current battery measurements. the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON voltage. If the voltage is in the Tire Pressure message will appear on the display. normal range, the value will display. See Engine Oil Messages on For example, the display may read The display will show a vehicle with page 5‑35. The oil should be Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The the approximate pressures of all changed as soon as possible. See vehicle's charging system regulates four tires. Tire pressure is displayed Engine Oil on page 10‑11. In voltage based on the state of the in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds addition to the engine oil life system battery. The battery voltage can per square inch (psi). See Tire monitoring the oil life, additional fluctuate while viewing this Pressure Monitor System on maintenance is recommended in the information on the DIC. This is page 10‑51 and Tire Pressure Maintenance Schedule in this normal. See Charging System Light Monitor Operation on page 10‑52 for manual. See Maintenance Schedule on page 5‑15 for more information. more information. on page 11‑2 for more information. If there is a problem with the battery Jump Start (eAssist Only) Remember, the Oil Life display must charging system, the DIC will display a message This display allows for on-board be reset after each oil change. It will jump starting of the vehicle. See not reset itself. Also, be careful not Compass to reset the Oil Life display “Jump Starting (On-board with accidentally at any time other than The vehicle may have a compass eAssist Only)” for more information. when the oil has just been changed. display in the Driver Information It cannot be reset accurately until Center (DIC). See Compass on the next oil change. To reset the page 5‑4 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (29,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-29
Head-Up Display (HUD) The images are projected through the HUD lens located on the driver side of the instrument panel. { WARNING Notice: If you try to use the HUD If the HUD image is too bright or image as a parking aid, you may too high in your field of view, it misjudge the distance and may take you more time to see damage your vehicle. Do not use things you need to see when it is the HUD image as a parking aid. dark outside. Be sure to keep the The HUD information can be HUD image dim and placed low in displayed in one of three languages, your field of view. English, French, or Spanish. The speedometer reading and other HUD Display on the Vehicle numerical values can be displayed For vehicles with the Head-Up Windshield Display (HUD), some information in either English or metric units. concerning the operation of the The language selection is changed The HUD information appears as an vehicle is projected onto the through the radio and the units of image focused out toward the front windshield. This includes measurement is changed through of the vehicle. information such as the the trip computer in the Driver When the ignition is placed in the speedometer reading, rpm reading, Information Center (DIC). See ON/RUN or ON/RUN/START transmission position, outside air AM-FM Radio on page 7‑9 and position, HUD will display an temperature, compass heading, and Driver Information Center (DIC) on introductory message for a short a brief display of the current radio page 5‑25. time, until the HUD is ready. station, including XM information or CD track. It will also display turn-by-turn navigation information if the vehicle has a navigation radio. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (30,1)
5-30 Instruments and Controls
The following indicator lights come or turn-by-turn navigation Use the following settings to adjust on in the instrument panel when information are displayed on the HUD. activated and also appear on the HUD. OFF: To turn HUD off, turn the HUD the HUD: dimming knob fully counterclockwise . Turn Signal Indicators until the HUD display turns off. . High-Beam Indicator Symbol Brightness: Turn the dimming knob The HUD temporarily displays some clockwise or counterclockwise to vehicle warnings, such as CHECK brighten or dim the display. TIRE PRESSURE and FUEL « (Up) or ª (Down): Press the LEVEL LOW when these messages up or down arrows to center the are on the DIC trip computer. HUD image in your view. The HUD The HUD also displays the following image can only be adjusted up and messages on vehicles with these down, not side to side. systems, when they are active: PAGE: Press to select the display formats. Release the PAGE button . TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE The HUD control is located to the when the format number with the . STABILITRAK ACTIVE left of the steering wheel. desired display is shown on the When the HUD is on, the To adjust the HUD image so that HUD. If vehicle messages are speedometer reading is continually items are properly displayed, do the displayed, pressing PAGE may clear displayed. The current radio station following: the message. or CD track number will display for a 1. Adjust the driver seat to a short period of time after the radio comfortable position. or CD track status changes. This happens whenever radio information 2. Start the engine. is changed. The speedometer size 3. Adjust the HUD controls. is reduced when radio, CD information, warnings, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (31,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-31
The three formats are as follows:
English Shown, Metric Similar English Shown, Metric Similar English Shown, Metric Similar Format Three: This display The HUD image displayed on the Format One: This display gives the includes much of the information in windshield will automatically dim speedometer reading (in English or Format One along with a circular and brighten to compensate for metric units), turn signal indication, tachometer, but without outside air outside lighting. However, the HUD high-beam indication, transmission temperature and compass heading. brightness control can still be positions, outside air temperature, All formats will show the turn-by-turn adjusted as needed. and compass heading. navigation information and provide The HUD image can temporarily details about the next driving light up depending on the angle and maneuver to be made. When you position of the sunlight on the HUD near your next maneuver, the HUD display. This is normal and will will display a distance bar that will change when the angle of the empty the closer you get to your sunlight on the HUD display maneuver. All navigation information changes. is provided to the HUD by the English Shown, Metric Similar Polarized sunglasses could make navigation radio or OnStar service, the HUD image harder to see. Format Two: This display includes for vehicles that have these the information in Format One features. without the transmission information, the outside air temperature, and compass heading. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (32,1)
5-32 Instruments and Controls
Care of the HUD . Still no HUD image? Check the fuse in the instrument panel fuse Vehicle Messages Clean the inside of the windshield block. See Instrument Panel Messages displayed on the DIC as needed to remove any dirt or film Fuse Block on page 10‑40. indicate the status of the vehicle or that could reduce the sharpness or If the HUD Image Is Not Clear some action that may be needed to clarity of the HUD image. correct a condition. Multiple To clean the HUD lens, use a soft, . Is the HUD image too bright? messages may display one after the clean cloth that has household glass . Are the windshield and HUD other. cleaner sprayed on it. Wipe the lens clean? The messages that do not require HUD lens gently, then dry it. Do not immediate action can be spray cleaner directly on the lens If the HUD image is not correct, contact your dealer. acknowledged and cleared by because the cleaner could leak into pressing SET/CLR. The messages the unit. Keep in mind that the windshield is that require immediate action cannot If You Cannot See the HUD part of the HUD system. be cleared until that action is Image When the Ignition Is On performed. All messages should be taken seriously and clearing the . Is anything covering the messages does not correct the HUD lens? problem. . Is the HUD dimmer setting bright The following are some of the enough? vehicle messages that may be . Is the HUD image adjusted to displayed depending on your the proper height? vehicle content. . Are you wearing polarized sunglasses? Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (33,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-33
Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages boost assist motor might be heard operating and you might notice Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW pulsation in the brake pedal. This is BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the normal under these conditions. Take brake fluid level is low. See Brake the vehicle to your dealer for This message displays when the service. vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid on page 10‑26. voltage is dropping beyond a STEP ON BRAKE TO SERVICE PARKING BRAKE reasonable point. The battery saver RELEASE PARK BRAKE This message is displayed when system starts reducing features of there is a problem with the electric This message is displayed if you the vehicle that may be noticed. At parking brake. See Parking Brake attempt to release the electric the point that features are disabled, on page 9 32 for more information. parking brake without the brake ‑ this message displays. Turn off Take the vehicle to your dealer. unnecessary accessories to allow pedal applied. See Parking Brake the battery to recharge. on page 9‑32 for more information. Compass Messages LOW BATTERY RELEASE PARK BRAKE CAL This message is displayed when the This message is displayed if the battery voltage is low. See Battery electric parking brake is on while the This message is displayed when the compass needs to be calibrated. on page 10‑27. vehicle is in motion. Release it before you attempt to drive. See See Compass on page 5‑4. SERVICE BATTERY Parking Brake on page 9‑32 for –– CHARGING SYSTEM more information. Dashes will be displayed if the This message is displayed when SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST compass needs service. See your there is a fault in the battery dealer for service. charging system. Take the vehicle to This message may be displayed your dealer for service. when there is a problem with the brake boost assist system. When this message is displayed, the brake Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (34,1)
5-34 Instruments and Controls
Cruise Control Messages PASSENGER DOOR OPEN returns to normal, the air conditioning compressor turns back This message will display when the CRUISE SET TO XXX on. You can continue to drive the front passenger door is open. Close vehicle. This message displays when the the door completely. cruise control is set and shows the If this message continues to appear, speed it was set to. See Cruise RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN have the system repaired by your Control on page 9‑37. This message will display when the dealer as soon as possible to avoid passenger side rear door is open. damage to the engine. Door Ajar Messages Close the door completely. COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD DRIVER DOOR OPEN TRUNK OPEN COOLANT This message will display when the This message will display when the This message will display if the driver door is open. Close the door trunk is open. Close the trunk coolant is low. See Engine Coolant completely. completely. on page 10‑18. HOOD OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Cooling System IDLE ENGINE This message will display when the Messages hood is open. Close the hood This message displays when the completely. A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH engine coolant temperature is too ENGINE TEMP hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN idle until it cools down. This message displays when the This message will display when the engine coolant becomes hotter than driver side rear door is open. Close ENGINE OVERHEATED — the door completely. the normal operating temperature. STOP ENGINE To avoid added strain on a hot engine, the air conditioning This message displays and a compressor automatically turns off. continuous chime sounds if the When the coolant temperature engine cooling system reaches unsafe temperatures for operation. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (35,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-35
Stop and turn off the vehicle as ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL Engine Power Messages soon as it is safe to do so to avoid On some vehicles, this message severe damage. This message ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED displays when the engine oil level clears when the engine has cooled may be too low. Check the oil level This message displays when the to a safe operating temperature. before filling to the recommended vehicle's engine power is reduced. level. If the oil is not low and this Reduced engine power can affect Engine Oil Messages message remains on, take the the vehicle's ability to accelerate. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON vehicle to your dealer for service. If this message is on, but there is no See Engine Oil on page 10‑11. reduction in performance, proceed This message displays when the to your destination. The engine oil needs to be changed. OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP performance may be reduced the When you change the engine oil, be ENGINE next time the vehicle is driven. The sure to reset the Oil Life System. This message displays if low oil vehicle may be driven at a reduced See Engine Oil Life System on pressure levels occur. Stop the speed while this message is on, but page 10‑13, Driver Information vehicle as soon as safely possible maximum acceleration and speed Center (DIC) on page 5‑25, Engine and do not operate it until the cause may be reduced. Anytime this Oil on page 10‑11, and Maintenance of the low oil pressure has been message stays on, the vehicle Schedule on page 11‑2. corrected. Check the oil as soon as should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible. ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE possible and have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. ENGINE Fuel System Messages This message displays when the engine oil temperature is too hot. FUEL LEVEL LOW Stop and allow the vehicle to idle This message displays when the until it cools down. vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as soon as possible. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (36,1)
5-36 Instruments and Controls
TIGHTEN GAS CAP Lamp Messages not use this system to help you park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist This message displays when the AFL (Adaptive Forward on page 9‑40. fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the Lighting) LAMPS NEED fuel cap. SERVICE BLIND ZONE ALERT SERVICE SYSTEM Key and Lock Messages This message displays when the Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) If this message appears, both SBZA NO REMOTE DETECTED system is disabled and needs displays will remain on indicating there is a problem with the SBZA This message displays when the service. See your dealer. See Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on system. If these displays remain on transmitter battery is weak on after continued driving, the system page 6‑3 for more information. vehicles with keyless access. See needs service. Take the vehicle to “Starting the Vehicle with a Low your dealer. Transmitter Battery” under Remote Object Detection System Keyless Entry (RKE) System Messages SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT Operation on page 2‑3. SYSTEM OFF PARK ASSIST OFF REPLACE BATTERY IN This message indicates that the REMOTE KEY This message displays when the driver has turned the system off. park assist system has been turned This message displays when the off or when there is a temporary SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS. battery in the Remote Keyless Entry condition causing the system to be UNAVAILABLE (RKE) transmitter needs to be disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking replaced. See Battery This message indicates that the “ Assist on page 9‑40. SBZA system is disabled because Replacement” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System SERVICE PARK ASSIST the sensor is blocked and cannot Operation on page 2 3. detect vehicles in the blind zone. ‑ This message displays if there is a The sensor may be blocked by mud, problem with the Ultrasonic Rear dirt, snow, ice, or slush. This Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do message may also activate during Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (37,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-37
heavy rain or due to road spray. The SERVICE TRACTION SPORT MODE ON vehicle does not need service. For CONTROL This message displays when using cleaning, see Exterior Care on This message displays when there the selective ride control. See page 10‑92. is a problem with the Traction Selective Ride Control on page 9‑37 Control System (TCS). When this for more information. Ride Control System message is displayed, the system Messages will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your TRACTION CONTROL OFF driving accordingly. See your dealer This message displays when the ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF for service. Traction Control System (TCS) is This message displays when the turned off. Adjust your driving All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System has SERVICE STABILITRAK accordingly. been turned off. See All-Wheel This message displays if there is a Drive on page 9‑30. problem with the StabiliTrak system. Security Messages If this message appears, try to reset SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE the system. Stop; turn off the engine THEFT ATTEMPTED SYSTEM for at least 15 seconds; then start This message displays if the vehicle This message displays when there the engine again. If this message detects a tamper condition. is a problem with the All-Wheel still comes on, it means there is a Drive (AWD) System. See your problem. See your dealer for Starting the Vehicle dealer for service. service. The vehicle is safe to drive, however, you do not have the Messages SERVICE REAR AXLE benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce JUMP START ACTIVE WAIT TO This message displays when there your speed and drive accordingly. START is a problem with the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) System. See your This message displays while dealer for service. performing an on-board jump start of the vehicle. See “Jump Starting (On-board with eAssist Only).” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (38,1)
5-38 Instruments and Controls
JUMP START COMPLETE Tire Messages also shows the tire pressure values. ATTEMPT START See Driver Information Center (DIC) TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD on page 5‑25. This message displays while AIR TO TIRE performing an on-board jump start SERVICE TIRE MONITOR of the vehicle. See “Jump Starting On vehicles with the Tire Pressure SYSTEM (On-board with eAssist Only).” Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays when the This message displays if there is a JUMP START DISABLED SEE pressure in one or more of the problem with the Tire Pressure OWNERS MANUAL vehicle's tires is low. Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on This message displays if there is a The low tire pressure warning light page 10‑52. problem with the on-board jump will also come on. See Tire start system, or the 12 volt battery is Pressure Light on page 5‑22. TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE too low to perform an on-board jump If a tire pressure message appears This message displays when the start. Try using jumper cables and on the DIC, stop as soon as you system is learning new tires. See performing a normal jump start. can. Inflate the tires by adding air Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on Take the vehicle to your dealer for until the tire pressure is equal to the page 10 52. service to if this message continues ‑ values shown on the Tire and to be displayed. Loading Information label. See Tires Transmission Messages on page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on SERVICE TRANSMISSION page 10‑50. This message displays if there is a You can receive more than one tire problem with the transmission. See pressure message at a time. To your dealer. read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time, press the SET/CLR button. The DIC Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (39,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-39
SHIFT TO PARK Window Messages Vehicle This message displays when the OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/ Personalization transmission needs to be shifted to PASSENGER WINDOW P (Park). This may appear when The audio system controls are used attempting to remove the key from This message is displayed when the to access the personalization the ignition or from the vehicle if the window needs to be reprogrammed. menus for customizing vehicle vehicle is not in P (Park). If the vehicle's battery has been features. recharged or disconnected, you will CONFIG (Configuration): Press to TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE need to reprogram each front ENGINE access the Configuration window for the express-up feature to Settings menu. This message displays and a chime work. See Power Windows on sounds if the transmission fluid in page 2‑17. Multifunction Knob: Turn to scroll the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the through the menus. transmission fluid temperature high SELECT: Press to enter the menus can cause damage to the vehicle. and select menu items. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to / BACK: Press to exit or move allow the transmission to cool. This backward in a menu. message clears when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. Entering the Personalization Menus 1. Press CONFIG to access the Configuration Settings menu. 2. Turn the Multifunction knob to highlight Vehicle Settings. 3. Press SELECT to select the Vehicle Settings menu. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (40,1)
5-40 Instruments and Controls
The following list of menu items may . Remote Start Auto Heated Seats Press SELECT when Air Quality be available: . Remote Start Cooled Seats Sensor is highlighted to open the menu. Turn the Multifunction knob . Climate and Air Quality . Auto Defog to highlight High or Low. Press . Comfort and Convenience . Auto Rear Defog SELECT to confirm the selection. / . Collision/Detection Systems Auto Fan Speed Press BACK to move to the last menu. . Language This will allow you to select the . Lighting automatic fan speed. It can be Auto Heated Seats adjusted to run lower or higher than . Power Door Locks If equipped and turned on, this normal. feature will automatically activate . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Press SELECT when Auto Fan heated seats at the level required by . Return to Factory Settings Speed is highlighted to open the the interior temperature. The auto heated seats can be turned off by Turn the Multifunction knob to menu. Turn the Multifunction knob to highlight High, Medium, or Low. using the heated seat buttons on highlight the menu. Press SELECT the climate control panel. to select it. Each of the menus is Press SELECT to confirm the detailed in the following information. selection. Press / BACK to move to Press SELECT when Auto Heated the last menu. Seats is highlighted to open the Climate and Air Quality menu. Turn the Multifunction knob Air Quality Sensor Select the Climate and Air Quality to highlight On or Off. Press menu and the following may be This will allow you to select whether SELECT to confirm the selection. displayed: the system will operate at high or Press / BACK to move to the low sensitivity. Only vehicles with . last menu. Auto Fan Speed the dual zone climate control will . Air Quality Sensor have this option. Air Conditioning Mode . Auto Heated Seats This allows selection of automatic start of the air conditioning upon . Air Conditioning Mode vehicle start. Selecting On indicates Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (41,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-41
the air conditioning will be on when Remote Start Cooled Seats Auto Rear Defog the vehicle is started. Selecting Off If equipped and turned on, this If equipped, this will allow you to turns the air conditioning off each feature will turn the cooled seats on turn the auto rear defog on or off. time the vehicle is started. Last when using remote start on This feature will automatically turn Setting will resume the last setting warm days. on the rear defogger when it is cold when the vehicle was shut off. Press SELECT when Remote Start outside. Press SELECT when Air Cooled Seats is highlighted. Turn Press SELECT when Auto Rear Conditioning Mode is highlighted to the Multifunction knob to select On Defog is highlighted to open the open the menu. Turn the or Off. Press SELECT to confirm the menu. Turn the Multifunction knob Multifunction knob to highlight Off, / to highlight On or Off. Press On, or Last Setting. Press SELECT selection. Press BACK to move to / the last menu. SELECT to confirm the selection. to confirm the selection. Press Press / BACK to move to the BACK to move to the last menu. Auto Defog last menu. Remote Start Auto Heated Seats This will allow you to turn the auto defog on or off. Only vehicles with Comfort and Convenience If equipped and turned on, this the dual zone climate control will Select the Comfort and feature will turn the heated seats on have this option. Convenience menu and the when using remote start on following will be displayed: cold days. Press SELECT when Auto Defog is highlighted to open the menu. Turn . Chime Volume Press SELECT when Remote Start the Multifunction knob to highlight . Driver Seat Easy Exit Auto Heated Seats is highlighted. On or Off. Press SELECT to confirm Turn the Multifunction knob to select / . Park Tilt Mirrors On or Off. Press SELECT to confirm the selection. Press BACK to move to the last menu. the selection. Press / BACK to Chime Volume move to the last menu. This allows selection of the chime volume level. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (42,1)
5-42 Instruments and Controls
Press SELECT when Chime Volume Park Tilt Mirrors Side Blind Zone Alert System is highlighted. Turn the Multifunction When on, both the driver and If equipped, this feature allows the knob to select Normal or High. passenger mirrors will tilt downward Side Blind Zone Alert System Press SELECT to confirm the when the vehicle is shifted to feature to be turned on or off. selection. Press / BACK to move to R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the last menu. Press SELECT when Side Blind the ground near the rear wheels. Zone Alert System is highlighted. Driver Seat Easy Exit They will return to their previous Turn the Multifunction knob to select driving position when the vehicle is On or Off. Press SELECT to confirm When on, this feature will move the shifted out of R (Reverse), the / driver seat rearward upon turning ignition is turned to OFF, or the the selection. Press BACK to the ignition off and opening the vehicle is left in R (Reverse). See move to the last menu. driver door. This may be performed Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑16. Language to make it easier to exit the vehicle. This allows you to turn the park tilt See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” under Select the Language menu and the mirrors feature on or off. Memory Seats on page 3‑6. following will be displayed: Press SELECT when Park Tilt This allows you to turn the easy exit . English seat feature on or off. Mirrors is highlighted. Turn the Multifunction knob to select Driver & . French Press SELECT when Driver Seat Passenger or Off. Press SELECT to . Spanish Easy Exit is highlighted. Turn the / confirm the selection. Press Turn the Multifunction knob to select Multifunction knob to select On or BACK to move to the last menu. Off. Press SELECT to confirm the the language. Press SELECT to selection. Press / BACK to move to Collision/Detection Systems confirm the selection. Press / the last menu. Select the Collision/Detection BACK to move to the last menu. Systems menu and the following will be displayed: . Side Blind Zone Alert System Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (43,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-43
Lighting Press SELECT when Vehicle On or Off. Press SELECT to confirm Locator Lights is highlighted. Turn / Select the Lighting menu and the the selection. Press BACK to the Multifunction knob to select On following will be displayed: move to the last menu. or Off. Press SELECT to confirm the . Exit Lighting selection. Press / BACK to move to Delayed Door Lock . Vehicle Locator Lights the last menu. When on, this feature will delay the locking of the doors until Exit Lighting Power Door Locks five seconds after the last door is This allows selection of how long Select Power Door Locks and the closed. You will hear three chimes the exterior lamps stay on when following will be displayed: to signal delayed locking is in use. leaving the vehicle and it is dark Pressing either the power lock . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out outside. button or Q on the RKE transmitter . Delayed Door Lock Press SELECT when Exit Lighting is twice will override the delayed highlighted. Turn the Multifunction . Auto Door Unlock locking feature and immediately lock all of the doors. knob to select Off, 30 Seconds, Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. Press Press SELECT when Delayed Door SELECT to confirm the selection. When on, this feature will keep the Lock is highlighted. Turn the Press / BACK to move to the driver door from locking when the Multifunction knob to select On or last menu. door is open. If Off is selected, the Off. Press SELECT to confirm the Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out menu / Vehicle Locator Lights will be available and the door will selection. Press BACK to move to the last menu. This allows the vehicle locator lights lock as programmed through to be turned on or off. The vehicle this menu. Auto Door Unlock locator lights come on when Press SELECT when Unlocked This allows selection of which of the unlocking the vehicle with the RKE Door Anti Lock Out is highlighted. doors will automatically unlock when transmitter. Turn the Multifunction knob to select the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (44,1)
5-44 Instruments and Controls
Press SELECT when Auto Door On or Off. Press SELECT to confirm doors will unlock when the button is Unlock is highlighted. Turn the the selection. Press / BACK to pressed a second time. When set to Multifunction knob to select All move to the last menu. All Doors, all of the doors will unlock Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press at the first press of K. Press SELECT to confirm the selection. Locking Feedback / SELECT to confirm the selection. Press BACK to move to the This allows selection of what type of Press / BACK to move to the last menu. feedback is given when locking the last menu. vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Remote Recall Press SELECT when Locking Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Feedback is highlighted. Turn the When on, this feature will recall the and the following will be displayed: Multifunction knob to select Lights current driver's last seat and outside . Unlock Feedback (Lights) and Horn, Lights Only, Horn Only, mirror positions upon unlocking the or Off. Press SELECT to confirm the driver door with the RKE, and . Locking Feedback selection. Press / BACK to move to opening that door. The current driver . Door Unlock Options the last menu. is identified when the RKE is used to unlock the driver door. If keyless . Remote Recall Door Unlock Options access equipped, the recall will . Passive Entry This allows selection of which doors occur upon opening the driver door. See “Memory Remote Recall” under . Remote Left In Vehicle will unlock when pressing K on the Memory Seats on page 3‑6. Unlock Feedback (Lights) RKE transmitter. This allows the Remote Recall When on, the exterior lamps will Press SELECT when Door Unlock feature to be turned on or off. flash when unlocking the vehicle Options is highlighted. Turn the Remote Recall is when the with the RKE transmitter. Multifunction knob to select All memorized settings will be recalled Doors or Driver Door Only. When as you unlock and enter the vehicle. Press SELECT when Unlock set to Driver Door Only, the driver Feedback (Lights) is highlighted. door will unlock the first time the Turn the Multifunction knob to select unlock button is pressed and all Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (45,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-45
Press SELECT when Remote Recall Off. Press SELECT to confirm the Universal Remote is highlighted. Turn the Multifunction selection. Press / BACK to move to knob to select On or Off. Press the last menu. System SELECT to confirm the selection. / Return to Factory Settings See Radio Frequency Statement on Press BACK to move to the page 13‑20 for information last menu. Select Return to Factory Settings to regarding Part 15 of the Federal return all of the vehicle Passive Entry Communications Commission (FCC) personalization to the default rules and Industry Canada This allows the Passive Entry settings. Turn the Multifunction knob Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. feature to be turned on or off. to select Yes or No. Press SELECT Press SELECT when Passive Entry to confirm and go back to the Universal Remote System is highlighted. Turn the Multifunction last menu. Programming knob to select On or Off. Press SELECT to confirm the selection. Press / BACK to move to the last menu. Remote Left In Vehicle This allows the Remote Left In Vehicle reminder feature to be turned on or off. If on, the horn will If the vehicle has this feature, you chirp if a remote is left in the will see these buttons with one vehicle. indicator light next to them in the overhead console. Press SELECT when Remote Left In Vehicle is highlighted. Turn the This system provides a way to Multifunction knob to select On or replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (46,1)
5-46 Instruments and Controls
devices such as garage door When programming a garage door, To program up to three devices: openers, security systems, and park outside of the garage. Park 1. Hold the end of the hand-held home automation devices. directly in line with and facing the transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to Do not use the Universal Remote garage door opener motor-head or 3 in) away from the Universal system with any garage door opener gate motor-head. Be sure that Remote system buttons while that does not have the stop and people and objects are clear of the keeping the indicator light in reverse feature. This includes any garage door or gate being view. The hand-held transmitter garage door opener model programmed. was supplied by the manufactured before April 1,1982. It is recommended that a new manufacturer of the garage door Read the instructions completely battery be installed in the hand-held opener receiver before attempting to program the transmitter for quicker and more (motor-head unit). Universal Remote system. Because accurate transmission of the 2. At the same time, press and of the steps involved, it may be radio-frequency signal. hold both the hand-held helpful to have another person Programming the Universal transmitter button and one of the available to assist with programming Remote System three Universal Remote system the Universal Remote system. buttons to be used to operate For questions or help programming the garage door. Do not release Keep the original hand-held the Universal Remote system, call transmitter for use in other vehicles the Universal Remote system 1-800-355-3515 or go to button or the hand-held as well as for future Universal www.homelink.com. Remote system programming. It is transmitter button until the also recommended that upon the Programming a garage door opener indicator light changes from a sale of the vehicle, the programmed involves time-sensitive actions, so slowly to a rapidly flashing light. Universal Remote system buttons read the entire procedure before You now may release both be erased for security purposes. starting. Otherwise, the device will buttons. See “Erasing Universal Remote time out and the procedure will have Some entry gates and garage System Buttons” later in this to be repeated. door openers may require section. substitution of Step 2 with the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (47,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-47
procedure noted in “Gate . If the Universal Remote 5. Firmly press and release the Operator and Canadian system indicator light blinks “Learn” or “Smart” button. After Programming” later in this rapidly for two seconds, pressing this button, you will section. then turns to a constant have 30 seconds to complete light and the garage door Step 6. 3. Press and hold for five seconds does not move, continue the newly trained Universal with programming 6. Immediately return to the Remote system button (the Steps 4–6. vehicle. Firmly press and hold button selected in Step 2) while for two seconds the Universal observing the indicator light and It may be helpful to have Remote system button, selected garage door activation. another person assist with in Step 2 to control the garage the remaining Steps 4–6. door, and then release it. If the . If the indicator light stays on continuously or the garage garage door does not move or door starts to move when the lamp on the garage door the Universal Remote opener receiver (motor-head system button is pressed unit) does not flash, press and and released, then the hold the same button a second programming is complete. time for two seconds, then There is no need to release it. Again, if the door continue programming does not move or the garage door lamp does not flash, press Steps 4–6. “Learn” or “Smart” Button and hold the same button a third time for two seconds, then 4. After Steps 1 3 have been – release. completed, locate the “Learn” or “Smart” button inside the garage The Universal Remote system on the garage door opener should now activate the receiver (motor-head unit). The garage door. name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (48,1)
5-48 Instruments and Controls
To program the remaining two If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System Universal Remote system buttons, having difficulty programming a gate Operation begin with Step 1 of “Programming operator or garage door opener by the Universal Remote System.” using the “Programming the Using the Universal Remote Universal Remote System” System Gate Operator and Canadian procedures, regardless of where Programming you live, replace Step 2 under Press and hold the appropriate If you have questions or need help “Programming the Universal Remote Universal Remote system button for programming the Universal Remote System” with the following: at least half of a second. The system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go indicator light will come on while the Continue to press and hold the signal is being transmitted. to www.homelink.com. Universal Remote system button Canadian radio-frequency laws while you press and release every Erasing Universal Remote require transmitter signals to time two seconds (cycle) the hand-held System Buttons transmitter button until the out or quit after several seconds of All programmed buttons should be transmission. This may not be long frequency signal has been successfully accepted by the erased when the vehicle is sold or enough for the Universal Remote the lease ends. system to pick up the signal during Universal Remote system. The programming. Similarly, some U.S. Universal Remote system indicator To erase all programmed buttons on gate operators are manufactured to light will flash slowly at first and then the Universal Remote system time out in the same manner. rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under device: “Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold down the two System” to complete. outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds. 2. Release both buttons. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (49,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-49
Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button To reprogram any of the three Universal Remote system buttons: 1. Press and hold the desired Universal Remote system button. Do not release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 under “Programming the Universal Remote System.” If you have questions or need help programming the Universal Remote system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go to www.homelink.com. You may also call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (50,1)
5-50 Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Features Exterior Lighting Lighting Entry Lighting ...... 6-6 Exit Lighting ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Battery Load Management . . . . 6-7 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 6-2 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamp control is located Adaptive Forward on the instrument panel on the Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 outboard side of the steering wheel. Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 Turn and Lane-Change Turn the control to the following Signals ...... 6-4 positions: Fog Lamps ...... 6-4 O (Off): Turns off the exterior Interior Lighting lamps. The knob returns to the Instrument Panel Illumination AUTO position after it is released. Control ...... 6-5 Turn to off again to reactivate the Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 AUTO mode. Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 AUTO (Automatic): Automatically Sun Visor Lamps ...... 6-6 turns the exterior lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
6-2 Lighting
; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the Headlamp High/ Flash-to-Pass parking lamps together with the Low-Beam Changer To flash the high beams, pull the following: 2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam turn and lane-change lever toward . Sidemarker Lamps Changer): Push the turn and you, and release. . Taillamps lane-change lever away from you and release, to turn the high beams Daytime Running . License Plate Lamps on. To return to low beams, push Lamps (DRL) . Instrument Panel Lights the lever again or pull it toward you and release. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can 5 (Headlamps): Turns on the make it easier for others to see the headlamps together with the front of your vehicle during the day. following: Fully functional daytime running . Sidemarker Lamps lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. . Taillamps The DRL system turns on the . License Plate Lamps low-beam headlamps at a reduced . Instrument Panel Lights This indicator light turns on in the brightness. For vehicles with High . Parking Lamps instrument cluster when the Intensity Discharge (HID) high-beam headlamps are on. headlamps, the dedicated DRL will come on when all of the following Exterior Lamps Off conditions are met: Reminder . The ignition is on. A warning chime sounds if the driver . The exterior lamps control is door is opened while the ignition is in AUTO. off and the exterior lamps are on. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Lighting 6-3
. The parking brake is released or Lights On with Wipers the vehicle is not in P (Park). If the windshield wipers are When the DRL are on, the activated in daylight with the engine low-beam headlamps will be on. on, and the exterior lamp control is The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, in AUTO, the headlamps, parking instrument panel lights, and other lamps, and other exterior lamps lamps will not be on. come on. The transition time for the The DRL turn off when the lamps coming on varies based on headlamps are turned to O or the wiper speed. When the wipers are There is a light sensor located on not operating, these lamps turn off. ignition is off. top of the instrument panel. Do not Move the exterior lamp control to P This vehicle may have a DRL cover the sensor; otherwise the disabling function. When the DRL headlamps will come on when they or ; to disable this feature. are on and a turn signal is activated, are not needed. the DRL on that side will be off until The system may also turn on the Adaptive Forward the turn signal goes off. headlamps when driving through a Lighting (AFL) parking garage or tunnel. Automatic Headlamp The Adaptive Forward Lighting When it is bright enough outside, System (AFL) pivots the headlamps System the headlamps will turn off or may horizontally to provide greater road When the exterior lamp control is change to Daytime Running illumination while turning. To enable set to AUTO and it is dark enough Lamps (DRL). AFL, set the exterior lamp switch to outside, the headlamps come on The automatic headlamp system the AUTO position. Moving the automatically. turns off when the exterior lamp switch out of the AUTO position O deactivates the system. AFL control is turned to or the ignition operates when the vehicle speed is is off. greater than 3 km/h (2 mph). AFL does not operate when the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
6-4 Lighting
transmission is in R (Reverse). AFL The hazard warning flashers turn on The turn and lane-change signal is not immediately operable after if the airbags deploy. can be turned off manually by starting the vehicle; driving a short moving the lever back to its original distance is required to calibrate the Turn and Lane-Change position. AFL. See Exterior Lamp Controls on Signals If after signaling a turn or lane page 6‑1. change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb Hazard Warning Flashers might be burned out. Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If the bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 10‑36. Fog Lamps Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. An arrow on the instrument panel cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. Raise or lower the lever until the | (Hazard Warning Flashers): arrow starts to flash to signal a lane Press this button to make the front change. Hold it there until the lane and rear turn signal lamps flash on change is completed. If the lever is and off. Press again to turn the briefly pressed and released, the For vehicles with fog lamps, the flashers off. turn signal flashes three times. button is on the exterior lamp control, left of the steering wheel. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Lighting 6-5
To turn on the fog lamps, the ignition Interior Lighting Dome Lamps and the headlamps or parking lamps must be on. Instrument Panel If the fog lamps are turned on while the exterior lamp switch is in the Illumination Control AUTO position, the headlamps come on automatically. # (Fog Lamps): Press to turn on or off. An indicator light on the instrument cluster comes on when the fog lamps are on. The interior lamps control located in Some localities have laws that the overhead console controls both require the headlamps to be on the front and rear interior lamps. along with the fog lamps. The brightness of the instrument To operate: panel lighting and steering wheel ( (Off): Turns the lamps off. controls can be adjusted. H (Door): Turns the lamps on D (Instrument Panel when any door is opened. Illumination): Move and hold the ' (On): Keeps the lamps on all thumbwheel up or down to brighten the time. or dim the lights. The interior lamps turn on automatically if the airbags are deployed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
6-6 Lighting
Reading Lamps # or $ (Reading Lamps): Press Lighting Features to turn each lamp on or off. There are front and rear reading Entry Lighting lamps. Sun Visor Lamps The headlamps, taillamps, license This lamp turns on when the cover plate lamps, back-up lamps, dome is opened. lamps, and most of the interior lights turn on briefly when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter K button is pressed, or when the door handle is pulled on a keyless access vehicle. See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) on page 9 15 or Ignition Positions (Key The front reading lamps are located ‑ Access) on page 9 17. After about in the overhead console. ‑ 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off, then the dome lamps and remaining interior lights dim to off. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by changing the ignition out of the OFF position, or by pressing the RKE transmitter Q button. This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization on The rear reading lamps are located page 5‑39. in the headliner. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Lighting 6-7
Exit Lighting Battery Load enough at idle to produce all of the power needed for very high The headlamps, taillamps, parking Management electrical loads. lamps, back-up lamps, and license The vehicle has Electric Power A high electrical load occurs when plate lamps come on at night, or in Management (EPM) that estimates areas with limited lighting, when the several of the following are on, such the battery's temperature and state as: headlamps, high beams, fog key is removed from the ignition. of charge. It then adjusts the voltage The dome lamps also come on lamps, rear window defogger, for best performance and extended climate control fan at high speed, when the key is removed from the life of the battery. ignition. The exterior lights and heated seats, engine cooling fans, dome lamps remain on after the When the battery's state of charge trailer loads, and loads plugged into door is closed for a set amount of is low, the voltage is raised slightly accessory power outlets. time, then automatically turn off. to quickly bring the charge back up. EPM works to prevent excessive When the state of charge is high, For vehicles with keyless access, discharge of the battery. It does this the voltage is lowered slightly to by balancing the generator's output the exterior lamps and dome lamps prevent overcharging. If the vehicle automatically turn on when a door is and the vehicle's electrical needs. has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage It can increase engine idle speed to opened after the ignition is turned display on the Driver Information off. See Ignition Positions (Keyless generate more power whenever Center (DIC), you may see the needed. It can temporarily reduce Access) on page 9‑15 or Ignition voltage move up or down. This is Positions (Key Access) on the power demands of some normal. If there is a problem, an accessories. page 9‑17. alert will be displayed. The exterior lamps turn off Normally, these actions occur in The battery can be discharged at steps or levels, without being immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very lamps control off. noticeable. In rare cases at the high. This is true for all vehicles. highest levels of corrective action, This feature can be changed. See This is because the generator this action may be noticeable to the Vehicle Personalization on (alternator) may not be spinning fast driver. If so, a DIC message might page 5‑39. be displayed and it is recommended Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
6-8 Lighting
that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5‑33. Battery Power Protection The battery saver feature is designed to protect the vehicle's battery. If the exterior lamps or any interior light is left on and the ignition is turned off, the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after about 10 minutes. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Trademarks and License Introduction Agreements System Trademarks and License Infotainment Agreements ...... 7-32 Read the following pages to Introduction become familiar with the audio Infotainment ...... 7-1 system's features. Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Overview ...... 7-3 { WARNING Operation ...... 7-4 Taking your eyes off the road for Radio extended periods could cause a AM-FM Radio ...... 7-9 crash resulting in injury or death Satellite Radio ...... 7-10 to you or others. Do not give Radio Reception ...... 7-12 Backglass Antenna ...... 7-13 extended attention to infotainment Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-14 tasks while driving. Audio Players This system provides access to CD Player ...... 7-14 many audio and non-audio listings. MP3 ...... 7-16 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-18 To minimize taking your eyes off the road while driving, do the following Phone while the vehicle is parked: Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-20 Bluetooth (Infotainment . Become familiar with the Controls) ...... 7-22 operation and controls of the Bluetooth (Voice audio system. Recognition) ...... 7-25 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
7-2 Infotainment System
. Set up the tone, speaker information on settings and adjustments, and preset radio downloadable applications (if stations. equipped). For more information, see Defensive Driving on page 9‑3. Theft-Deterrent Feature Notice: Contact your dealer The theft-deterrent feature works by before adding any equipment. learning a portion of the Vehicle Adding audio or communication Identification Number (VIN) to the equipment could interfere with infotainment system. The the operation of the engine, radio, infotainment system does not or other systems, and could operate if it is stolen or moved to a damage them. Follow federal different vehicle. rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑24. The vehicle may have a base radio that is included in this manual. See the separate infotainment manual for information on the connective radio and the navigation system, audio players, phone, and voice recognition. There is also Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Infotainment System 7-3
Overview 1. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. 2. FAV . Opens the favorites list. 3. Buttons 1 to 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. 4. INFO . Radio: Shows available information about the current station. . CD: Shows available information about the current track. 5. TUNE . Radio: Manually selects radio stations. . CD: Selects tracks. 6. CD/AUX . Selects the CD player or an external audio source. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
7-4 Infotainment System
7. g 11. Multifunction Knob 17. 5 . . Radio: Seeks the previous Opens menus, highlights . Opens the Phone station. menu items, or sets main menu. numeric values while in . CD: Select the previous a menu. . Mutes the audio system. track or rewinds within a track. 12. SELECT Operation . Selects menu items. 8. X Controls 13. CONFIG . Removes a disc from the The infotainment system is operated CD slot. . Opens the Settings menu. by using the pushbuttons, multifunction knobs, menus shown 9. l 14. / BACK on the display, and steering wheel . Radio: Seeks the next . Menu: Moves one controls, if equipped. station. level back. Turning the System On or Off . CD: Select the next track or . Character Input: Deletes fast forwards within a track. the last character. VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to turn the system on and off. 10. RADIO/BAND 15. H Automatic Switch-Off . Changes the band while . Opens the Clock menu. listening to the radio. 16. TONE If the infotainment system has been . Selects the radio when turned on after the ignition is turned . listening to a different Opens the Tone menu. off, the system will turn off audio source. automatically after 10 minutes. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Infotainment System 7-5
Volume Control SELECT: 2. Press SELECT to select the highlighted option. VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to Press to: adjust the volume. . Select or activate the highlighted Submenus 5 (Phone/Mute): For vehicles with menu option. OnStar®, press and hold 5 to mute . Confirm a set value. the infotainment system. Press and . Turn a system setting on or off. 5 hold again, or turn the VOL/ O / BACK: knob to cancel mute. Press to: For vehicles without OnStar®, press 5 to mute the infotainment system. . Exit a menu. An arrow on the right-hand edge of the menu indicates that it has a 5 O . Return from a submenu screen Press again, or turn the VOL/ submenu with other options. knob to cancel mute. to the previous menu screen. Activating a Setting Menu System . Delete the last character in a sequence. Controls Selecting a Menu Option The Multifunction knob, SELECT button, and / BACK button are used to navigate the menu system. Multifunction Knob: 1. Turn the Multifunction knob to Turn to: highlight the setting. . Enter the menu system. 2. Press SELECT to activate the 1. Turn the Multifunction knob to . Highlight a menu option. setting. move the highlighted bar. . Select a value. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
7-6 Infotainment System
Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence 3. Press and hold the SELECT button until the value changes to 0. Press the / BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, and Bass 1. Turn the Multifunction knob to 1. Turn the Multifunction knob to change the current value of the highlight the character. setting. 2. Press SELECT to select the 2. Press SELECT to confirm the character. setting. Press the / BACK button to delete Turning a Function On or Off the last character in the sequence or press and hold to delete the 1. Press the TONE button. entire character sequence. 2. Select Treble, Midrange, Audio Settings or Bass. The audio settings can be set for 3. Select the value. each radio band and each audio Press the / BACK button to go player source. back to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Turn the Multifunction knob to To quickly reset an audio setting highlight the function. value to 0: 2. Press SELECT to turn the 1. Press the TONE button. function on or off. 2. Select the audio setting. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Infotainment System 7-7
Adjusting the Fader and Balance 3. Select the setting. The DSP settings for the radio with CD/DVD and MEM are: Press the / BACK button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. . 2.0 normal - Select this setting to adjust the audio for stereo DSP (Digital Signal Processing) mode. This provides the best Settings sound quality for the driver seat For vehicles with DSP, it is used to first, with the front passenger provide a choice of different second. 1. Press the TONE button. listening experiences. . hk surround - Select to enable 2. Select Fader or Balance. The DSP settings for the radio with hk surround. This produces a 3. Select the value. CD are: true 6.1 matrix surround from any two channel digital source. Press the / BACK button to go . normal - Select this setting to This feature is not available in back to the Tone Settings menu. adjust the audio for stereo AM/FM radio mode. mode. This provides the best Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) sound quality for the driver seat To adjust the DSP settings: For vehicles with an equalizer: first, with the front passenger 1. Press the TONE button. second. 2. Select DSP. . hk surround - Select to enable hk surround. This produces a 3. Select the setting. true 6.1 matrix surround from Press the / BACK button to go any two channel digital source. back to the Tone Settings menu. This feature is not available in AM/FM radio mode. 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select EQ. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
7-8 Infotainment System
System Settings wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down, so that the volume Configuring the Number of level is consistent. Favorite Pages The level of volume compensation can be selected, or the auto volume feature can be turned off. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Radio Settings. 3. Select Maximum Startup Volume. To configure the number of available favorite pages: 4. Select the setting. 5. Press the / BACK button to go 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the CONFIG button. back to the System 2. Select Radio Settings. 2. Select Radio Settings. Configuration menu. 3. Select Radio Favorites. 3. Select Auto Volume. 4. Select the number of available 4. Select the setting. favorite pages. / / 5. Press the BACK button to go 5. Press the BACK button to go back to the System back to the System Configuration menu. Configuration menu. Maximum Startup Volume Auto Volume The maximum volume played when The auto volume feature the radio with CD is first turned on automatically adjusts the radio can be set. volume to compensate for road and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
Infotainment System 7-9
Radio Use the tone settings to adjust the To adjust the speaker fade: following features: . Press the upper arrow for more AM-FM Radio . Setting the tone sound from the front speakers and the lower arrow for more . Adjusting the speakers Playing the Radio sound from the rear speakers. Setting the Tone The middle position balances Audio Source To adjust the tone: the sound between the front and VOL/ O (Volume/Power): rear speakers. . Treble: Press Treble and then 1. Press to turn the radio on or off. press + or − to change the level. EQ Settings 2. Turn to increase or decrease the . Middle (Midrange): Press Middle The EQ settings are selected volume. and then press + or − to change through the tone menu. Press the left or right arrows to cycle through The steering wheel controls can the level. the EQ options. The available also be used to adjust the volume. . Bass: Press Bass and then choices are Talk and Manual. See Steering Wheel Controls on press + or − to change the level. page 5‑2. Finding a Station Adjusting the Speakers RADIO/BAND: To select the band, see “Audio To adjust the speaker balance: 1. Press to change the band while Source” earlier in this section. . listening to the radio. Press the left arrow on the Turn the Multifunction knob to find a bottom for more sound from the 2. Select the radio while listening to radio station. To select a preset left speakers or the right arrow station, choose a preset button. another audio source. on the bottom for more sound Infotainment System Menus from the right speakers. The Seeking a Station middle position balances the g l Tone Settings sound between the left and right Press or to search for a station. To access the tone settings, press speakers. the TONE button on the faceplate. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
7-10 Infotainment System
Changing the Sources 3. Repeat the steps for each Mixed-Band Presets preset. Press the RADIO/BAND button on Each page can store six preset the faceplate to change (AM, FM, To change the number of preset stations. The presets within a page SiriusXM®, CD, or AUX) audio pages, see “Mixed-Band Presets” can be from different radio bands. sources. following. To scroll through the pages, press Storing Radio Station Presets Recalling a Preset Station the FAV button on the faceplate or the FAV screen button on the top To recall a preset station, do the There are a few ways to store bar. The current page number following: presets. displays above the preset buttons. Up to 36 preset stations can be . Press the FAV button on the The stored stations for each FAV stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM, faceplate to display the FAV page display on the preset buttons if equipped, can be mixed. pop-up. Select the desired at the bottom of the screen. The preset from the pop-up. 1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM number of FAV pages displayed can main page, press and hold one . Press the FAV screen button at be changed in the Radio Settings in of the preset screen buttons at the top bar to display the preset the Configuration Menu. the bottom of the screen. After a pop-up that appears at the few seconds, a beep will be bottom of the page. Press one of Satellite Radio the preset screen buttons to go heard and the new preset SiriusXM® Satellite Radio information will display on that to the selected preset station. Service screen button. . In the AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if 2. Touch and hold a preset button equipped) main page, press one Vehicles with an SiriusXM satellite to store the currently active of the preset screen buttons to radio tuner and an SiriusXM satellite station. After a few seconds, a go to the selected preset station. radio subscription can receive beep will be heard and the new SiriusXM programming. preset information will display on SiriusXM is a satellite radio service a small pop-up display at the based in the 48 contiguous United bottom of the screen. States and 10 Canadian provinces. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
Infotainment System 7-11
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide 3. Press the category buttons on Turning SiriusXM Album Art On variety of programming and the screen to show or hide the or Off commercial-free music, coast to category. 1. From the Home Page press the coast, and in digital-quality sound. Config screen button or the A service fee is required to receive SiriusXM Categories (Radio with CD and Touchscreen) CONFIG button on the the SiriusXM service. For more infotainment system. information, see www.siriusxm.com Adding or Removing Categories or call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and 2. Select Radio Settings from the www.xmradio.ca or call 1. From the Home Page press the Config Menu list. Config screen button or the 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). 3. Select XM Album Art to turn on CONFIG button on the or off. When SiriusXM is active, the infotainment system. channel name and number, SiriusXM Messages category name, song title, and artist 2. Select Radio Settings from the display on the screen. Config Menu list. XL (Explicit Language Channels): These channels, or any SiriusXM Categories (Radio 3. Select Add/Remove XM Categories. others, can be blocked by request, with CD) by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the 4. From the Add/Remove XM SiriusXM stations are organized in U.S., and 1-877-438-9677 in Categories screen, select or Canada. categories. deselect any category to be Removing or Adding Categories used in XM mode. A checkmark XM Updating: The encryption code will indicate that the category is in the receiver is being updated. No 1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn selected. action is required. This process the Multifunction knob until should take no longer than Radio displays. Press SELECT 30 seconds. or press Radio to display the radio settings menu. 2. Select the Show/Hide XM Categories screen button. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
7-12 Infotainment System
Loading XM: The audio system is No Information: The system is Check Antenna: If this message acquiring and processing audio and working properly. No text or does not clear within a short period text data. No action is needed. This informational messages are of time, the receiver could have a message should disappear shortly. available at this time on this fault. Consult with your dealer. Channel Off Air: This channel is channel. XM Not Available: If this message not currently in service. Tune in to No XM Signal: The system is does not clear within a short period another channel. working properly. The vehicle may of time, the receiver could have a Channel Unauth: This channel is be in a location where the SiriusXM fault. Consult with your dealer. blocked or cannot be received with signal is being blocked. When the your SiriusXM subscription package. vehicle is moved into an open area, Radio Reception the signal should return. Channel Unavailable: This Frequency interference and static previously assigned channel is no CAT Not Found: The system is can occur during normal radio longer assigned. Tune to another working properly. There are no reception if items such as cellular station. channels available for the selected phone chargers, vehicle category. convenience accessories, and No Artist Info: The system is external electronic devices are working properly. No artist XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, this message alternates with the plugged into the accessory power information is available at this time outlet. If there is interference or on this channel. SiriusXM radio eight-digit radio ID label. This label is needed to static, unplug the item from the No Title Info: The system is activate the service. accessory power outlet. working properly. No song title information is available at this time Unknown: If this message is FM received when tuned to channel 0, on this channel. FM signals only reach about there could be a receiver fault. 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although No CAT Info: The system is Consult with your dealer. working properly. No category the radio has a built-in electronic information is available at this time circuit that automatically works to on this channel. reduce interference, some static can Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
Infotainment System 7-13
occur, especially around tall out. In addition, traveling or standing reception, the antenna connector buildings or hills, causing the sound under heavy foliage, bridges, needs to be properly attached to the to fade in and out. garages, or tunnels may cause loss post on the glass. of the SiriusXM signal for a period AM If attaching a cell phone antenna to of time. the glass, attach it between the grid The range for most AM stations is lines. greater than for FM, especially at Cellular Phone Usage night. The longer range can cause Cellular phone usage may cause Notice: Using a razor blade or station frequencies to interfere with interference with the vehicle's radio. sharp object to clear the inside each other. For better radio This interference may occur when rear window can damage the rear reception, most AM radio stations making or receiving phone calls, window antenna and/or the rear boost the power levels during the charging the phone's battery, window defogger. Repairs would day, and then reduce these levels or simply having the phone on. This not be covered by the vehicle during the night. Static can also interference can cause an increased warranty. Do not clear the inside occur when things like storms and level of static while listening to the rear window with sharp objects. power lines interfere with radio radio. If static is received while Notice: Do not apply aftermarket reception. When this happens, try listening to the radio, unplug the glass tinting with metallic film. reducing the treble on the radio. cellular phone and turn it off. The metallic film in some tinting SiriusXM® Satellite Radio materials will interfere with or Backglass Antenna distort the incoming radio Service reception. Any damage caused to The AM-FM antenna is integrated the backglass antenna due to SiriusXM satellite radio service with the rear window defogger in the metallic tinting materials will not gives digital radio reception from rear window. Do not scratch the be covered by the vehicle coast to coast in the 48 contiguous inside surface or damage the lines warranty. United States, and in Canada. Just in the glass. If the inside surface is as with FM, tall buildings or hills can damaged, it could interfere with interfere with satellite radio signals, radio reception. For proper radio causing the sound to fade in and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
7-14 Infotainment System
Satellite Radio Antenna Audio Players To avoid damage to the CD player: For vehicles with SiriusXM satellite . Do not use scratched or radio service, the antenna is located CD Player damaged discs. on the roof of the vehicle. Keep the The player can be used for CD . Do not apply labels to discs. The antenna clear of obstructions for and MP3s. labels could get caught in the clear radio reception. player. With the ignition on, insert a CD into the slot, label side up. The player . Insert only one disc at a time. pulls it in and begins playing. . Keep the loading slot free of The vehicle must be in P (Park) for foreign materials, liquids, and video to display. debris. The system is capable of playing: If a description label is needed, try labeling the top of the disc using a . Most audio CDs marking pen. . CD-R Loading and Ejecting Discs . CD-RW To load a disc: . MP3 or unprotected WMA 1. Turn the ignition on. formats 2. Insert a disc into the slot. The When playing any compatible player pulls it in the rest of the recordable disc, the sound quality way. If the disc is damaged or can be reduced due to disc quality, improperly loaded, there is an the method of recording, the quality error and the disc ejects. of the music that has been recorded, or the way the disc has The disc automatically plays once been handled. loaded. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
Infotainment System 7-15
Press X to eject a disc from the On the CD main page a track SELECT: Select menu items. CD player. number displays at the beginning of each track. Song, Artist, and Album Error Messages Playing a CD information displays when available. If Disc Read Error displays and/or A disc must be loaded to select the Use the following controls to play the disc comes out, it could be for source. the disc: one of the following reasons: When a disc is loaded, the disc icon TUNE: Turn to select tracks. . The disc has an invalid or displays. unknown format. g (Seek Down): There are two ways to play a CD: . The disc is not from a correct . Press to seek to the beginning of region. . Insert the disc and playback the current or previous track. starts automatically. If the track has been playing for . The disc is very hot. Try the disc less than five seconds, it seeks again when the temperature . Press CD/AUX or RADIO/BAND returns to normal. repeatedly to select the disc to the previous track. If longer source. than five seconds, the current . The road is very rough. Try the track starts from the beginning. disc again when the road is Playing an Audio CD . Press and hold to fast reverse smoother. 1. Press the CD screen button on through a track. Release the . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, the Home Page or select CD button to return to playing or upside down. from the source pop-up to speed. Elapsed time displays. . The air is very humid. Try the display the CD main page. l (Seek Up): disc again later. 2. From the CD screen, press the . Press to seek to the next track. . There was a problem while Menu screen button to display burning the disc. the menu options. . Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release the . The label is caught in the CD 3. Press to select the desired button to return to playing player. option. speed. Elapsed time displays. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
7-16 Infotainment System
If the CD is not playing correctly, for . Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW Press and hold to advance quickly any other reason, try a known with a maximum capacity of through playback. Release the good CD. 700 MB. button to return to playing speed. If any error continues, contact your . The Artist/Album/Song Titles/ Elapsed time displays. dealer. Genre information requires a g (Previous/Reverse): Press to disc to be fully scanned before seek to the beginning of the current MP3 the music navigator works with or previous track. If the track has these menus. Disc scanning played for less than five seconds, it Playing an MP3 does not occur when the disc is goes to the previous track. If longer being played. than five seconds, the current track MP3 Format When an MP3 is loaded in the restarts. Press again to continue There are guidelines that must be player, MP3 displays. moving back through the disc. met, when creating an MP3. If a disc is already loaded, but you Press and hold this button to The guidelines are: are currently listening to a different reverse quickly through playback. . Sampling rate: 8 kHz, 16 kHz, audio source, press CD/AUX to Release the button to return to 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, switch to the disc source. A track playing speed. Elapsed time 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz. number appears on the display displays. when each track starts to play. . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24, Multifunction Knob: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, To play a disc: Turn to: 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256, TUNE/ k (Play/Pause): Use to . and 320 kbps. Enter the menu system. start, pause, or resume play of a . Highlight a menu option. . Maximum number of folders is loaded disc. 255 with a maximum hierarchy l . Select a value. of eight folders. (Next/Forward): Press to seek to the next track. Press again to . Maximum of 1024 files on a disc. continue moving forward through the disc. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
Infotainment System 7-17
SELECT: . Track List (All Songs) . Genres Press to: Select to view a list of all songs Select to view the genres on the on the disc. There might be a disc. Select a genre to view a list . Select or activate the highlighted delay before the list displays. of all songs of that genre. There menu option. Select a song from the list and it might be a delay before the list . Confirm a set value. begins to play. Songs are displays. Select a song from the displayed based on the CD list and it begins to play. . Turn a system setting on or off. burning application folder and . Song Titles Disc Music Menu file structure used. Select to display a list of all . Press the SELECT knob to access Artists songs on the disc. There might the Disc music menu. Select to view the list of artists be a delay before the list Turn the SELECT knob to scroll, that have been stored on the displays. Select a song from the then press it to select any of the disc. Select an artist name to list and it begins to play. Songs following category buttons on the view a list of all songs by the are displayed in alphabetical MP3 music menu to display the artist. There might be a delay order based on the Song Title corresponding category screen: before the list displays. Select ID3 tag, if available. the desired song from the list . Folders/Playlists and it begins to play. Root Directory Select to view the folders stored The root directory is treated as a . Albums on the disc. Select a folder to folder. All files contained directly view the list of all the songs in Select to view the albums on the under the root directory are that folder. There might be a disc. Select the album to view a accessed prior to any root directory delay before the list displays. list of all songs on the album. folders. Select the song from the list and There might be a delay before it begins to play. the list displays. Select a song Empty Directory or Folder from the list and it begins to play. If a root directory or folder is empty or contains only folders, the player advances to the next folder in the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
7-18 Infotainment System
file structure that contains a This jack is not an audio output. Do 3.5 mm Jack compressed audio file. The empty not plug headphones into the Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to folder(s) are not displayed or auxiliary input jack. Drivers are the auxiliary input jack to use a numbered. encouraged to set up any auxiliary portable audio player. device while the vehicle is in No Folder P (Park). Playback of an audio device that is connected to the 3.5 mm jack can When the CD only contains Possible auxiliary audio sources only be controlled using the controls compressed audio files without any include: folders or playlists, all files are on the device. located under the root folder. . Laptop computer Adjusting the Volume File System and Naming . MP3 player Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the . Tape player The displayed song title is taken volume of the infotainment system from the file's ID3 tag. If a song title after the volume level has been set is not present in the ID3 tag, the on the portable audio device. radio displays the file name as the track name. USB Port For vehicles with a USB port, the Auxiliary Devices following devices may be connected The optional AUX input allows and controlled by the infotainment portable devices to connect to the system. vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) . iPods input jack or the USB port. . PlaysForSure Devices (PFDs) Portable devices are controlled by . using the menu system described in USB Drives Overview on page 7‑3 and The AUX input is located in the . Zunes™ Operation on page 7 4. ‑ center console. . USB mass storage device Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (19,1)
Infotainment System 7-19
. Microsoft Transfer . Albums Repeat Protocal (MTP) . Song Titles Turn the Multifunction knob and set Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, . Podcasts Repeat to On or Off, then press the and Zunes are compatible with the / BACK button to return the main . infotainment system. Genres screen. . Connecting and Controlling Audiobooks On: Repeats the current track. . an iPod® Composers Off: Playback starts from the Not all iPods can be controlled by To search for tracks: beginning of the current track after the last track finishes. the infotainment system. 1. Turn the Multifunction knob. Connecting an iPod 2. Select Search. Connecting and Controlling a Connect the iPod to the USB port. PlaysForSure Device (PFD) 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, or Zune Selecting a Track Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, Audiobooks, or Composers. Connecting a PFD or Zune Using the control buttons: 4. Select the track. Connect the PFD or Zune to the . Press g or l to select the USB port. previous or next track. Shuffle Searching for a Track . Turn the TUNE knob to select a Turn the Multifunction knob and set track in the current submenu. Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Tracks can be searched for by: The track will start to play. Off, then press the / BACK button . Playlists to return the main screen. Searching for a Track . Artists On: Plays tracks in the current . Albums Tracks can be searched for by: folder in random order. . . Song Titles Playlists Off: Plays tracks in the current . Artists folder in sequential order. . Podcasts Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (20,1)
7-20 Infotainment System
. Genres Repeat Off: Playback starts from Phone To search for tracks: the beginning of the current track after the last track finishes. 1. Turn the Multifunction knob. Bluetooth (Overview) 2. Select Search. For vehicles equipped with 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Bluetooth capability, the system can Song Titles, Podcasts, interact with many cell phones, or Genres. allowing: 4. Select the track. . Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode. Shuffle Functionality . Sharing of the cell phone’s Turn the Multifunction knob and set address book or contact list with Shuffle Songs (Random) to On the vehicle. or Off. To minimize driver distraction, On: Plays current tracks in random before driving, and with the vehicle order. parked: Off: Plays current tracks in . Become familiar with the sequential order. features of the cell phone. Repeat Functionality Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete Turn the Multifunction knob and set duplicate or rarely used entries. Repeat to On or Off. If possible, program speed dial Repeat On: Repeats the current or other shortcuts. track. . Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (21,1)
Infotainment System 7-21
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system / (End Call): Press to end a The system may not work with $ i can use a Bluetooth-capable cell call, reject a call, or cancel an all cell phones. See Pairing in “ ” phone with a Hands-Free Profile to operation. this section for more information. make and receive phone calls. The . If the cell phone has voice infotainment system and voice Infotainment System Controls dialing capability, learn to use recognition are used to control the If equipped, the infotainment system that feature to access the system. The system can be used allows certain controls to be address book or contact list. See while in ON/RUN or ACC/ selected on the infotainment display. ACCESSORY. The range of the “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section For information about how to for more information. Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all navigate the menu system using the . See “Storing and Deleting Phone functions and not all phones work infotainment controls, see Overview Numbers” in this section for with the Bluetooth system. See on page 7‑3 or AM-FM Radio on more information. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more page 7‑9. information about compatible 5 (Phone): Press to enter the { WARNING phones. Phone main menu. When using a cell phone, it can Bluetooth Controls Voice Recognition be distracting to look too long or Use the buttons located on the The voice recognition system uses too often at the screen of the infotainment system and the commands to control the system phone or the infotainment steering wheel to operate the and dial phone numbers. (navigation) system. Taking your Bluetooth system. eyes off the road too long or too Noise: The system may not often could cause a crash Steering Wheel Controls recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise. resulting in injury or death. Focus b / g (Push To Talk): Press to your attention on driving. answer incoming calls, confirm When to Speak: A tone sounds to system information, and start voice indicate that the system is ready for recognition. a voice command. Wait for the tone and then speak. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (22,1)
7-22 Infotainment System
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a Bluetooth (Infotainment . Up to five cell phones can be paired to the Bluetooth system. calm and natural voice. Controls) . Audio System The pairing process is disabled For information about how to when the vehicle is moving. When using the Bluetooth system, navigate the menu system using the . Pairing only needs to be sound comes through the vehicle's infotainment controls, see Overview completed once, unless the front audio system speakers and on page 7‑3 or AM-FM Radio on pairing information on the cell overrides the audio system. Use the page 7‑9. phone changes or the cell phone VOL/ O knob during a call to Pairing is deleted from the system. change the volume level. The adjusted volume level remains in A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone . Only one paired cell phone can memory for later calls. The system must be paired to the Bluetooth be connected to the Bluetooth maintains a minimum volume level. system and then connected to the system at a time. vehicle before it can be used. See . If multiple paired cell phones are Other Information your cell phone manufacturer's user within range of the system, the The Bluetooth® word mark and guide for Bluetooth functions before system connects to the first logos are owned by the Bluetooth® pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth available paired cell phone in the SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks phone is not connected, calls will be order that they were first paired by General Motors is under license. made using OnStar Hands-Free to the system. To link to a Other trademarks and trade names Calling, if available. See OnStar different paired phone, see are those of their respective owners. Overview on page 14‑1 for more “Linking to a Different Phone” information. See Radio Frequency Statement on later in this section. page 13‑20 for information Pairing Information Pairing a Phone regarding Part 15 of the Federal . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press the CONFIG button. Communications Commission (FCC) capability cannot be paired to rules and Industry Canada the vehicle as a phone and an 2. Select Phone Settings or Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. MP3 player at the same time. Bluetooth Settings (depending on the radio). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (23,1)
Infotainment System 7-23
3. Select Bluetooth. 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair Linking to a Different Phone 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). additional phones. To link to a different phone, the new A four-digit Personal Listing All Paired and Connected phone must be in the vehicle and Identification Number (PIN) Phones available to be connected to the appears on the display. The PIN Bluetooth system before the is used is Step 6. 1. Press the CONFIG button. process is started. 5. Start the pairing process on the 2. Select Phone Settings or 1. Press the CONFIG button. Bluetooth Settings (depending cell phone to be paired to the on the radio). 2. Select Phone Settings or vehicle. See the cell phone Bluetooth Settings (depending 3. Select Bluetooth. manufacturer's user guide for on the radio). information on this process. 4. Select Device List. 3. Select Bluetooth. 6. Locate the device named Your “ Deleting a Paired Phone Vehicle” in the list on the cell 4. Select Device List. phone. Follow the instructions 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Select the new phone to link to on the cell phone to enter the 2. Select Phone Settings or and follow the on screen PIN provided in Step 4. After the Bluetooth Settings (depending prompts. PIN is successfully entered, the on the radio). system prompts you to provide a If delete is selected, the name for the paired cell phone. 3. Select Bluetooth. highlighted phone will be deleted. This name will be used to 4. Select Device List. indicate which phones are 5. Select the phone to delete and Making a Call Using paired and connected to the Phone Book vehicle. The system responds follow the on screen prompts. with “
7-24 Infotainment System
See your cell phone's owner's guide or press SELECT to scroll 4. Select Call to start dialing the or contact your wireless provider to through the entire list of names/ number. find out if this feature is supported numbers in the phone book. Accepting or Declining a Call by your phone. 4. Select the name or number you When a cell phone supports the want to call. When an incoming call is received, phone book feature, the Phone the infotainment system mutes and To make a call using the Call a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. Book and Call Lists menus are Lists menu: automatically available. Accepting a Call 1. Press 5 once or twice, The Phone Book menu allows you Turn the Multifunction knob to depending on the radio. to access the phone book stored in “Answer” and press SELECT to the cell phone to make a call. 2. Select Call Lists. accept the call. The Call Lists menu allows you to 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Declining a Call access the phone numbers from the Outgoing Calls, or Missed Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Calls list. Turn the Multifunction knob to Missed Calls menus on your cell “Decline” and press SELECT to phone to make a call. 4. Select the name or number you decline the call. want to call. To make a call using the Phone Call Waiting Book menu: Making a Call Call waiting must be supported on 1. Press 5 once or twice, To make a call: the Bluetooth phone and enabled by depending on the radio. 1. Press 5. the wireless service carrier to work. 2. Select Phone Book. 2. Select Enter number. Accepting a Call 3. Search through the list by 3. Enter the character sequence. Turn the Multifunction knob to Answer and press SELECT to selecting the letter group the See “Entering a Character “ ” accept the call. phone book entry begins with, Sequence” in Operation on page 7‑4 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (25,1)
Infotainment System 7-25
Declining a Call 3. Enter the character sequence Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Turn the Multifunction knob to then select Call. See “Entering a (DTMF) Tones Character Sequence” in “Decline” and press SELECT to The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can Operation on page 7‑4. decline the call. send numbers during a call. This is 4. After the call has been placed, used when calling a menu-driven Switching Between Calls (Call turn the Multifunction knob to Waiting Calls Only) phone system. choose Merge Calls then press To switch between calls: SELECT. 1. Turn the Multifunction knob to select Enter Number, then press 1. Turn the Multifunction knob and 5. To add more callers to the SELECT. press SELECT. conference call, repeat Steps 1– 4. The number of callers that 2. Enter the character sequence. 2. Select Switch Call from See “Entering a Character the menu. can be added is limited by your wireless service carrier. Sequence” in Operation on Conference Calling page 7‑4. Ending a Call Conference calling and three-way Bluetooth (Voice calling must be supported on the Turn the Multifunction knob to select Bluetooth phone and enabled by the Hang Up, then press SELECT. Recognition) wireless service carrier to work. Muting a Call Using Voice Recognition To start a conference while in a To Mute a Call To use voice recognition, press the current call: / button located on the steering Turn the Multifunction knob to select b g wheel. Use the commands below for 1. Turn the Multifunction knob and Mute Call, then press SELECT. press SELECT. the various voice features. For To Cancel Mute additional information, say "Help" 2. Select Enter Number. while you are in a voice Turn the Multifunction knob to select recognition menu. Mute Call, then press SELECT. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (26,1)
7-26 Infotainment System
Pairing . Pairing only needs to be 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds completed once, unless the with instructions and a four-digit A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone pairing information on the cell Personal Identification Number must be paired to the Bluetooth phone changes or the cell phone (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. system and then connected to the is deleted from the system. vehicle before it can be used. See 4. Start the pairing process on the your cell phone manufacturer's user . Only one paired cell phone can cell phone that you want to pair. guide for Bluetooth functions before be connected to the Bluetooth For help with this process, see pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth system at a time. your cell phone manufacturer's phone is not connected, calls will be . If multiple paired cell phones are user guide. made using OnStar Hands-Free within range of the system, the 5. Locate the device named “Your Calling, if available. See OnStar system connects to the first Vehicle” in the list on the cell Overview on page 14‑1 for more available paired cell phone in the phone. Follow the instructions information. order that they were first paired on the cell phone to enter the to the system. To link to a Pairing Information PIN provided in Step 3. After the different paired phone, see PIN is successfully entered, the . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 “Linking to a Different Phone” system prompts you to provide a capability cannot be paired to later in this section. name for the paired cell phone. the vehicle as a phone and an Pairing a Phone This name will be used to MP3 player at the same time. indicate which phones are . Up to five cell phones can be 1. Press b / g. The system paired and connected to the paired to the Bluetooth system. responds “Ready,” followed by vehicle. The system responds a tone. with “
Infotainment System 7-27
Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Numbers The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to 30 paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the phone numbers as name tags in the also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell Hands-Free Directory that is shared system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on between the Bluetooth and OnStar after that phone name. which cell phone you want to systems. connect to, you may have to use 1. Press b / g. The system this command several times. The following commands are used responds “Ready,” followed by to delete and store phone numbers. a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system Store: This command will store a responds Ready, followed by 2. Say “Bluetooth.” “ ” phone number, or a group of a tone. numbers as a name tag. 3. Say “List.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Digit Store: This command allows Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” a phone number to be stored as a If the phone name you want to name tag by entering the digits one . If another cell phone is at a time. delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be Paired and Connected Phones.” “
7-28 Infotainment System
Using the “Store” Command 3. Say each digit, one at a time, To delete all name tags: that you want to store. After 1. Press b / g. The system each digit is entered, the system 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by repeats back the digit it heard responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. followed by a tone. After the last a tone. 2. Say “Store.” digit has been entered, say 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” “Store,” and then follow the 3. Say the phone number or group directions given by the system to Listing Stored Numbers of numbers you want to store all save a name tag for this number. at once with no pauses, then The list command will list all the stored numbers and name tags. follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command system to save a name tag for Using the “List” Command this number. 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. The system Using the Digit Store Command “ ” a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by If an unwanted number is 2. Say “Delete.” a tone. recognized by the system, say 3. Say the name tag you want to 2. Say “Directory.” “Clear” at any time to clear the last number. delete. 3. Say “Hands Free Calling.” To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” 4. Say “List.” Command recognized by the system, say Making a Call “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored name tags in the Hands-Free Calls can be made using the 1. Press / . The system b g Calling Directory and the following commands. responds “Ready,” followed by Destinations Directory. a tone. Dial or Call: The dial or call command can be used 2. Say “Digit Store.” interchangeably to dial a phone number or a stored name tag. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (29,1)
Infotainment System 7-29
Digit Dial: This command allows a 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” followed by a tone. After the last phone number to be dialed by digit has been entered, Using the Digit Dial Command entering the digits one at a time. “ ” say “Dial.” Re-dial: This command is used to The digit dial command allows a Once connected, the person called dial the last number used on the cell phone number to be dialed by will be heard through the audio phone. entering the digits one at a time. speakers. After each digit is entered, the Using the “Dial” or “Call” system repeats back the digit it Using the “Re-dial” Command Command heard followed by a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system If an unwanted number is responds “Ready,” followed by responds “Ready,” followed by recognized by the system, say a tone. a tone. “Clear” at any time to clear the last number. 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” The 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” system dials the last number To hear all of the numbers 3. Say the entire number without called from the connected cell recognized by the system, say phone. pausing or say the name tag. “Verify” at any time. Once connected, the person called Once connected, the person called 1. Press / . The system will be heard through the audio b g will be heard through the audio speakers. responds “Ready,” followed by speakers. a tone. Calling 911 Emergency Receiving a Call 2. Say “Digit Dial.” When an incoming call is received, 1. Press / . The system b g 3. Say each digit, one at a time, the audio system mutes and a ring responds “Ready,” followed by that you want to dial. After each tone is heard in the vehicle. a tone. digit is entered, the system . Press / to answer the call. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” repeats back the digit it heard b g 3. Say “911.” . Press 0 / c to ignore a call. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (30,1)
7-30 Infotainment System
Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to The cell phone must be paired and dial the number of the third party connected with the Bluetooth Call waiting must be supported on to be called. system before a call can be the cell phone and enabled by the transferred. The connection process wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, can take up to two minutes after the press / to link all callers . Press / to answer an b g ignition is turned to ON/RUN. b g together. incoming call when another call To Transfer Audio from the is active. The original call is Ending a Call Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone placed on hold. Press 0 / c to end a call. During a call with the audio in the . Press b / g again to return to vehicle: the original call. Muting a Call 1. Press b / g. . To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 2. Say “Transfer Call.” person on the other end of the call To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth . Press 0 / c to disconnect the cannot hear them. System from a Cell Phone current call and switch to the call on hold. To mute a call, press b / g , and During a call with the audio on the then say “Mute Call.” Three-Way Calling cell phone, press b / g. The audio To cancel mute, press b / g , and transfers to the vehicle. If the audio Three-way calling must be then say “Un-mute Call.” does not transfer to the vehicle, use supported on the cell phone and the audio transfer feature on the cell enabled by the wireless service Transferring a Call phone. See your cell phone carrier. Audio can be transferred between manufacturer's user guide for more information. 1. While on a call, press b / g. the Bluetooth system and the cell phone. 2. Say “Three-way call.” Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (31,1)
Infotainment System 7-31
Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Voice pass-thru allows access to the (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of voice recognition commands on the The Bluetooth system can send the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This manufacturer's user guide to see if name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the the cell phone supports this feature. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing To access contacts stored in the cell menu-driven phone system. information. For information on how phone: Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous sections on “Deleting a 1. Press / . The system Paired Phone” and “Deleting b g Sending a Number or Name Tag responds Ready, followed by Name Tags.” “ ” During a Call a tone. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 1. Press b / g. The system can be skipped. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 3. Say “Voice.” The system responds “OK, accessing 2. Say “Dial.”
7-32 Infotainment System
Trademarks and Manufactured under license from Dolby® Laboratories. Dolby and the License Agreements double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
"Made for iPod" means that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod and has been certified by the Manufactured under license under developer to meet Apple U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; This product incorporates copyright performance standards. Apple is not 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; protection technology that is responsible for the operation of this 6,487,535& other U.S. and protected by U.S. patents and other device or its compliance with safety worldwide patents issued & intellectual property rights. Use of and regulatory standards. pending. DTS and the Symbol are this copyright protection technology iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and registered trademarks and DTS must be authorized by Macrovision, iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Digital Surround and the DTS logos and is intended for home and other Inc., registered in the U.S. and other are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product limited viewing uses only unless countries. includes software. All Rights otherwise authorized by Reserved. Macrovision. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems For vehicles with this system, it controls the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-1 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-6 Maintenance Air Intake ...... 8-7 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-7 Service ...... 8-7
Non-eAssist Vehicles
1. Power 7. Passenger Temperature Control 2. Driver Temperature Control 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 3. Defrost 9. Rear Window Defogger 4. Fan Control 10. Heated Steering Wheel 5. Air Delivery Mode Control 11. Air Conditioning 6. Recirculation/Automatic 12. ZONE Recirculation Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
8-2 Climate Controls
The following are climate control settings that use more fuel: . Comfort air conditioning mode. . The Defrost mode. . Extreme temperature settings, such as 15°C (60°F) or 32°C (90°F). . High fan speed settings. To help reduce fuel usage: . Use the full automatic control as eAssist Vehicles described under “Automatic Operation”. 1. Power 10. Eco Air Conditioning . Use eco air conditioning, instead 2. Driver Temperature Control 11. Comfort Air Conditioning of the comfort air conditioning. 3. Defrost 12. ZONE . Select a temperature setting that is higher in hot weather and 4. Fan Control Climate Control Influence on lower in cold weather. 5. Air Delivery Mode Control eAssist Operation and Fuel Economy (If Equipped) . Turn off the air conditioning 6. Recirculation/Automatic when it is not needed. Recirculation The climate control system is dependent upon other vehicle . Only use defrost to clear the 7. Passenger Temperature Control systems for heat and power input. windows. 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) Certain climate control settings can lead to higher fuel usage and/or 9. Rear Window Defogger fewer auto stops. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Climate Controls 8-3
Automatic Operation light will not come on. Press > to QNR (Air Delivery Mode The system automatically controls select recirculation; press it again to Control): Press to change the the fan speed, air delivery, air select outside air. direction of the airflow. The current mode appears in the display screen. conditioning, and recirculation in Q TEMP R (Driver and Passenger Pressing either button cancels order to heat or cool the vehicle to Temperature Control): The automatic air delivery control and the desired temperature. temperature can be adjusted the direction of the airflow is separately for the driver and the When the AUTO indicator light is controlled manually. Press AUTO to passenger. Press to increase or on, the system is in full automatic return to automatic operation. operation. If the air delivery mode, decrease the temperature. To change the current mode, select fan speed, recirculation, or air ZONE: Press to link all climate one of the following: conditioning setting is adjusted, the zone settings to the driver settings. AUTO indicator turns off and the The ZONE indicator light will turn Y (Vent): Air is directed to the selected settings will appear on the off. When the passenger settings instrument panel outlets. display. are adjusted, the ZONE indicator \ (Bi-Level): Air is divided To place the system in automatic light is on. between the instrument panel mode do the following: Manual Operation outlets and the floor outlets. 1. Press AUTO. O (Power): Press to turn the fan off C (Tri-Level): Air is divided 2. Set the temperature. Allow the or on. between the windshield, instrument panel, and floor outlets. system time to stabilize. Adjust Q A R (Fan Control): Press to the temperature as needed for increase or decrease the fan speed. [ (Floor): Air is directed to the best comfort. The fan speed setting appears on floor outlets. To improve fuel efficiency and to the main display. Pressing either - (Defog): Clears the windows of cool the vehicle faster, recirculation button cancels automatic fan control fog or moisture. Air is directed to the may be automatically selected in and the fan is controlled manually. windshield and floor outlets. warm weather. The recirculation Press AUTO to return to automatic operation. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
8-4 Climate Controls
0 (Defrost): Clears the conditioner runs automatically to the air conditioner is off and the windshield of fog or frost more cool the air inside the vehicle or to AUTO, eco # , or A/C is selected. dry the air needed to defog the quickly. Air is directed to the The engine also restarts if the O is windshield faster. windshield. pressed on and the system is set to For best results, clear all snow and For eAssist vehicles, an auto stop AUTO, eco # , or A/C. ice from the windshield before may occur if the climate control defrosting. system determines the a/c If temperature controls are adjusted compressor can be shut off and still cooler by more than 1°C (1°F) For eAssist vehicles that have the maintain comfort levels with minimal during an auto stop, the engine will auto defog feature, auto stops can windshield fogging. restart to ensure that comfort is occur in defrost mode. In this mode, reached. the auto stops are shorter and less Eco # (Eco Air Conditioning, If @ frequent than other air delivery Equipped): This setting balances (Recirculation/Auto modes to prevent instant fogging. fuel economy and air conditioning Recirculation): Press to change to comfort. In warm weather automatic control of air recirculation A/C (Comfort Air Conditioning): inside the vehicle. When the auto Press to turn the air conditioning conditions, auto stops may occur more frequently and the vehicle recirculation indicator light is on, the system on or off. If the climate air is automatically recirculated as control system is turned off or the interior may be warmer as compared to the comfort air needed to help quickly cool the air outside temperature falls below inside the vehicle. freezing, the air conditioner will conditioning. The eco a/c setting not run. allows higher humidity inside the In auto recirculation control, the Air vehicle and window fogging before Quality Control system may operate Pressing this button cancels the engine restarts. when pollution is detected. To adjust automatic air conditioning and turns the sensitivity of the Air Quality Pressing the button during an off the air conditioner. Press AUTO 0 Control, see “Climate and Air to return to automatic operation and auto stop will restart the engine to Quality” under Vehicle the air conditioner runs prevent window fogging. To reach Personalization on page 5‑39. automatically as needed. When the comfort levels quickly during an indicator light is on, the air auto stop, the engine will restart if Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Climate Controls 8-5
When the indicator light is on, air is Rear Window Defogger For eAssist vehicles, auto rear recirculated inside the vehicle. If the defog will only run during a remote (Rear Window Defogger): indicator light is off, outside air will = start and the feature is not available Press to turn the rear window flow into the vehicle. Press AUTO or in the Vehicle Personalization menu. @ defogger on or off. to return to automatic For vehicles with heated outside The rear window defogger turns off operation. rearview mirrors, they turn on when automatically after about Auto Defog: The climate control the rear window defogger button is 10 minutes. If turned on again it system may have a sensor to on and help to clear fog or frost from runs for about five minutes before automatically detect high humidity the surface of the mirror. See turning off. The defogger can also inside the vehicle. When high Heated Mirrors on page 2 15. be turned off by turning the ignition ‑ humidity is detected, the climate to ACC/ACCESSORY or Notice: Do not try to clear frost control system may adjust to LOCK/OFF. or other material from the inside outside air supply and turn on the of the front windshield and rear The rear window defogger can be air conditioner. The fan speed may window with a razor blade or set to automatic operation. See slightly increase to help prevent anything else that is sharp. This Climate and Air Quality under fogging. If the climate control “ ” may damage the rear window Vehicle Personalization on system does not detect possible defogger grid and affect the page 5 39. When auto rear defog is window fogging, it returns to normal ‑ radio's ability to pick up stations selected, the rear window defogger operation. For eAssist vehicles, clearly. The repairs would not be turns on automatically when the there may be shorter and less covered by the vehicle warranty. frequent auto stops when auto interior temperature is cold and the defog is in use. outside temperature is about 4°C ( (Heated Steering Wheel): For (40°F) and below. The auto rear vehicles with this feature, press to To turn Auto Defog off or on, see defogger turns off automatically turn on or off. See Heated Steering Climate and Air Quality under “ ” after about 10 minutes, or after Wheel on page 5‑3. Vehicle Personalization on five minutes if the outside page 5 39. ‑ temperature is not as cold. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
8-6 Climate Controls
Remote Start Climate Control Do not cover the sensor; otherwise Air Vents Operation (If Equipped): For the automatic climate control system vehicles with the remote start may not work properly. Use the louvers located on the air feature, the climate control system vents to change the direction of the may run when the vehicle is started airflow. remotely. The system uses the To open the vent, move the driver’s previous settings to heat or t cool the inside of the vehicle. The thumbwheel to . To close the vent, rear defog may come on during move the thumbwheel to l. remote start based on cold ambient For vehicles with eAssist, there is a conditions. If the vehicle has heated battery cooling air vent located on or ventilated seats, they may come the shelf behind the rear passenger on during a remote start. See seats below the rear window. Keep Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑8 this air inlet clear from items that and Heated and Ventilated Seats on may block air flow. Proper airflow is page 1‑8. required to keep the eAssist battery Sensor and control system cool. The solar sensor, located on top of Operation Tips the instrument panel near the . Keep all outlets open whenever windshield, monitors the solar heat. possible for best system The climate control system uses the performance. sensor information to adjust the . Keep the path under all seats temperature, fan speed, clear of objects to help circulate recirculation, and air delivery mode the air inside the vehicle more for best comfort. effectively. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Climate Controls 8-7
. Use of non-GM approved hood Service deflectors can adversely affect Maintenance the performance of the system. This vehicle may have the new Air Intake environmentally friendly refrigerant, Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves R1234yf. This refrigerant has a from the air intake at the base of the significantly reduced global warming windshield that can block the flow of impact on the environment, air into the vehicle. compared to the traditional automotive refrigerant, R-134a. All vehicles have a label underhood Passenger Compartment that identifies the refrigerant used in Air Filter the vehicle. The filter removes dust, pollen, and The refrigerant system should only other airborne irritants from outside be serviced by trained and certified air that is pulled into the vehicle. technicians. The air conditioning The filter should be replaced as part evaporator should never be repaired of routine scheduled maintenance. or replaced by one from a salvage See Maintenance Schedule on vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure page 11‑2 for replacement intervals. For more information, see your proper and safe operation. dealer. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
8-8 Climate Controls
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Driving and Operating 9-1
Retained Accessory Ride Control Systems Driving and Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Traction Control Operating Shifting Into Park ...... 9-24 System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-25 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-35 Parking over Things Limited-Slip Differential ...... 9-37 Driving Information That Burn ...... 9-26 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-26 Cruise Control ...... 9-37 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-27 Object Detection Systems Braking ...... 9-3 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-40 Steering ...... 9-4 Automatic Transmission Side Blind Zone Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-27 Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-41 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Manual Mode ...... 9-29 Rear Vision Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-43 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Drive Systems Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-30 Fuel Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Fuel ...... 9-46 Brakes Recommended Fuel ...... 9-47 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-9 Antilock Brake Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-47 System (ABS) ...... 9-31 California Fuel Starting and Operating Parking Brake ...... 9-32 Requirements ...... 9-47 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 Brake Assist ...... 9-33 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-48 Ignition Positions (Keyless Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-34 Fuel Additives ...... 9-48 Access) ...... 9-15 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-49 Ignition Positions (Key Filling the Tank ...... 9-50 Access) ...... 9-17 Filling a Portable Fuel Starting the Engine ...... 9-19 Container ...... 9-51 Engine Heater ...... 9-23 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
9-2 Driving and Operating
Towing Driving Information . Designate a front seat General Towing passenger to handle potential distractions. Information ...... 9-51 Distracted Driving Driving Characteristics and . Become familiar with vehicle Towing Tips ...... 9-52 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as Trailer Towing (Except and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio eAssist) ...... 9-54 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Trailer Towing (eAssist) ...... 9-56 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Towing Equipment ...... 9-56 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Conversions and Add-Ons from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to governments have enacted laws driving. Add-On Electrical regarding driver distraction. Become Equipment ...... 9-57 . Wait until the vehicle is parked familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen your area. to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Driving and Operating 9-3
careless and make mistakes. { WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (CONTINUED) and be ready. Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with long or too often could cause a . Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking. crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver . Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink. Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to tragedy. If equipped, refer to the navigation control a vehicle while driving. manual for information on that system, including pairing and using { WARNING a cell phone. Braking Drinking and then driving is very Braking action involves perception Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is expect the unexpected. The first ” a small amount of alcohol. You reaction time. step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on — Average driver reaction time is fatal collision if you drive after page 3‑11. — about three-quarters of a second. In drinking. that time, a vehicle moving at . Assume that other road users (Continued) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
9-4 Driving and Operating
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind If power steering assist is lost due maneuverable and easier to park. At include: to a system malfunction, the vehicle faster speeds, the steering effort can be steered, but may require increases to provide a sport-like feel . Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front increased effort. to the steering. This provides of you. See your dealer if there is a maximum control and stability. problem. If the vehicle seems harder to steer . Avoid needless heavy braking. If the steering wheel is turned until it than normal when parking or driving . Keep pace with traffic. reaches the end of its travel and is slowly, there may be a problem with If the engine ever stops while the held against that position for an the system. You will still have power vehicle is being driven, brake extended period of time, power steering, but steering will be stiffer normally but do not pump the steering assist may be reduced. than normal at slow speeds. See brakes. Doing so could make the your dealer for service. Normal use of the power steering pedal harder to push down. If the Hydraulic Power Steering engine stops, there will be some assist should return when the power brake assist but it will be system cools down. If your vehicle has hydraulic power used when the brake is applied. See specific vehicle steering steering, it may require Once the power assist is used up, it messages under Vehicle Messages maintenance. See Power Steering can take longer to stop and the on page 5‑32. Fluid (2.4L L4 Engine and 3.6L brake pedal will be harder to push. V6 Engine with FWD) on Variable Effort Steering page 10‑23 or Power Steering Fluid Steering Some vehicles have a steering (3.6L V6 Engine with AWD) on system that varies the amount of page 10‑23. Electric Power Steering effort required to steer the vehicle in If power steering assist is lost If your vehicle has electric power relation to the speed of the vehicle. because the engine stops or a steering it does not have power The amount of steering effort system malfunction, the vehicle can steering fluid. Regular maintenance required is less at slower speeds to be steered but may require is not required. make the vehicle more increased effort. See your dealer if there is a problem. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Driving and Operating 9-5
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. Loss of Control . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Skidding . Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that speed through the curve correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not gently into the straightaway. rolling. Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a . There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the . Acceleration Skid — too much . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: throttle causes the driving steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin. 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to . Antilock Brake System (ABS) existing conditions, and by not allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the pavement. overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
9-6 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. WARNING (CONTINUED) . Ease your foot off the Driving on Wet Roads Flowing or rushing water creates accelerator pedal and quickly strong forces. Driving through steer the way you want the Rain and wet roads can reduce flowing water could cause the vehicle to go. The vehicle may vehicle traction and affect your vehicle to be carried away. If this straighten out. Be ready for a ability to stop and accelerate. happens, you and other vehicle second skid if it occurs. Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not . Slow down and adjust your of driving conditions and avoid ignore police warnings and be driving according to weather driving through large puddles and very cautious about trying to drive conditions. Stopping distance deep‐standing or flowing water. through flowing water. can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when { WARNING traction is reduced by water, Hydroplaning snow, ice, gravel, or other Wet brakes can cause crashes. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water material on the road. Learn to They might not work as well in a can build up under the vehicle's recognize warning clues — such quick stop and could cause tires so they actually ride on the as enough water, ice, or packed pulling to one side. You could water. This can happen if the road is snow on the road to make a lose control of the vehicle. wet enough and you are going fast mirrored surface — and slow enough. When the vehicle is down when you have any doubt. After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road. . Try to avoid sudden steering, wash, lightly apply the brake acceleration, or braking, pedal until the brakes work There is no hard and fast rule about including reducing vehicle speed normally. hydroplaning. The best advice is to by shifting to a lower gear. Any slow down when the road is wet. sudden changes could cause (Continued) the tires to slide. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Driving and Operating 9-7
Other Rainy Weather Tips . Keep your eyes moving — scan the road ahead and to the sides. WARNING (CONTINUED) Besides slowing down, other wet . weather driving tips include: Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could vehicle instruments often. . Allow extra following distance. crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep . Pass with caution. Hill and Mountain Roads downhill slope. . Keep windshield wiping Driving on steep hills or through equipment in good shape. mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for . Keep the windshield washer fluid { WARNING reservoir filled. driving in these conditions include: . . Have good tires with proper Keep the vehicle serviced and in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) tread depth. See Tires on good shape. or with the ignition off is page 10‑42. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, dangerous. The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down . Turn off cruise control. tires, cooling system, and transmission. and they could get so hot that they would not work well. You . Shift to a lower gear when going Highway Hypnosis would then have poor braking or down steep or long hills. Always be alert and pay attention to even none going down a hill. You your surroundings while driving. could crash. Always have the If you become tired or sleepy, find a { WARNING engine running and the vehicle in safe place to park the vehicle If you do not shift down, the gear when going downhill. and rest. brakes could get so hot that they Other driving tips include: would not work well. You would . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. then have poor braking or even . Keep the interior (Continued) temperature cool. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
9-8 Driving and Operating
. Stay in your own lane. Do not Drive with caution, whatever the Turn off cruise control on slippery swing wide or cut across the condition. Accelerate gently so surfaces. center of the road. Drive at traction is not lost. Accelerating too speeds that let you stay in your quickly causes the wheels to spin Blizzard Conditions own lane. and makes the surface under the Being stuck in snow can be a . Be alert on top of hills; tires slick, so there is even less serious situation. Stay with the something could be in your lane traction. vehicle unless there is help nearby. (stalled car, accident). Try not to break the fragile traction. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside . Pay attention to special road If you accelerate too fast, the drive Assistance Program (U.S. and signs (falling rocks area, winding wheels will spin and polish the Canada) on page 13 7 or Roadside roads, long grades, passing or surface under the tires even more. ‑ Assistance Program (Mexico) on no-passing zones) and take The Antilock Brake System (ABS) page 13 9. To get help and keep appropriate action. ‑ improves vehicle stability during everyone in the vehicle safe: hard stops on slippery roads, but Winter Driving apply the brakes sooner than when . Turn on the hazard warning on dry pavement. See Antilock flashers. Driving on Snow or Ice Brake System (ABS) on page 9‑31. . Tie a red cloth to an outside Drive carefully when there is snow Allow greater following distance on mirror. or ice between the tires and the any slippery road and watch for road, creating less traction or grip. slippery spots. Icy patches can { WARNING Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32° occur on otherwise clear roads in F) when freezing rain begins to fall, shaded areas. The surface of a Snow can trap engine exhaust resulting in even less traction. Avoid curve or an overpass can remain icy under the vehicle. This may driving on wet ice or in freezing rain when the surrounding roads are cause exhaust gases to get until roads can be treated with salt clear. Avoid sudden steering inside. Engine exhaust contains or sand. maneuvers and braking while carbon monoxide (CO) which on ice. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
Driving and Operating 9-9
keeps the battery charged to restart WARNING (CONTINUED) WARNING (CONTINUED) the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little cannot be seen or smelled. It can to the highest setting. See as possible to save fuel. cause unconsciousness and even “Climate Control Systems” in death. the Index. If the Vehicle Is Stuck If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Slowly and cautiously spin the . Clear away snow from around wheels to free the vehicle when Exhaust on page 9 26. the base of your vehicle, ‑ stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. especially any that is blocking If stuck too severely for the traction the exhaust pipe. Run the engine for short periods system to free the vehicle, turn the only as needed to keep warm, but . Check again from time to traction system off and use the time to be sure snow does be careful. rocking method. See Traction not collect there. To save fuel, run the engine for only Control System (TCS) on short periods as needed to warm . Open a window about 5 cm page 9‑34. (2 in) on the side of the the vehicle and then shut the engine vehicle that is away from the off and close the window most of { WARNING wind to bring in fresh air. the way to save heat. Repeat this until help arrives but only when you If the vehicle's tires spin at high . Fully open the air outlets on feel really uncomfortable from the speed, they can explode, and you or under the instrument cold. Moving about to keep warm or others could be injured. The panel. also helps. vehicle can overheat, causing an . Adjust the climate control If it takes some time for help to engine compartment fire or other system to a setting that arrive, now and then when you run damage. Spin the wheels as little circulates the air inside the the engine, push the accelerator as possible and avoid going vehicle and set the fan speed pedal slightly so the engine runs above 56 km/h (35 mph). (Continued) faster than the idle speed. This Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
9-10 Driving and Operating
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits it Out WARNING (CONTINUED) It is very important to know how Turn the steering wheel left and much weight the vehicle can vehicle handles. This could right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the cause loss of control and a front wheels. Turn off any traction vehicle capacity weight and crash. Overloading can also system. Shift back and forth shorten the life of the vehicle. between R (Reverse) and a low includes the weight of all forward gear, spinning the wheels occupants, cargo, and all as little as possible. To prevent nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information transmission wear, wait until the Two labels on the vehicle show Label wheels stop spinning before shifting how much weight it may gears. Release the accelerator properly carry, the Tire and pedal while shifting, and press Loading Information label and lightly on the accelerator pedal the Certification label. when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions { WARNING causes a rocking motion that could Do not load the vehicle any free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it heavier than the Gross might need to be towed out. If the Vehicle Weight Rating vehicle does need to be towed out, (GVWR), or either the see Towing the Vehicle on maximum front or rear Gross page 10‑90. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example This can cause systems to 1. Number of Occupant Seating break and change the way the Positions (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
Driving and Operating 9-11
2. Maximum Vehicle Capacity There is also important loading 4. The resulting figure equals Weight information on the Certification the available amount of cargo 3. Size of the Original Equipment label. It tells you the Gross and luggage load capacity. Tires Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) For example, if the “XXX” 4. Recommended Cold Tire and the Gross Axle Weight amount equals 1400 lbs and Inflation Pressure Rating (GAWR) for the front and there will be five 150 lb rear axle. See “Certification passengers in your vehicle, A vehicle-specific Tire and Label” later in this section. the amount of available cargo Loading Information label is and luggage load capacity is Steps for Determining Correct attached to the vehicle's center 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) Load Limit pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and = 650 lbs). Loading Information label shows 1. Locate the statement The “ 5. Determine the combined the number of occupant seating combined weight of weight of luggage and cargo positions (1), and the maximum occupants and cargo should being loaded on the vehicle. vehicle capacity weight (2) in never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely kilograms and pounds. XXX lbs on your vehicle's ” exceed the available cargo placard. The Tire and Loading and luggage load capacity Information label also shows the 2. Determine the combined calculated in Step 4. tire size of the original weight of the driver and equipment tires (3) and the passengers that will be riding recommended cold tire inflation in your vehicle. pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation 3. Subtract the combined see Tires on page 10‑42 and weight of the driver and Tire Pressure on page 10‑50. passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
9-12 Driving and Operating
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. See Trailer Towing (Except eAssist) on page 9‑54 or Trailer Towing (eAssist) on page 9‑56 for important information on Example 1 Example 2 towing a trailer, towing safety 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for rules, and trailering tips. Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (300 lbs). (750 lbs). 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). (700 lbs). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
Driving and Operating 9-13
seating positions. The combined fuel, and cargo. Never exceed weight of the driver, passengers, the GVWR for the vehicle, or the and cargo should never exceed Gross Axle Weight Rating the vehicle's capacity weight. (GAWR) for either the front or rear axle. Certification Label And, if there is a heavy load, it should be spread out. See “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit” earlier in this section.
Example 3 { WARNING 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg Do not load the vehicle any (1,000 lbs). heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ (GVWR), or either the 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg Label Example maximum front or rear Gross (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). 3. Available Cargo Weight = label is attached to the vehicle's This can cause systems to 0 kg (0 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label break and change the way the tells the gross weight capacity of vehicle handles. This could Refer to the vehicle's Tire and cause loss of control and a Loading Information label for the vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). crash. Overloading can also specific information about the shorten the life of the vehicle. vehicle's capacity weight and The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
9-14 Driving and Operating
If you put things inside the WARNING (CONTINUED) Starting and vehicle — like suitcases, tools, Operating packages, or anything . Never stack heavier else — they will go as fast as the things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In vehicle goes. If you have to stop inside the vehicle so that or turn quickly, or if there is a some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run { WARNING . Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: unsecured child restraint . Do not drive at any one Things inside the vehicle can in the vehicle. constant speed, fast or slow, strike and injure people in a . Secure loose items in the for the first 805 km (500 mi). sudden stop or turn, or in a vehicle. Do not make full-throttle crash. starts. Avoid downshifting to . Do not leave a seat folded brake or slow the vehicle. . Put things in the cargo down unless needed. area of the vehicle. In the . During the first 1 000 km cargo area, put them as (600 mi), avoid using more far forward as possible. than moderate acceleration in lower gears and avoid Try to spread the weight vehicle speeds above evenly. 110 km/h (68 mph). (Continued) . Between the first 1 000 km (600 mi) and 5 000 km (3,000 mi), heavy acceleration in lower gears can be used. Vehicle speeds Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
Driving and Operating 9-15
above 110 km/h (68 mph) Ignition Positions strong radio antenna signal causing should be limited to interference to the keyless access five minutes per use. (Keyless Access) system. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on . Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200 mi) or page 2‑3 for more information. so. During this time the new To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle brake linings are not yet must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or broken in. Hard stops with ON/RUN and the brake pedal must new linings can mean be applied. premature wear and earlier Stopping the Engine/OFF (No replacement. Follow this Indicator Lights): When the breaking-in guideline every vehicle is stopped, press the engine time you get new brake START/STOP button once to turn linings. the engine off. . Do not tow a trailer during If the vehicle is in P (Park), the break-in. See Driving The vehicle has an electronic ignition will turn off, and Retained Characteristics and Towing keyless ignition with pushbutton Accessory Power (RAP) will remain Tips on page 9‑52 for the start. active. See Retained Accessory trailer towing capabilities of Pressing the button cycles it through Power (RAP) on page 9‑24 for more your vehicle and more information. information. three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the Following break‐in, engine speed Engine/OFF. ignition will return to ACC/ and load can be gradually ACCESSORY and display the increased. The transmitter must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. message SHIFT TO PARK in the If the pushbutton start is not Driver Information Center (DIC). working, the vehicle may be near a See Transmission Messages on page 5‑38 for more information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
9-16 Driving and Operating
When the vehicle is shifted into lever must be in P (Park) to turn With the ignition off, pressing the P (Park), the ignition system will the ignition switch to the OFF button one time without the brake switch to OFF. position. pedal applied will place the ignition Do not turn the engine off when the 4. Set the parking brake. See system in ACC/ACCESSORY. vehicle is moving. This will cause a Parking Brake on page 9‑32. The ignition will switch from ACC/ loss of power assist in the brake ACCESSORY to OFF after and steering systems and disable { WARNING five minutes to prevent battery the airbags. rundown. If the vehicle must be shut off in an Turning off the vehicle while ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator emergency: moving may cause loss of power Light): This mode is for driving and assist in the brake and steering 1. Brake using a firm and steady starting. With the ignition off, and systems and disable the airbags. the brake pedal applied, pressing pressure. Do not pump the While driving, only shut the brakes repeatedly. This may the button once will place the vehicle off in an emergency. deplete power assist, requiring ignition system in ON/RUN/START. increased brake pedal force. Once engine cranking begins, release the button. Engine cranking 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, will continue until the engine starts. This can be done while the See Starting the Engine on vehicle is moving. After shifting press and hold the engine START/ STOP button for longer than page 9‑19 for more information. The to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. brakes and steer the vehicle to a two seconds, or press twice in safe location. five seconds. Service Only Mode 3. Come to a complete stop, shift ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber This power mode is available for to P (Park), and turn the ignition Indicator Light): This mode allows service and diagnostics, and to to OFF. On vehicles with an you to use some electrical verify the proper operation of the automatic transmission, the shift accessories when the engine is off. malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
Driving and Operating 9-17
the brake pedal not applied, Notice: Using a tool to force the Do not turn the engine off when the pressing and holding the button for key to turn in the ignition could vehicle is moving. This will cause a more than five seconds will place cause damage to the switch or loss of power assist in the brake the vehicle in Service Only Mode. break the key. Use the correct and steering systems and disable The instruments and audio systems key, make sure it is all the way in, the airbags. will operate as they do in ON/RUN, and turn it only with your hand. If the vehicle must be shut off in an but the vehicle will not be able to be If the key cannot be turned by emergency: driven. The engine will not start in hand, see your dealer. 1. Brake using a firm and steady Service Only Mode. Push the button The key must be fully extended to again to turn the vehicle off. pressure. Do not pump the start the vehicle. brakes repeatedly. This may Ignition Positions (Key To shift out of P (Park), turn the deplete power assist, requiring Access) ignition to ON/RUN and apply the increased brake pedal force. brake pedal. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). 1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ This can be done while the OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, vehicle is moving. After shifting turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ to N (Neutral), firmly apply the OFF to turn the engine off. Retained brakes and steer the vehicle to a Accessory Power (RAP) will remain safe location. active. See Retained Accessory 3. Come to a complete stop, shift Power (RAP) on page 9‑24 for more to P (Park), and turn the ignition information. to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with This is the only position from which an automatic transmission, the the key can be removed. This locks shift lever must be in P (Park) to the ignition and automatic turn the ignition switch to the transmission. LOCK/OFF position. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
9-18 Driving and Operating
4. Set the parking brake. See ventilation fan and 12-volt power Key Lock Release Parking Brake on page 9‑32. outlet, as well as to display some warning and indicator lights. This { WARNING position can also be used for service and diagnostics, and to Turning off the vehicle while verify the proper operation of the moving may cause loss of power malfunction indicator lamp as may assist in the brake and steering be required for emission inspection systems and disable the airbags. purposes. The transmission is also While driving, only shut the unlocked in this position. vehicle off in an emergency. The battery could be drained if the key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, or ON/RUN position with the engine and must be shut off while driving, off. The vehicle might not restart if turn the ignition to ACC/ the battery is allowed to drain for an Vehicles with an automatic ACCESSORY. extended period of time. transmission are equipped with an electronic key lock release system. 2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This 4 (START): This position starts the This system is to prevent ignition position provides power to some of engine. When the engine starts, release the key. The ignition switch key removal unless the shift lever is the electrical accessories. It unlocks in P (Park). the ignition. To move the key from will return to ON/RUN for normal ACC/ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, driving. The key lock release will not work if the shift lever must be in P (Park). A warning tone sounds when the the battery is charged less than 9 volts, or uncharged. Try charging 3 (ON/RUN): The ignition switch driver door is opened when the ignition is still in ACC/ACCESSORY or jump starting the battery. See stays in this position when the Jump Starting (On-board with engine is running. This position can and the key is in the ignition. If the be used to operate the electrical ignition becomes difficult to turn, accessories, including the see Keys on page 2‑1. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (19,1)
Driving and Operating 9-19
eAssist Only) on page 10‑87 or covered by the vehicle warranty. START for many seconds, Jump Starting (with or without See Add-On Electrical Equipment cranking will be stopped after eAssist) on page 10‑87 on page 9‑57. 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage. To prevent gear If charging or jump starting the Starting Procedure (Key Access) battery does not work, there is a damage, this system also manual key lock release. Locate the 1. With your foot off the accelerator prevents cranking if the engine hole below the ignition lock. Insert a pedal, turn the ignition key to is already running. Engine tool or key into the opening. Locate START. When the engine starts, cranking can be stopped by the lever, and press it toward the let go of the ignition. turning the ignition switch to driver while removing the key from The idle speed will go down as ACC/ACCESSORY or the ignition. the engine gets warm. Do not LOCK/OFF. race the engine immediately Notice: Cranking the engine for Starting the Engine after starting it. Operate the long periods of time, by returning engine and transmission gently the key to the START position Move the shift lever to P (Park) or to allow the oil to warm up and immediately after cranking has N (Neutral). The engine will not start lubricate all moving parts. ended, can overheat and damage in any other position. To restart the The vehicle has a the cranking motor, and drain the engine when the vehicle is already battery. Wait at least 15 seconds moving, use N (Neutral) only. Computer-Controlled Cranking System. This feature assists in between each try, to let the Notice: Do not try to shift to starting the engine and protects cranking motor cool down. P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. components. If the ignition key is 2. If the engine does not start after If you do, you could damage the turned to the START position, five to 10 seconds, especially in transmission. Shift to P (Park) and then released when the very cold weather (below −18°C only when the vehicle is stopped. engine begins cranking, the or 0°F), it could be flooded with Notice: If you add electrical parts engine will continue cranking for too much gasoline. Try pushing or accessories, you could change a few seconds or until the the accelerator pedal all the way the way the engine operates. Any vehicle starts. If the engine does to the floor and holding it there resulting damage would not be not start and the key is held in as you hold the key in START, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (20,1)
9-20 Driving and Operating
or press the START button, for Starting Procedure (Keyless can still be driven. See “Starting up to a maximum of 15 seconds. Access) the Vehicle with a Low Wait at least 15 seconds 1. If the vehicle has the keyless Transmitter Battery” in Remote between each try, to allow the access system, the transmitter Keyless Entry (RKE) System cranking motor to cool down. must be in the vehicle. Put your Operation on page 2‑3 for more When the engine starts, let go of foot on the brake pedal and information. the key or button, and the push the START button. When The vehicle has a accelerator. If the vehicle starts the engine begins cranking, let Computer-Controlled Cranking briefly but then stops again, do go of the button. System. This feature assists in the same thing. This clears the The idle speed will go down as starting the engine and protects extra gasoline from the engine. components. If the START Do not race the engine your engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately button is pressed, and then immediately after starting it. released when the engine Operate the engine and after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently begins cranking, the engine will transmission gently until the oil continue cranking for a few warms up and lubricates all to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts. seconds or until the vehicle moving parts. starts. If the engine does not If the transmitter is not in the start and the button is pressed vehicle or something is for many seconds, cranking will interfering with the transmitter, be stopped after 15 seconds to the Driver Information Center prevent cranking motor damage. (DIC) will display a message. To prevent gear damage, this See Key and Lock Messages on system also prevents cranking if page 5‑36 for more information. the engine is already running. If the battery in the Remote Engine cranking can be stopped Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter by pressing the START button a needs replacing, the DIC will second time. display a message. The vehicle Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (21,1)
Driving and Operating 9-21
Notice: Cranking the engine for Do not race the engine Vehicles with eAssist have an long periods of time, by returning immediately after starting it. automatic engine start/stop feature. the key to the START position Operate the engine and After the engine is started and has immediately after cranking has transmission gently until the oil reached operating temperature, the ended, can overheat and damage warms up and lubricates all auto stop feature may cause the the cranking motor, and drain the moving parts. engine to turn off when the brakes battery. Wait at least 15 seconds are applied and the vehicle comes between each try, to let the eAssist Automatic Engine to a complete stop. The vehicle may cranking motor cool down. Start/Stop remain in auto stop for up to 2. If the engine does not start after two minutes. When the brake is five to 10 seconds, especially in { WARNING released or the accelerator pedal applied, the engine will start. The very cold weather (below −18°C Exiting the vehicle without first or 0°F), it could be flooded with engine will continue to run until the shifting into P (Park) may cause too much gasoline. Try pushing next auto stop. the vehicle to move. You or others the accelerator pedal all the way AUTO STOP on the tachometer to the floor and holding it there may be injured. Because the signifies that the engine is in auto as you hold the key in START, vehicle has the automatic engine stop mode. See Tachometer on or press the START button, for start/stop feature, the vehicle's page 5‑11. When the vehicle is up to a maximum of 15 seconds. engine might seem to be shut off; turned off, the tachometer will move Wait at least 15 seconds however, once the brake pedal is to OFF. If the driver door is opened between each try, to allow the released, the engine will start up while in auto stop mode, a chime cranking motor to cool down. again. will sound. When the engine starts, let go of Shift to P (Park) and turn the To restart the engine during auto the key or button, and the ignition to LOCK/OFF, before stop, release the brake pedal or accelerator. If the vehicle starts exiting the vehicle. press the accelerator pedal. The briefly but then stops again, do engine starts immediately. The the same thing. This clears the vehicle continues to run until the extra gasoline from the engine. next stop. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (22,1)
9-22 Driving and Operating
There are several conditions that . The hood is not fully closed. . The climate control system is turned from off to normal air may prevent an auto stop or cause . Brake pedal pressure is low. an auto start. conditioning or defrost. See Dual . If the malfunction indicator lamp Automatic Climate Control The Engine Will Remain is on, auto stop may be System on page 8‑1. Running When: prevented. . The engine is required to run for . The engine, transmission, . High humidity is detected. either heater or climate control or high voltage battery is not The Engine Will Restart When: performance. See Dual warmed up yet. Automatic Climate Control . . The outside temperature is less The brake pedal is released. System on page 8‑1. than −20°C (−4°F). . The accelerator pedal is applied. . The high voltage battery pack . The air conditioning or defrost . Shifting out of D (Drive) to any charge is low and requires system need the compressor to other gear. recharging. maintain vehicle comfort. See . . The air conditioning or defrost Auto stop time is greater than Dual Automatic Climate Control system need the compressor to two minutes. System on page 8‑1 The warmer maintain vehicle comfort. See . it is outside, the shorter the time The hood is opened. Dual Automatic Climate Control before the engine is restarted to System on page 8 1. The provide cabin cooling. To ‑ warmer it is outside, the shorter maximize fuel economy, use the the time before the engine is eco air conditioning mode. restarted to provide cabin . The shift lever is in P (Park), cooling. To maximize fuel N (Neutral), R (Reverse), economy, use the eco air or M (Manual Mode). conditioning mode. . The high voltage battery pack charge is low. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (23,1)
Driving and Operating 9-23
Engine Heater 2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. The engine coolant heater, if available, can help in cold weather conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting the vehicle. An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above −18°C (0°F). 2.4L L4 Engine To Use the Engine Coolant The electrical cord is located on Heater 3.6L V6 Engine the passenger side of the engine 1. Turn off the engine. The electrical cord is located on compartment, between the the driver side of the engine fender and the air cleaner on compartment, between the vehicles with a four cylinder fender and the engine engine. compartment fuse block on 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded vehicles with a six cylinder 110-volt AC outlet. engine. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (24,1)
9-24 Driving and Operating
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park { WARNING Power (RAP) 1. Hold the brake pedal down and Plugging the cord into an These vehicle accessories can be set the parking brake. ungrounded outlet could cause an used for up to 10 minutes after the See Parking Brake on electrical shock. Also, the wrong engine is turned off: page 9‑32. kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire. You . Infotainment System 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) could be seriously injured. Plug . Power Windows by pushing the lever all the way the cord into a properly grounded toward the front of the vehicle. . Sunroof (If Equipped) three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. 3. Turn the ignition off. If the cord will not reach, use a . Auxiliary Power Outlet Leaving the Vehicle with the heavy-duty three-prong extension Power to the audio system will cord rated for at least 15 amps. continue to operate for up to Engine Running 10 minutes or until the driver door is { WARNING 4. Before starting the engine, be opened. sure to unplug and store the Power to the power windows and It can be dangerous to leave the cord as it was before to keep it sunroof will continue to operate for vehicle with the engine running. away from moving engine parts. up to 10 minutes or until any door is It could overheat and catch fire. opened. The length of time the heater should It is dangerous to get out of the remain plugged in depends on All of these features will work when vehicle if the shift lever is not fully several factors. Ask a dealer in the the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ in P (Park) with the parking brake area where you will be parking the ACCESSORY. vehicle for the best advice on this. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (25,1)
Driving and Operating 9-25
toward you. If you can, it means that Shifting out of Park WARNING (CONTINUED) the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). Automatic Transmission Do not leave the vehicle when the Shift Lock engine is running. If you have left Torque Lock the engine running, the vehicle The vehicle has an automatic Torque lock is when the weight of transmission shift lock control can move suddenly. You or others the vehicle puts too much force on could be injured. To be sure the system. The shift lock control the parking pawl in the system is designed to: vehicle will not move, even when transmission. This happens when you are on fairly level ground, parking on a hill and shifting the . Prevent ignition key removal always set the parking brake and transmission into P (Park) is not unless the shift lever is in move the shift lever to P (Park). done properly and then it is difficult P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on to shift out of P (Park). To prevent . Prevent movement of the shift page 9‑24. If you are towing a torque lock, set the parking brake lever out of P (Park), unless the trailer, see Driving Characteristics and then shift into P (Park). To find ignition is in ON/RUN and the and Towing Tips on page 9‑52. out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)" brake pedal is applied. listed previously. The shift lock is always functional If you have to leave the vehicle with If torque lock does occur, your except in the case of an uncharged the engine running, be sure the vehicle may need to be pushed or low voltage (less than 9‐volt) vehicle is in P (Park) and the uphill by another vehicle to relieve battery. parking brake is firmly set before the parking pawl pressure, so you If the vehicle has an uncharged you leave it. After you have moved can shift out of P (Park). battery or a battery with low voltage, the shift lever into P (Park), hold If you are towing a trailer and try charging or jump starting the down the regular brake pedal. See if parking on a hill, see Driving battery. See Jump Starting you can move the shift lever away Characteristics and Towing Tips on (On-board with eAssist Only) on from P (Park) without first pulling it page 9‑52. page 10‑87 or Jump Starting (with or without eAssist) on page 10‑87. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (26,1)
9-26 Driving and Operating
If the shift lever cannot be moved Parking over Things Engine Exhaust out of P (Park): That Burn 1. Apply and maintain the regular { WARNING brakes. { WARNING 2. Turn the ignition to the ON/RUN Engine exhaust contains carbon position. See Ignition Positions Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO) which cannot be (Keyless Access) on page 9‑15 hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO or Ignition Positions (Key vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and Access) on page 9‑17 for more over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. information. or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: 3. Let up on the shift lever and . The vehicle idles in areas make sure the shift lever is with poor ventilation (parking pushed all the way into P (Park). garages, tunnels, deep snow 4. Press the shift lever button. that may block underbody 5. Move the shift lever into the airflow or tail pipes). desired gear. . The exhaust smells or If you still cannot move the shift sounds strange or different. lever from P (Park), consult your . The exhaust system leaks dealer or a professional towing due to corrosion or damage. service. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (27,1)
Driving and Operating 9-27
Running the Vehicle WARNING (CONTINUED) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. damage or aftermarket modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑24 if it is suspected that exhaust is and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑26. coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9‑52. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed P (Park): This position locks the area such as a garage or a front wheels. It is the best position building that has no fresh air to use when starting the engine ventilation. because the vehicle cannot move easily. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (28,1)
9-28 Driving and Operating
lever button pressed before shifting the vehicle is already moving, use { WARNING from P (Park) when the ignition key N (Neutral) only. Also, use is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out N (Neutral) when the vehicle is It is dangerous to get out of the of P (Park), ease pressure on the being towed. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully shift lever, then push the shift lever in P (Park) with the parking brake all the way into P (Park) as you { WARNING firmly set. The vehicle can roll. maintain brake application. Then Do not leave the vehicle when the press the shift lever button and Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running. If you have left move the shift lever into another engine is running at high speed is the engine running, the vehicle gear. See Shifting out of Park on dangerous. Unless your foot is can move suddenly. You or others page 9‑25. firmly on the brake pedal, the could be injured. To be sure the R (Reverse): Use this gear to vehicle could move very rapidly. vehicle will not move, even when back up. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift you are on fairly level ground, Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) always set the parking brake and while the vehicle is moving into a drive gear while the engine move the shift lever to P (Park). forward could damage the is running at high speed. See Shifting Into Park on transmission. The repairs would page 9‑24 and Driving not be covered by the vehicle Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or Characteristics and Towing Tips warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only N (Neutral) with the engine on page 9‑52. after the vehicle is stopped. running at high speed may To rock the vehicle back and forth to damage the transmission. The Make sure the shift lever is fully in get out of snow, ice, or sand without repairs would not be covered by P (Park) before starting the engine. damaging the transmission, see If the vehicle warranty. Be sure the The vehicle has an automatic the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle. transmission shift lock control N (Neutral): In this position, the system. The regular brake must be engine does not connect with the fully applied first and then the shift wheels. To restart the engine when Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (29,1)
Driving and Operating 9-29
D (Drive): This position is for gears appropriate for current driving Information Center (DIC) on normal driving. It provides the best conditions. See Manual Mode on page 5‑25. When you are in fuel economy. If more power is page 9‑29 for more information. Sport Mode, the vehicle will still needed for passing, and the shift automatically, but chassis vehicle is: Manual Mode tuning is modified. See Selective Ride Control on page 9‑37. . Going less than 56 km/h Driver Shift Control (DSC) (35 mph), push the accelerator If you move the shift lever pedal about halfway down. Notice: Driving with the engine at forward or rearward, the a high rpm without upshifting transmission will enter Manual . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or while using Driver Shift Control Mode, and the DIC gear more, push the accelerator all (DSC), could damage the vehicle. indicator will change to an M the way down. Always upshift when necessary followed by a number Notice: If the vehicle seems to while using DSC. representing the gear the vehicle accelerate slowly or not shift is currently in. DSC allows you to shift an gears when you go faster, and automatic transmission similar to a 2. In Manual Mode, press the shift you continue to drive the vehicle manual transmission. To use the lever forward to upshift or that way, you could damage the DSC feature: rearward to downshift. transmission. Have the vehicle serviced right away. You can With Selective Ride Control Without Selective Ride Control drive in L (Low) when you are 1. Move the shift lever to the left 1. Move the shift lever to the left driving less than 56 km/h (35 mph) from D (Drive). from D (Drive). and D (Drive) for higher speeds until then. The vehicle will be in Sport The transmission will enter Mode. The gear indicator in the Manual Mode. The DIC gear Manual Mode: This position is DIC will still display a D for indicator will change to an M shown on the shift lever as a +/−. Drive, and the SPORT MODE followed by a number It allows the driver to select the ON message will be displayed representing the gear the vehicle momentarily. See Driver is currently in. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (30,1)
9-30 Driving and Operating
2. In Manual Mode, press the shift transmission will not automatically Drive Systems lever forward to upshift or shift to the next lower gear if the rearward to downshift. engine rpm is too high, nor to the next higher gear when the maximum All-Wheel Drive engine rpm is reached. Vehicles with this feature always While in the DSC mode, the send engine power to all four transmission will automatically wheels. It is fully automatic, and downshift when the vehicle comes adjusts itself as needed for road to a stop. This will allow for more conditions. power during take-off. When using a compact spare tire on When accelerating the vehicle from an AWD vehicle, the system a stop in snowy and icy conditions, automatically detects the compact you may want to shift into second spare and disables AWD. To restore gear. A higher gear allows you to AWD operation and prevent gain more traction on slippery excessive wear on the system, Uplevel Display Shown, Base surfaces. replace the compact spare with a Model Similar full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire on The display on the instrument panel page 10‑86. cluster will show which gear the vehicle is in. The number indicates the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward. The transmission will only allow you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine revolutions per minute (rpm). The Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (31,1)
Driving and Operating 9-31
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the System (ABS), an advanced the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the electronic braking system that helps ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. prevent a braking skid. pump or motor operating and feel ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster normal. vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or Braking in Emergencies the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. ABS allows the driver to steer and this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑19. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (32,1)
9-32 Driving and Operating
Parking Brake (DIC) messages. See Brake System If the EPB is applied while the Messages on page 5‑33 for more vehicle is in motion, a chime will information. In case of insufficient sound, and a DIC message will be electrical power, the EPB cannot be displayed. See Brake System applied or released. Messages on page 5‑33. The Before leaving the vehicle, check vehicle will decelerate as long as the parking brake status light to the switch is held in the up position. ensure that the parking brake is Releasing the EPB switch during applied. deceleration will release the parking brake. If the switch is held in the up EPB Apply position until the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB will remain applied. The EPB can be applied any time the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is If the parking brake status light applied by momentarily lifting up on flashes continuously, the EPB is only partially applied or released, The vehicle has an Electric Parking the EPB switch. Once fully applied, or there is a problem with the EPB. Brake (EPB). The switch for the the parking brake status light will be A DIC message will be displayed. EPB is in the center console. The on. While the brake is being applied, See Brake System Messages on EPB can always be activated, even the status light will flash until full page 5 33. If this light flashes if the ignition is off. To prevent apply is reached. If the light does ‑ continuously, release the EPB, and draining the battery, avoid repeated not come on, or remains flashing, attempt to apply it again. If this light cycles of the EPB system when the have the vehicle serviced. Do not continues to flash, do not drive the engine is not running. drive the vehicle if the parking brake status light is flashing. See your vehicle. See your dealer. The system has a parking brake dealer. See Electric Parking Brake If the parking brake warning light is status light and a parking brake Light on page 5‑19 for more on, the EPB has detected an error warning light. See Electric Parking information. in another system and is operating Brake Light on page 5 19. There are ‑ with reduced functionality. To apply also three Driver Information Center the EPB when this light is on, lift up Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (33,1)
Driving and Operating 9-33
on the EPB switch and hold it in the If the parking brake warning light is For maximum EPB force when up position. Full application of the on, the EPB has detected an error towing a trailer or parking on a hill, parking brake by the EPB system in another system and is operating pull the EPB switch twice. If you are may take longer than normal when with reduced functionality. To towing a trailer and parking on a hill, this light is on. Continue to hold the release the EPB when this light is see Driving Characteristics and switch until the parking brake status on, push down on the EPB switch Towing Tips on page 9‑52 for more light remains on. If the parking and hold it in the down position. information. brake warning light is on, see your EPB release may take longer than dealer. normal when this light is on. Brake Assist Continue to hold the switch until the If the EPB fails to apply, the rear This vehicle has a brake assist wheels should be blocked to parking brake status light is off. If the light is on, see your dealer. feature designed to assist the driver prevent vehicle movement. in stopping or decreasing vehicle Notice: Driving with the parking EPB Release speed in emergency driving brake on can overheat the brake conditions. This feature uses the To release the EPB, place the system and cause premature stability system hydraulic brake ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or wear or damage to brake system control module to supplement the ON/RUN position, apply and hold parts. Make sure that the parking power brake system under the brake pedal, and push down brake is fully released and the conditions where the driver has momentarily on the EPB switch. brake warning light is off before quickly and forcefully applied the If you attempt to release the EPB driving. brake pedal in an attempt to quickly without the brake pedal applied, a Automatic EPB Release stop or slow down the vehicle. The chime will sound, and a DIC stability system hydraulic brake message will be displayed. See The EPB will automatically release if control module increases brake Brake System Messages on the vehicle is running, placed into pressure at each corner of the page 5‑33. The EPB is released gear, and an attempt is made to vehicle until the ABS activates. when the parking brake status light drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration Minor brake pedal pulsation or is off. when the EPB is applied, to pedal movement during this time is preserve parking brake lining life. normal and the driver should Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (34,1)
9-34 Driving and Operating
continue to apply the brake pedal as window. It will not activate if the Ride Control Systems the driving situation dictates. The vehicle is in a drive gear and facing brake assist feature will downhill or if the vehicle is facing automatically disengage when the uphill and in R (Reverse). Traction Control brake pedal is released or brake System (TCS) pedal pressure is quickly The vehicle has a Traction Control decreased. System (TCS) that limits wheel slip. The system operates if it senses Hill Start Assist (HSA) that one or both of the front wheels This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist are slipping or beginning to lose (HSA) feature, which may be useful traction. When this happens, the when the vehicle is stopped on a system reduces engine power and/ grade. This feature is designed to or applies brake pressure to the prevent the vehicle from rolling, slipping wheel(s). either forward or rearward, during The system may be heard or felt vehicle drive off. After the driver while it is working, but this is completely stops and holds the normal. vehicle in a complete standstill on a grade, HSA will be automatically TCS automatically comes on activated. During the transition whenever the vehicle is started. To period between when the driver limit wheel slip, especially in releases the brake pedal and starts slippery road conditions, the system to accelerate to drive off on a grade, should always be left on. But, TCS HSA holds the braking pressure to can be turned off if needed. ensure that there is no rolling. The d flashes to indicate that TCS is brakes will automatically release active. See Traction Control System when the accelerator pedal is (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on applied within the two‐second page 5‑21. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (35,1)
Driving and Operating 9-35
If there is a problem detected with It may be necessary to turn the TCS, SERVICE TRACTION system off if the vehicle gets stuck CONTROL is displayed on the in sand, mud, or snow and rocking Driver Information Center (DIC). the vehicle is required. See If the See Ride Control System Messages Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9 for on page 5‑37. When this message more information. See also Winter is displayed and d comes on and Driving on page 9‑8 for information stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive on using TCS when driving in snowy but the system is not operational. or icy conditions. Driving should be adjusted Adding non-GM accessories can accordingly. affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications on If d comes on and stays on, reset page 10‑3. the system. TCS can be turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak ® To reset: button. When TCS is turned off, i StabiliTrak System 1. Stop the vehicle. comes on, and the appropriate DIC The vehicle may have a vehicle 2. Turn the engine off and wait message also displays. See Ride stability enhancement system called 15 seconds. Control System Messages on StabiliTrak. It is an advanced page 5‑37. With TCS turned off, the computer-controlled system that 3. Start the engine. system does not limit wheel slip. assists with directional control of the Driving should be adjusted If d still comes on and stays on, the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. accordingly. See Traction Off Light vehicle needs service. StabiliTrak activates when the on page 5‑20. computer senses a difference Notice: Do not repeatedly brake Press and release the TCS/ or accelerate heavily when TCS is between the intended path and the StabiliTrak button again to turn the direction the vehicle is actually off. The vehicle's driveline could system back on. be damaged. traveling. StabiliTrak selectively Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (36,1)
9-36 Driving and Operating
. To turn off both StabiliTrak and applies braking pressure to the If d comes on and stays on, reset TCS, press and hold the TCS/ vehicle brakes to help steer the the system. vehicle in the intended direction. StabiliTrak button, located on the To reset: i StabiliTrak comes on automatically instrument panel, until and g whenever the vehicle is started. To 1. Stop the vehicle. illuminate and the appropriate DIC message is displayed. See assist with directional control of the 2. Turn the engine off and wait Ride Control System Messages vehicle, the system should always 15 seconds. be left on. on page 5‑37. 3. Start the engine. When StabiliTrak is turned off, When StabiliTrak activates, d If d still comes on and stays on, the the system will not assist with flashes on the instrument panel. vehicle needs service. directional control of the vehicle A noise may be heard or vibration or limit wheel spin. Driving may be felt in the brake pedal. This should be adjusted accordingly. is normal. Continue to steer the See Traction Control System vehicle in the intended direction. (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on See Traction Control System (TCS)/ page 5‑21. StabiliTrak® Light on page 5‑21. . Press and release the TCS/ If a problem is detected with StabiliTrak button again to turn StabiliTrak, SERVICE the system back on. STABILITRAK is displayed on the Driver Information Center (DIC). If cruise control is being used when See Ride Control System Messages StabiliTrak activates, cruise control on page 5‑37. When this message will automatically disengage. Press the cruise control button to is displayed and d comes on and reengage when road conditions stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive allow. See Cruise Control on but the system is not operational. page 9 37. Driving should be adjusted ‑ accordingly. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (37,1)
Driving and Operating 9-37
Limited-Slip Differential TOUR: Use for normal city and Cruise Control highway driving. This setting Vehicles with a limited-slip provides a smooth, soft ride. With cruise control, the vehicle can differential can give more traction on maintain a speed of about 40 km/h SPORT: Use where road conditions snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. (25 mph) or more without keeping or personal preference demand It works like a standard differential your foot on the accelerator. Cruise more control. This setting provides most of the time, but when traction control does not work at speeds more feel, or response to road is low, this feature allows the drive “ ” below 40 km/h (25 mph). wheel with the most traction to conditions through increased move the vehicle. steering effort and suspension On vehicles with the Traction tuning. Control System (TCS) or the StabiliTrak® system, it may begin to The setting can be changed at any Selective Ride Control limit wheel spin while you are using time. Based on road conditions, The vehicle may have a ride control cruise control. If this happens, the steering wheel angle, and vehicle system called Selective Ride cruise control will automatically speed, the system automatically Control. The system provides the disengage. See Traction Control adjusts to provide the best handling following performance benefits: System (TCS) on page 9 34 or while providing a smooth ride. The ‑ StabiliTrak® System on page 9 35. . Reduced Impact Harshness TOUR and SPORT modes will feel ‑ similar on a smooth road. . Improved Road Isolation { WARNING . Improved High-Speed Stability Cruise control can be dangerous . Improved Handling Response where you cannot drive safely at . Better Control of Body Ride a steady speed. So, do not use Motions the cruise control on winding To switch from TOUR to SPORT roads or in heavy traffic. mode, move the shift lever to the left (Continued) while the transmission is in D (Drive). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (38,1)
9-38 Driving and Operating
1 (On/Off): Press to turn the 2. Get to the speed desired. WARNING (CONTINUED) cruise control system on and off. An 3. Move the thumbwheel down Cruise control can be dangerous indicator light will turn on or off in toward SET/− and release it. on slippery roads. On such roads, the instrument panel cluster. The desired set speed briefly fast changes in tire traction can * (Cancel): Press to disengage appears in the instrument panel cause excessive wheel slip, and cruise control without erasing the cluster. you could lose control. Do not use set speed from memory. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator cruise control on slippery roads. RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate): pedal. Move the thumbwheel up to make Resuming a Set Speed the vehicle resume to a previously set speed or to accelerate. If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the * thumbwheel down to set the speed are applied or the is pressed, the and activate cruise control or make cruise control is disengaged without the vehicle decelerate. erasing the set speed from memory. Once the vehicle reaches about Setting Cruise Control 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the If the cruise button is on when not in thumbwheel up toward RES/+ use, it could get bumped and go into briefly. The vehicle returns to the cruise when not desired. Keep the previous set speed and stays there. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. The cruise control buttons are 1 located on the steering wheel. 1. Press to turn the cruise control system on. The indicator light in the instrument panel cluster comes on. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (39,1)
Driving and Operating 9-39
Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small amounts, Ending Cruise Control Cruise Control move the thumbwheel toward SET/− briefly and then release it. There are three ways to end cruise If the cruise control system is Each time this is done, the control: already activated: vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h . To disengage cruise control, . Move the thumbwheel up toward (1 mph) slower. step lightly on the brake pedal; RES/+ and hold it until the when cruise control disengages, Passing Another Vehicle While vehicle accelerates to the the indicator light will not be lit. Using Cruise Control desired speed, and then . * release it. Use the accelerator pedal to Press on the steering wheel. increase the vehicle's speed. When . To increase the speed in small . To turn off the cruise control, you take your foot off the pedal, the amounts, move the thumbwheel press 1 on the steering wheel. vehicle will slow down to the up toward RES/+ briefly, then previous set cruise control speed. release it. Each time this is Erasing Speed Memory done, the vehicle goes about Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control set speed is 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. How well the cruise control works erased from memory by pressing 1 Reducing Speed While Using on hills depends upon the vehicle's or if the ignition is turned off. Cruise Control speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, If the cruise control system is you might have to step on the already activated: accelerator pedal to maintain the . Move the thumbwheel toward vehicle's speed. When going SET/− and hold until the desired downhill, you might have to brake or lower speed is reached, then shift to a lower gear to maintain the release it. vehicle's speed. When the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (40,1)
9-40 Driving and Operating
Object Detection objects can be detected may be WARNING (CONTINUED) less during warmer or humid Systems weather. damage, even with URPA, always Ultrasonic Parking Assist check the area around the vehicle Turning the System On and Off and check all mirrors before The URPA system can be turned on If available, the Ultrasonic Rear backing. and off using the park assist button Parking Assist (URPA) system located next to the shift lever. assists the driver with parking and avoiding objects while in How the System Works R (Reverse). URPA operates at URPA comes on automatically when speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). the shift lever is moved into The sensors on the rear bumper R (Reverse). A single tone sounds detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) to indicate the system is working. behind the vehicle, and at least URPA operates only at speeds less 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. than 8 km/h (5 mph). The indicator light next to the park { WARNING An obstacle is indicated by audible assist button lights up when the beeps. The interval between the system is on and turns off when it The URPA system does not beeps becomes shorter as the has been disabled. detect children, pedestrians, vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. When the system is off, a message bicyclists, animals, or objects When the distance is less than displays on the Driver Information below the bumper or that are too 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a Center (DIC). The message close or too far from the vehicle. continuous tone for five seconds. disappears after a short period It is not available at speeds To be detected, objects must be at of time. greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground and URPA defaults to the on setting prevent injury, death, or vehicle below trunk level. Objects must also each time the vehicle is started. (Continued) be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the rear bumper. The distance at which Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (41,1)
Driving and Operating 9-41
When the System Does Not weather. The message may not Seem to Work Properly clear until the frost or ice has { WARNING melted. The following messages may be SBZA does not detect vehicles displayed on the DIC: . An object was hanging out of the rapidly approaching outside of the trunk during the last drive cycle. SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this side blind zones, pedestrians, Once the object is removed, bicyclists, or animals. Failure to message occurs, take the vehicle to URPA will return to normal your dealer to repair the system. use proper care when changing operation. lanes may result in injury, death, PARK ASSIST OFF: If the URPA . The bumper is damaged. Take or vehicle damage. Before system does not activate due to a the vehicle to your dealer to making a lane change, always temporary condition, this message repair the system. check mirrors, glance over your displays on the DIC. This can occur under the following conditions: . Other conditions, such as shoulder, and use the turn vibrations from a jackhammer or signals. . The driver has disabled the the compression of air brakes on system. a very large truck, are affecting When the system detects a vehicle . The ultrasonic sensors are not system performance. in the side blind zone, amber SBZA clean. Keep the vehicle's rear displays will light up in the side bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, Side Blind Zone mirrors. This indicates that it may be ice, and slush. For cleaning Alert (SBZA) unsafe to change lanes. Before instructions, see Exterior Care making a lane change, always on page 10‑92. The vehicle may have a Side Blind check the SBZA display, check the Zone Alert (SBZA) system. Read . The park assist sensors are outside and rearview mirrors, look this entire section before using the covered by frost or ice. Frost or over your shoulder for vehicles and system. ice can form around and behind hazards, and use the turn signal. the sensors and may not always be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (42,1)
9-42 Driving and Operating
SBZA Detection Zones When the vehicle is started, both When the System Does Not Seem The SBZA sensor covers a zone of outside mirror displays will briefly to Work Properly approximately one lane over from come on to indicate that the system Occasional missed alerts can occur both sides of the vehicle, is operating. While driving forward, under normal circumstances and will or 3.5 m (11 ft). This zone starts at the left or right side mirror SBZA increase in wet conditions. The each side mirror and goes back display will light up if a vehicle is system does not need to be approximately 5.0 m (16 ft). The detected in that blind zone. If you serviced due to an occasional height of the zone is approximately activate a turn signal and a vehicle missed alert. The number of missed between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and has been detected on the same alerts will increase with increased 2.0 m (6 ft) off the ground. side, the SBZA display will flash to rainfall or road spray. give you extra warning not to The SBZA detection zones do not change lanes. If the SBZA displays do not light up change if the vehicle is towing a when the system is on and vehicles trailer. So be extra careful when SBZA displays do not come on are in the blind zone, the system changing lanes while towing a while the vehicle is approaching or may need service. Take the vehicle trailer. passing other vehicles. At speeds to your dealer. greater than 32 km/h (20 mph), How the System Works SBZA displays may come on when SBZA is designed to ignore a vehicle you have passed remains stationary objects; however, the in or drops back into the system may occasionally light up detection zone. due to guard rails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other stationary objects. SBZA can be disabled through This is normal system operation; the vehicle personalization. See Vehicle vehicle does not need service. Personalization on page 5‑39 for Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror more information. If the SBZA is SBZA does not operate when the Display Display disabled by the driver, the SBZA left or right corners of the rear mirror displays will not light up bumper are covered with mud, dirt, during normal driving. snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (43,1)
Driving and Operating 9-43
instructions, see Exterior Care on SBZA Error Messages FCC Information page 10 92. If the infotainment ‑ The following messages may See Radio Frequency Statement on display still shows the SIDE BLIND appear on the infotainment display: page 13 20 for information ZONE SYS. UNAVAILABLE ‑ regarding Part 15 of the Federal message after cleaning the bumper, SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT Communications Commission (FCC) see your dealer. SYSTEM OFF: This message indicates that the driver has turned rules and Industry Canada The SBZA displays may remain on the system off. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a bicycle or object is extending SIDE BLIND ZONE SYS. Rear Vision out to either side of the vehicle. UNAVAILABLE: This message indicates that the SBZA system is Camera (RVC) When SBZA is disabled for any disabled because the sensor is This vehicle may have an RVC reason other than the driver turning blocked and cannot detect vehicles it off, the driver will not be able to system. Read this entire section in the blind zone. The sensor may before using it. turn SBZA back on using vehicle be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, personalization. The On option will or slush. This message may also The RVC system can assist the not be selectable if the conditions activate during heavy rain or due to driver when backing up by for normal system operation are not road spray. The vehicle does not displaying a view of the area behind met. Until normal operating need service. For cleaning, see the vehicle. conditions for SBZA are met, you Exterior Care on page 10‑92. should not rely upon SBZA while { WARNING driving. SERVICE BLIND ZONE ALERT SYSTEM: If this message appears, The RVC system does not display both SBZA displays will remain on children, pedestrians, bicyclists, indicating there is a problem with animals, or any other object the SBZA system. If these displays located outside the camera's field remain on after continued driving, of view, below the bumper, the system needs service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (44,1)
9-44 Driving and Operating
. Shift into P (Park). 5. Select Camera. When a WARNING (CONTINUED) . Reach a vehicle speed of checkmark appears next to the 8 km/h (5 mph). Camera option, then the RVC or under the vehicle. Perceived system is on. distances may be different from Turning the Rear Vision Camera actual distances. Do not back the System On or Off Symbols vehicle using only the RVC To turn the RVC system on or off: The navigation system may have a screen, during longer, higher feature that lets the driver view speed backing maneuvers, 1. Shift into P (Park). symbols on the navigation screen or where there could be cross 2. Press the CONFIG button to while using the RVC. The Ultrasonic traffic. Failure to use proper care enter the configure menu Rear Park Assist (URPA) system before backing may result in options. must not be disabled to use the caution symbols. The error message injury, death, or vehicle damage. 3. Select Display. Always check behind and around Rear Parking Assist Symbols the vehicle before backing. Unavailable may display if URPA has been disabled and the symbols have been turned on. See An image appears on the navigation Ultrasonic Parking Assist on screen when the vehicle is shifted page 9‑40. into R (Reverse). The navigation screen goes to the previous screen The symbols appear and may cover after approximately 10 seconds an object when viewing the once the vehicle is shifted out of navigation screen when an object is R (Reverse). detected by the URPA system. To cancel the delay, do one of the To turn the symbols on or off: following: 1. Shift into P (Park). . Press a hard key on the navigation system. 4. Select Rear Camera Options. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (45,1)
Driving and Operating 9-45
2. Press the CONFIG button to 5. Select Guidelines. When a Rear Vision Camera Location enter the configure menu checkmark appears next to the options. Guidelines option, guidelines will 3. Select Display. appear. 4. Select Rear Camera Options. Rear Vision Camera Error Messages 5. Select Symbols. When a checkmark appears next to the SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA Symbols option, symbols will SYSTEM: This message can appear. display when the system is not receiving information it requires from Guidelines other vehicle systems. The RVC system may have a If any other problem occurs or if a guideline overlay that can help the problem persists, see your dealer. driver align the vehicle when The camera is located above the backing into a parking spot. license plate. To turn the guidelines on or off: The area displayed by the camera is 1. Shift into P (Park). limited. It does not display objects 2. Press the CONFIG button to that are close to either corner or enter the configure menu under the bumper and can vary options. depending on vehicle orientation or road conditions. The distance of the 3. Select Display. image that appears on the screen is 4. Select Rear Camera Options. different from the actual distance. The following illustration shows the field of view that the camera provides. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (46,1)
9-46 Driving and Operating
When the System Does Not Fuel Seem to Work Properly Use of the recommended fuel is an The RVC system may not work important part of the proper properly or display a clear image if: maintenance of this vehicle. To help . The RVC is turned off. See keep the engine clean and maintain “Turning the Rear Camera optimum vehicle performance, we System On or Off” earlier in this recommend the use of gasoline section. advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. . It is dark. Look for the TOP TIER label on the . The sun or the beam of fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets headlamps are shining directly 1. View displayed by the camera. enhanced detergency standards into the camera lens. developed by auto companies. A list . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else of marketers providing TOP TIER builds up on the camera lens. Detergent Gasoline can be found at Clean the lens, rinse it with www.toptiergas.com. TOP TIER water, and wipe it with a soft gasoline is only available in the U.S. cloth. and Canada. . The back of the vehicle is in an accident. The position and mounting angle of the camera can change or the camera can 1. View displayed by the camera. be affected. Be sure to have the 2. Corner of the rear bumper. camera and its position and mounting angle checked at your dealer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (47,1)
Driving and Operating 9-47
Recommended Fuel California Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline with Requirements a posted octane rating of 87 or If the vehicle is certified to meet higher. If the octane rating is less California Emissions Standards, it is than 87, an audible knocking noise, designed to operate on fuels that commonly referred to as spark meet California specifications. See knock, might be heard when driving. the underhood emission control If this occurs, use a gasoline rated label. If this fuel is not available in at 87 octane or higher as soon as states adopting California Emissions possible. If heavy knocking is heard Standards, the vehicle will operate when using gasoline rated at satisfactorily on fuels meeting 87 octane or higher, the engine federal specifications, but emission The eighth digit of the Vehicle needs service. control system performance might Identification Number (VIN) shows be affected. The malfunction the code letter or number that Gasoline Specifications indicator lamp could turn on and the identifies the vehicle's engine. The vehicle might fail a smog check test. VIN is at the top left of the At a minimum, gasoline should meet ‐ See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on instrument panel. See Vehicle ASTM specification D 4814. Some page 5 16. If this occurs, return to Identification Number (VIN) on gasolines contain an ‑ your authorized dealer for diagnosis. page 12‑1. octane-enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese If it is determined that the condition tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend is caused by the type of fuel used, against the use of gasolines repairs might not be covered by the containing MMT. See Fuel Additives vehicle warranty. on page 9‑48 for additional information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (48,1)
9-48 Driving and Operating
Fuels in Foreign regulations. To help keep fuel recommend that you use these injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the Countries and avoid problems due to dirty specifications described earlier. Never use leaded gasoline or any injectors or valves, look for gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and other fuel not recommended in the that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than previous text on fuel. Costly repairs Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 15% ethanol must not be used in caused by use of improper fuel TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for would not be covered by the vehicle ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels. warranty. detergency standards developed by Notice: This vehicle was not the auto companies. A list of To check the fuel availability, ask an designed for fuel that contains marketers providing TOP TIER auto club, or contact a major oil methanol. Do not use fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at company that does business in the containing methanol. It can www.toptiergas.com. country where you will be driving. corrode metal parts in the fuel For customers who do not use TOP system and also damage plastic Fuel Additives TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and rubber parts. That damage one bottle of GM Fuel System would not be covered under the To provide cleaner air, all gasolines Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicle warranty. in the United States are now tank at every engine oil change, can required to contain additives that Some gasolines that are not help clean deposits from fuel reformulated for low emissions can help prevent engine and fuel system injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel deposits from forming, allowing the contain an octane-enhancing System Treatment PLUS is the only additive called emission control system to work gasoline additive recommended by properly. In most cases, nothing methylcyclopentadienyl manganese General Motors. It is available at tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant should have to be added to the fuel. your dealer. However, some gasolines contain where you buy gasoline whether the only the minimum amount of Gasolines containing oxygenates, fuel contains MMT. We recommend additive required to meet U.S. such as ethers and ethanol, and against the use of such gasolines. Environmental Protection Agency reformulated gasolines might be Fuels containing MMT can reduce available in your area. We spark plug life and affect emission Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (49,1)
Driving and Operating 9-49
control system performance. The indicating ethanol content. Do not often when using E85 than when malfunction indicator lamp might use the fuel if the ethanol content is you are using gasoline. See Filling turn on. If this occurs, return to your greater than 85%. the Tank on page 9‑50. dealer for service. At a minimum, E85 should meet Notice: Some additives are not ASTM Specification D 5798 or compatible with E85 fuel and can Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling harm the vehicle's fuel system. Vehicles that have a yellow fuel cap the tank with fuel mixtures that do Do not add anything to E85. can use either unleaded gasoline or not meet ASTM or CGSB Damage caused by additives ethanol fuel containing up to 85% specifications can affect driveability would not be covered by the ethanol (E85). For all other vehicles, and could cause the malfunction vehicle warranty. use only the unleaded gasoline indicator lamp to come on. As the Notice: This vehicle was not described under Recommended outside temperature approaches designed for fuel that contains Fuel on page 9‑47. freezing, ethanol fuel distributors methanol. Do not use fuel should supply winter grade ethanol, We encourage the use of E85 in containing methanol. It can the same as with unleaded corrode metal parts in the fuel vehicles that are designed to use it. gasoline. The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” system and also damage plastic fuel, meaning it is made from The starting characteristics of E85 and rubber parts. That damage renewable sources such as corn fuel make it unsuitable for use when would not be covered under the and other crops. temperatures fall below −18°C (0° vehicle warranty. F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to 0° Many service stations will not have C (32°F), it may take more time to an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump start the engine. available. The U.S. Department of Energy has an alternative fuels E85 has less energy per liter website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ (gallon) than gasoline, so you will locator/stations/) that can help you need to refill the fuel tank more find E85 fuel. Those stations that do have E85 should have a label Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (50,1)
9-50 Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank The tethered fuel cap is behind the WARNING (CONTINUED) fuel door on the vehicle's passenger side. Turn the fuel cap . { WARNING Fuel can spray out if the fuel counterclockwise to remove. While cap is opened too quickly. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn refueling, hang the tethered fuel cap This spray can happen if the from the hook on the fuel door. violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is Reinstall the cap by turning it death. more likely in hot weather. clockwise until it clicks . To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly and Do not top off or overfill the tank and and others, read and follow wait for any hiss noise to stop wait a few seconds before removing all the instructions on the fuel then unscrew the cap all the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted pump island. the way surfaces as soon as possible. See . Turn off the engine when Exterior Care on page 10‑92. refueling. . Keep sparks, flames, and { WARNING smoking materials away from fuel. If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the . Do not leave the fuel pump nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by unattended. shutting off the pump or by . Do not reenter the vehicle notifying the station attendant. while pumping fuel. Leave the area immediately. . Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let Notice: If a new fuel cap is children pump fuel. needed, be sure to get the right (Continued) type of cap from your dealer. The wrong type of fuel cap might not Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (51,1)
Driving and Operating 9-51
fit properly, might cause the Towing malfunction indicator lamp to WARNING (CONTINUED) light, and could damage the fuel . tank and emissions system. See Place container on the General Towing Malfunction Indicator Lamp on ground. Information page 5 16. . Place the nozzle inside the fill ‑ Only use towing equipment that has opening of the container been designed for the vehicle. before dispensing fuel, and Filling a Portable Fuel Contact your dealer or trailering keep it in contact with the fill Container dealer for assistance with preparing opening until filling is the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read complete. { WARNING the entire section before towing a . Do not smoke while trailer. pumping fuel. Filling a portable fuel container For towing a disabled vehicle, see while it is in the vehicle can cause Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑90. fuel vapors that can ignite either For towing the vehicle behind by static electricity or other another vehicle such as a motor means. You or others could be home, see Recreational Vehicle badly burned and the vehicle Towing on page 10‑90. could be damaged. Always: . Use approved fuel containers. . Remove container from vehicle, trunk, or pickup bed before filling. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (52,1)
9-52 Driving and Operating
Driving Characteristics Towing a trailer requires a certain { WARNING amount of experience. The and Towing Tips combination you are driving is When towing a trailer, exhaust Driving with a Trailer longer and not as responsive as the gases may collect at the rear of vehicle itself. Get acquainted with When towing a trailer: the vehicle and enter if the the handling and braking of the rig . Become familiar with the state liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most before setting out for the open road. window is open. and local laws that apply Before starting, check all trailer hitch specifically to trailer towing. When towing a trailer: parts and attachments, safety . Do not tow a trailer during the . Do not drive with the liftgate, chains, electrical connectors, lamps, first 800 km (500 miles), to trunk/hatch, or rear-most tires and mirrors. If the trailer has prevent damage to the engine, window open. electric brakes, start the axle or other parts. combination moving and then apply . Fully open the air outlets on the trailer brake controller by hand . Then, during the first 800 km or under the instrument to be sure the brakes work. (500 miles) trailer towing, do not panel. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and During the trip, check occasionally . do not make starts at full throttle. Also adjust the Climate to be sure that the load is secure Control system to a setting and the lamps and any trailer . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive) that brings in only outside air. brakes still work. but M (Manual Mode) is See Climate Control System recommended. See Manual in the Index. Towing with a Stability Control Mode on page 9‑29. Use a lower System gear if the transmission shifts For more information about too often. Carbon Monoxide, see Engine When towing, the sound of the Exhaust on page 9‑26. stability control system might be heard. The system is reacting to the vehicle movement caused by the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (53,1)
Driving and Operating 9-53
trailer, which mainly occurs during Making Turns burned out. Check occasionally to cornering. This is normal when be sure the trailer bulbs are still Notice: Making very sharp turns towing heavier trailers. working. while trailering could cause the Following Distance trailer to come in contact with the Driving on Grades vehicle. The vehicle could be Stay at least twice as far behind the damaged. Avoid making very Reduce speed and shift to a lower vehicle ahead as you would when sharp turns while trailering. gear before starting down a long or driving the vehicle without a trailer. steep downgrade. If the This can help to avoid situations When turning with a trailer, make transmission is not shifted down, the that require heavy braking and wider turns than normal so the brakes might have to be used so sudden turns. trailer will not strike soft shoulders, much that they would get hot and no curbs, road signs, trees or other longer work well. Passing objects. Use the turn signal well in The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). More passing distance is needed advance and avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Use a lower gear if the transmission when towing a trailer. Because the shifts too often. rig is longer, it is necessary to go Turn Signals When Towing a When towing at high altitude on farther beyond the passed vehicle Trailer before returning to the lane. steep uphill grades, engine coolant The turn signal indicators on the boils at a lower temperature than at Backing Up instrument cluster flash whenever normal altitudes. If the engine is Hold the bottom of the steering signaling a turn or lane change. turned off immediately after towing wheel with one hand. To move the Properly hooked up, the trailer at high altitude on steep uphill trailer to the left, move your hand to lamps also flash, telling other grades, the vehicle could show the left. To move the trailer to the drivers the vehicle is turning, signs similar to engine overheating. right, move your hand to the right. changing lanes or stopping. To avoid this, let the engine run while parked, preferably on level Always back up slowly and, When towing a trailer, the arrows on if possible, have someone ground, with the transmission in the instrument cluster flash for turns P (Park) for a few minutes before guide you. even if the bulbs on the trailer are Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (54,1)
9-54 Driving and Operating
turning the engine off. If the 3. When the wheel chocks are in page 11‑2. Things that are overheat warning comes on, see place, release the brake pedal especially important in trailer Engine Overheating on page 10‑21. until the chocks absorb the load. operation are automatic transmission fluid, engine oil, axle Parking on Hills 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the parking brake and shift lubricant, belts, cooling system and into P (Park). brake system. Inspect these before { WARNING and during the trip. 5. Release the brake pedal. Parking the vehicle on a hill with Check periodically to see that all the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill hitch nuts and bolts are tight. dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal Engine Cooling When Trailer wrong, the rig could start to move. while you: Towing People can be injured, and both . Start the engine. the vehicle and the trailer can be The cooling system may temporarily damaged. When possible, always . Shift into a gear. overheat during severe operating conditions. See Engine Overheating park the rig on a flat surface. . Release the parking brake. on page 10‑21. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. If parking the rig on a hill: 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing (Except 1. Press the brake pedal, but do clear of the chocks. eAssist) not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 4. Stop and have someone pick up Before pulling a trailer, there are the wheels into the curb if facing and store the chocks. three important considerations that downhill or into traffic if facing have to do with weight: uphill. Maintenance When Trailer . The weight of the trailer. 2. Have someone place chocks Towing under the trailer wheels. The vehicle needs service more . The weight of the trailer tongue. often when pulling a trailer. See the . The total weight on your Maintenance Schedule on vehicle's tires. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (55,1)
Driving and Operating 9-55
Weight of the Trailer Ask your dealer for trailering information or advice, or write us at How heavy can a trailer safely be? our Customer Assistance Offices. It should never weigh more than See Customer Assistance Offices 454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or can be too heavy. Customer Assistance Offices It depends on how the rig is used. (Mexico) on page 13‑5. For example, speed, altitude, road Weight of the Trailer Tongue grades, outside temperature, and how much the vehicle is used to pull The tongue load (1) of any trailer is a trailer are all important. It can an important weight to measure depend on any special equipment because it affects the total gross weight of the vehicle. The Gross on the vehicle, and the amount of The trailer tongue (1) should weigh Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the tongue weight the vehicle can carry. 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded curb weight of the vehicle, any See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” trailer weight (2). later in this section. cargo carried in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. After loading the trailer, weigh the Maximum trailer weight is calculated If there are a lot of options, trailer and then the tongue, assuming only the driver is in the equipment, passengers, or cargo in separately, to see if the weights are tow vehicle and it has all the the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue proper. If they are not, adjustments required trailering equipment. The weight the vehicle can carry, which might be made by moving some weight of additional optional will also reduce the trailer weight the items around in the trailer. equipment, passengers, and cargo vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, in the tow vehicle must be the tongue load must be added to subtracted from the maximum trailer the GVW because the vehicle will weight. be carrying that weight, too. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (56,1)
9-56 Driving and Operating
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's bumper-type hitches to it. Use Trailer Brakes only a frame-mounted hitch that Tires Does the trailer have its own does not attach to the bumper. Be sure the vehicle's tires are brakes? Be sure to read and follow inflated to the upper limit for cold . Will any holes be made in the the instructions for the trailer brakes tires. These numbers can be found body of the vehicle when the so they are installed, adjusted, and on the Tire and Loading Information trailer hitch is installed? If so, maintained properly. seal the holes when the hitch is label. See Vehicle Load Limits on Because the vehicle has antilock removed. If the holes are not page 9‑10. Make sure not to go over brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's sealed, dirt, water, and deadly the GVW limit for the vehicle, brake system. If this is done, both carbon monoxide (CO) from the including the weight of the trailer brake systems will not work well, exhaust can get into the vehicle. tongue. or at all. See Engine Exhaust on Trailer Towing (eAssist) page 9‑26. The vehicle is neither designed nor Safety Chains intended to tow a trailer. Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the Towing Equipment safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue Hitches from contacting the road if it Use the correct hitch equipment. becomes separated from the hitch. See your dealer or a hitch dealer for Leave enough slack so the rig can assistance. turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. . The rear bumper on the vehicle is not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (57,1)
Driving and Operating 9-57
Conversions and Add-Ons Add-On Electrical Equipment Notice: Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑30 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑30. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (58,1)
9-58 Driving and Operating
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Vehicle Care 10-1
Power Steering Fluid (2.4L LED Lighting ...... 10-31 Vehicle Care L4 Engine and 3.6L Headlamps, Front Turn V6 Engine with FWD) . . . . . 10-23 Signal and Parking Power Steering Fluid (3.6L Lamps ...... 10-32 General Information V6 Engine with AWD) . . . . . 10-23 Taillamps, Turn Signal, General Information ...... 10-2 Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Stoplamps, and Back-Up California Proposition Brakes ...... 10-25 Lamps ...... 10-33 65 Warning ...... 10-2 Brake Fluid ...... 10-26 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-33 California Perchlorate Battery ...... 10-27 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-34 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-28 Accessories and Starter Switch Check ...... 10-28 Electrical System Modifications ...... 10-3 Automatic Transmission Shift High Voltage Devices and Vehicle Checks Lock Control Function Wiring ...... 10-35 Check ...... 10-29 Electrical System Doing Your Own Overload ...... 10-35 Service Work ...... 10-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 10-29 Fuses and Circuit Hood ...... 10-4 Breakers ...... 10-36 Engine Compartment Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check ...... 10-29 Engine Compartment Fuse Overview ...... 10-6 Block ...... 10-36 Engine Oil ...... 10-11 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 10-30 Instrument Panel Fuse Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 Block ...... 10-40 Automatic Transmission Headlamp Aiming Fluid ...... 10-14 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-31 Wheels and Tires Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-15 Tires ...... 10-42 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Bulb Replacement All-Season Tires ...... 10-43 Engine Coolant ...... 10-18 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Winter Tires ...... 10-43 Engine Overheating ...... 10-21 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Summer Tires ...... 10-44 Overheated Engine High Intensity Discharge Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-44 Protection (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 Tire Designations ...... 10-46 Operating Mode ...... 10-22 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Terminology and Storing the Tire Sealant and General Information Definitions ...... 10-47 Compressor Kit ...... 10-79 Tire Pressure ...... 10-50 Tire Changing ...... 10-80 For service and parts needs, visit Tire Pressure Monitor Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-86 your dealer. You will receive System ...... 10-51 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting and supported service people. Operation ...... 10-52 Jump Starting (On-board with eAssist Only) ...... 10-87 Genuine GM parts have one of Tire Inspection ...... 10-55 these marks: Tire Rotation ...... 10-56 Jump Starting (with or When It Is Time for New without eAssist) ...... 10-87 Tires ...... 10-57 Towing Buying New Tires ...... 10-58 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-90 Different Size Tires and Recreational Vehicle Wheels ...... 10-59 Towing ...... 10-90 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 10-60 Appearance Care Wheel Alignment and Tire Exterior Care ...... 10-92 Balance ...... 10-61 Interior Care ...... 10-95 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 Floor Mats ...... 10-98 Tire Chains ...... 10-62 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-63 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure Relief Button) ...... 10-64 California Proposition Tire Sealant and Compressor 65 Warning Kit (With Pressure Deflation Most motor vehicles, including this Button) ...... 10-71 one, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered eAssist Vehicles Only California Perchlorate by the vehicle warranty. { WARNING Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the Certain types of automotive Never try to do your own service installation or use of non GM applications, such as airbag ‐ on eAssist components. You can certified parts, including control initiators, safety belt pretensioners, be injured and the vehicle can be module or software modifications, is and lithium batteries contained in damaged if you try to do your own not covered under the terms of the Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, service work. Service and repair vehicle warranty and may affect may contain perchlorate materials. of these eAssist components remaining warranty coverage for Special handling may be necessary. affected parts. should only be performed by a For additional information, see trained service technician with the www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to proper knowledge and tools. perchlorate. complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories Modifications installed by a dealer technician. Adding non‐dealer accessories or Also, see Adding Equipment to the making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on can affect vehicle performance and page 3‑30. safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
10-4 Vehicle Care
All Vehicles Keep a record with all parts receipts 1. Pull the interior hood release and list the mileage and the date of handle located to the left of the { WARNING any service work performed. See steering column below the Maintenance Records on instrument panel. It can be dangerous to work on page 11‑15. your vehicle if you do not have Notice: Even small amounts of the proper knowledge, service contamination can cause damage manual, tools, or parts. Always to vehicle systems. Do not allow follow owner manual procedures contaminants to contact the and consult the service manual fluids, reservoir caps, for your vehicle before doing any or dipsticks. service work. Hood If doing some of your own service To open the hood: work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and proper service manual, see Service push the secondary hood Publications Ordering Information release handle toward the driver on page 13‑16. side of the vehicle. This vehicle has an airbag system. 3. Lift the hood. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Airbag System Check on page 3‑31. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Vehicle Care 10-5
To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. 2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in) above the vehicle and release it so it fully latches. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
2.4L L4 Engine Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Vehicle Care 10-7
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 11. Engine Compartment Fuse page 10‑15. Block on page 10‑36. 2. Engine Cover. 12. Windshield Washer Fluid 3. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of Reservoir. See Washer Fluid View). See Cooling System on on page 10‑24. page 10‑17. 4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil on page 10‑11. 5. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of View). See Engine Oil on page 10‑11. 6. High Voltage Cable (Orange Color). 7. Transmission Fluid Cap. See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑14. 8. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Brakes on page 10‑25. 9. Battery (Under Cover). See Battery on page 10‑27. 10. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
10-8 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine AWD Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
Vehicle Care 10-9
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on 9. Battery Cover. See Battery on page 10‑15. page 10‑27. 2. Power Steering Reservoir and 10. Engine Compartment Fuse Cap. See Power Steering Fluid Block on page 10‑36. (2.4L L4 Engine and 3.6L 11. Windshield Washer Fluid V6 Engine with FWD) on Reservoir. See Washer Fluid page 10 23 or Power Steering ‑ on page 10‑24. Fluid (3.6L V6 Engine with AWD) on page 10‑23. 3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil on page 10‑11. 4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil on page 10‑11. 5. Engine Cover. 6. Transmission Fluid Cap and Dipstick. See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑14. 7. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Brakes on page 10‑25. 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
10-10 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine FWD Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
Vehicle Care 10-11
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil page 10‑15. To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine performance and long life, careful oil level at each fuel fill. In order to Oil on page 10‑11. attention must be paid to engine oil. get an accurate reading, the vehicle 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Following these simple, but must be on level ground. The Oil on page 10‑11. important steps will help protect engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. your investment: See Engine Compartment Overview 4. Engine Cover. on page 10‑6 for the location of the . Always use engine oil approved 5. Transmission Fluid Cap and engine oil dipstick. to the proper specification and of Dipstick. See Automatic the proper viscosity grade. See Obtaining an accurate oil level Transmission Fluid on “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” reading is essential: page 10‑14. in this section. 1. If the engine has been running 6. Brake Master Cylinder . Check the engine oil level recently, turn off the engine and Reservoir. See Brakes on regularly and maintain the allow several minutes for the oil page 10‑25. proper oil level. See “Checking to drain back into the oil pan. 7. Coolant Surge Tank and Engine Oil” and “When to Add Checking the oil level too soon Pressure Cap. See Engine Engine Oil” in this section. after engine shutoff will not Coolant on page 10‑18. provide an accurate oil level . Change the engine oil at the reading. 8. Battery Cover. See Battery on appropriate time. See Engine Oil page 10‑27. Life System on page 10‑13. { WARNING 9. Engine Compartment Fuse . Always dispose of engine oil Block on page 10‑36. properly. See “What to Do with The engine oil dipstick handle 10. Windshield Washer Fluid Used Oil” in this section. may be hot; it could burn you. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Use a towel or glove to touch the on page 10‑24. dipstick handle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
10-12 Vehicle Care
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it to the engine. If you find that you Specification with a paper towel or cloth, then have an oil level above the Use and ask for licensed engine oils push it back in all the way. operating range, i.e., the engine with the dexos1® approved Remove it again, keeping the tip has so much oil that the oil level certification mark. Engine oils down, and check the level. gets above the cross-hatched meeting the requirements for the area that shows the proper When to Add Engine Oil vehicle should have the dexos1 operating range, the engine could approved certification mark. This be damaged. You should drain certification mark indicates that the out the excess oil or limit driving oil has been approved to the dexos1 of the vehicle and seek a service specification. professional to remove the excess amount of oil. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for the location of the If the oil is below the cross-hatched engine oil fill cap. area at the tip of the dipstick, add Add enough oil to put the level 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil somewhere in the proper operating and then recheck the level. See range. Push the dipstick all the way Notice: Failure to use the Selecting the Right Engine Oil in “ ” back in when through. recommended engine oil or this section for an explanation of equivalent can result in engine what kind of oil to use. For engine Selecting the Right Engine Oil damage not covered by the oil crankcase capacity, see vehicle warranty. Check with your Capacities and Specifications on Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil dealer or service provider on page 12‑2. specification and viscosity grade. whether the oil is approved to the Notice: Do not add too much oil. See Recommended Fluids and dexos1 specification. Oil levels above or below the Lubricants on page 11‑12. acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
Vehicle Care 10-13
Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System recommended and could cause SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity When to Change Engine Oil grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine damage not covered by the other viscosity grade oils such as vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the Cold Temperature Operation: In an engine oil and filter. This is based Used engine oil contains certain on a combination of factors which area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for temperature falls below −29°C (−20° include engine revolutions, engine your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven. F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on An oil of this viscosity grade will Based on driving conditions, the your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is provide easier cold starting for the skin and nails with soap and water, engine at extremely low indicated can vary considerably. For or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil life system to work properly, temperatures. When selecting an oil properly dispose of clothing or rags of the appropriate viscosity grade, the system must be reset every time containing used engine oil. See the the oil is changed. always select an oil of the correct manufacturer's warnings about the specification. See “Specification” use and disposal of oil products. When the system has calculated earlier in this section for more that oil life has been diminished, it information. Used oil can be a threat to the indicates that an oil change is environment. If you change your necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil OIL SOON message comes on. See Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑35. dispose of oil by putting it in the Do not add anything to the oil. The Change the oil as soon as possible trash or pouring it on the ground, recommended oils with the dexos within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). into sewers, or into streams or specification and displaying the It is possible that, if driving under bodies of water. Recycle it by taking dexos certification mark are all that the best conditions, the oil life it to a place that collects used oil. is needed for good performance and system might indicate that an oil engine protection. change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
10-14 Vehicle Care
be changed at least once a year 2. Press the DIC MENU button on Automatic Transmission and, at this time, the system must the turn signal lever to enter the be reset. Your dealer has trained Vehicle Information Menu. Use Fluid service people who will perform this the thumbwheel to scroll through How to Check Automatic work and reset the system. It is also the menu items until you reach Transmission Fluid important to check the oil regularly REMAINING OIL LIFE. over the course of an oil drain It is not necessary to check the 3. Press the SET/CLR button to transmission fluid level. interval and keep it at the proper reset the oil life at 100%. level. A transmission fluid leak is the only 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. reason for fluid loss. If a leak If the system is ever reset occurs, take the vehicle to your The system is reset when the accidentally, the oil must be dealer service department and have CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) it repaired as soon as possible. since the last oil change. message is off and the REMAINING Remember to reset the oil life OIL LIFE 100% message is There is a special procedure for system whenever the oil is changed. displayed. checking and changing the transmission fluid. Because this If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON How to Reset the Engine Oil procedure is difficult, you should message comes back on when the Life System have this done at your dealer vehicle is started, the engine oil life service department. Contact your Reset the system whenever the system has not been reset. Repeat dealer for additional information or engine oil is changed so that the the procedure. system can calculate the next the procedure can be found in the engine oil change. To reset the service manual. To purchase a system: service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with on page 13‑16. the engine off. Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑2, and be sure Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
Vehicle Care 10-15
to use the fluid listed in How to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the engine air Recommended Fluids and Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter: Lubricants on page 11‑12. To inspect the air cleaner/filter, 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10 4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter remove the filter from the vehicle ‑ and lightly shake the filter to release 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by The engine air cleaner/filter is loose dust and dirt. If the filter loosening the air duct clamp (2). located in the engine compartment remains covered with dirt, a new on the driver side of the vehicle. filter is required. 3. Disconnect the electrical See Engine Compartment Overview connector (3). on page 10‑6 for more information 4. Remove the screws (1) on top of on location. the engine air cleaner/filter housing. When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 5. Lift the filter cover housing away from the engine air cleaner/filter Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the housing. scheduled maintenance intervals and replace it at the first oil change 6. Pull out the filter. after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) 7. Inspect or replace the engine air interval. See Maintenance Schedule cleaner/filter. on page 11‑2 for more information. If you are driving in dusty/dirty 8. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall 2.4L L4 Engine conditions, inspect the filter at each the filter cover housing. engine oil change. 1. Screws 2. Air Duct Clamp 3. Electrical Connector Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
10-16 Vehicle Care
4. Remove the screws (3) on top of 2. Air Duct Clamp the engine air cleaner/filter 3. Screws housing. 4. Secondary Air Hose 5. Lift the filter cover housing away from the engine air cleaner/filter To inspect or replace the engine air housing. cleaner/filter: 6. Pull out the filter. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10‑4. 7. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening the air duct clamp (2). 8. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall the filter cover housing. 3. Disconnect the electrical 3.6L V6 Engine AWD connector (1). 1. Electrical Connector 4. Remove the screws (3) on top of 2. Air Duct Clamp the engine air cleaner/filter housing. 3. Screws 5. Disconnect the secondary air To inspect or replace the engine air hose (4). cleaner/filter: 6. Lift the filter cover housing away 1. Open the hood. See Hood on from the engine air cleaner/filter page 10‑4. housing. 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by 7. Pull out the filter. loosening the air duct clamp (2). 8. Inspect or replace the engine air 3. Disconnect the electrical 3.6L V6 Engine FWD cleaner/filter. connector (1). 1. Electrical Connector Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
Vehicle Care 10-17
9. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall Cooling System 3.6L V6 Engine AWD the filter cover housing. The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct { WARNING working temperature. Operating the engine with the air 2.4L L4 Engine cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is 1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out off, dirt can easily get into the of View) engine, which could damage it. 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Always have the air cleaner/filter Pressure Cap in place when you are driving. 1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View) 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
10-18 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine FWD Engine Coolant { WARNING The cooling system in the vehicle is Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL® engine other engine parts, can be very coolant mixture. See Recommended hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 you can be burned. and Maintenance Schedule on page 11 2. Do not run the engine if there is a ‑ leak. If you run the engine, it The following explains the cooling could lose all coolant. That could system and how to check and add cause an engine fire, and you coolant when it is low. If there is a could be burned. Get any leak problem with engine overheating, fixed before you drive the vehicle. see Engine Overheating on page 10‑21. 1. Engine Cooling Fans (Out Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use of View) DEX-COOL® can cause premature 2. Coolant Surge Tank and engine, heater core, or radiator { WARNING Pressure Cap corrosion. In addition, the engine coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some { WARNING sooner. Any repairs would not be other liquid to the cooling system covered by the vehicle warranty. can be dangerous. Plain water An electric engine cooling fan Always use DEX-COOL and other liquids can boil before under the hood can start up even (silicate-free) coolant in the the proper coolant mixture will. when the engine is not running vehicle. The coolant warning system is set and can cause injury. Keep for the proper coolant mixture. hands, clothing, and tools away With plain water or the wrong from any underhood electric fan. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (19,1)
Vehicle Care 10-19
. Protects against rust and coolant disposal. This will help WARNING (CONTINUED) corrosion. protect the environment and your . health. mixture, the engine could get too Will not damage aluminum parts. hot but you would not get the . Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant temperature. overheat warning. The engine The vehicle must be on a level could catch fire and you or others Notice: If improper coolant surface when checking the coolant could be burned. Use a 50/ mixture, inhibitors, or additives level. 50 mixture of clean, drinkable are used in the vehicle s cooling ’ Check to see if coolant is visible in water and DEX-COOL coolant for system, the engine could the coolant surge tank. If the coolant non-eAssist engine(s). Use a 50/ overheat and be damaged. Too inside the coolant surge tank is 50 mixture of deionized water and much deionized water or clean boiling, do not do anything else until DEX-COOL coolant for eAssist drinkable water can freeze and it cools down. engine(s). crack engine cooling parts. The repairs would not be covered by If coolant is visible but the coolant the warranty. Use only the proper level is not at or above the mark Use a 50/50 mixture of deionized mixture of engine coolant for the pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of water or clean, drinkable water and cooling system. See deionized water or clean drinkable DEX-COOL coolant. If using this Recommended Fluids and water and DEX-COOL coolant. mixture, nothing else needs to be Lubricants on page 11 12. added. ‑ Be sure the cooling system is cool Never dispose of engine coolant by before this is done. This mixture: putting it in the trash, pouring it on . Gives freezing protection down the ground, or into sewers, streams, to −37°C (−34°F), outside or bodies of water. Have the coolant temperature. changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal . Gives boiling protection up to 129°C (265°F), engine requirements regarding used temperature. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (20,1)
10-20 Vehicle Care
If no coolant is visible in the coolant 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly surge tank, add coolant as follows: { WARNING counterclockwise. If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. How to Add Coolant to the Steam and scalding liquids from a A hiss means there is still some Coolant Surge Tank hot cooling system can blow out pressure left. and burn you badly. Never turn 2. Keep turning the cap and { WARNING the cap when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure remove it. You can be burned if you spill cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling coolant on hot engine parts. system and surge tank pressure Coolant contains ethylene glycol cap to cool. and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine.
Notice: This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure. Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely The coolant surge tank pressure damaged. cap can be removed when the cooling system, including the surge 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with tank pressure cap and upper the proper mixture to the mark radiator hose, is no longer hot. pointed to on the front of the coolant surge tank. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (21,1)
Vehicle Care 10-21
4. With the coolant surge tank cap condition. See Engine Coolant Then check to see if the engine off, start the engine and let it run Temperature Warning Light on cooling fans are running. If the until the upper radiator hose page 5‑22 for more information. engine is overheating, the fans starts getting hot. Watch out for should be running. If not, do not the engine cooling fans. By this 3.6L V6 Engine continue to run the engine and have time, the coolant level inside the There is a coolant temperature the vehicle serviced. coolant surge tank may be gauge and a engine coolant Notice: Engine damage from lower. If the level is lower, add temperature warning light on the running the engine without more of the proper mixture to the instrument panel cluster that coolant is not covered by the coolant surge tank until the level indicate an overheated engine warranty. reaches the mark pointed to on condition. See Engine Coolant the front of the coolant Temperature Gauge on page 5‑13 If Steam Is Coming from the surge tank. and Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Compartment 5. Replace the cap tightly. Warning Light on page 5‑22 for more information. See Overheated Engine Protection Notice: If the pressure cap is not Operating Mode on page 10‑22 for tightly installed, coolant loss and If the decision is made not to lift the information on driving to a safe possible engine damage may hood when this warning appears, place in an emergency. get service help right away. See occur. Be sure the cap is properly If No Steam Is Coming from and tightly secured. Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or the Engine Compartment Engine Overheating Roadside Assistance Program If an engine overheat warning is (Mexico) on page 13‑9. displayed but no steam can be seen 2.4L L4 Engine If the decision is made to lift the or heard, the problem might not be There is a engine coolant hood, make sure the vehicle is too serious. Sometimes the engine temperature warning light on the parked on a level surface. can get a little too hot when the instrument panel cluster that vehicle: indicates an overheated engine . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (22,1)
10-22 Vehicle Care
. Stops after high-speed driving. 3.6L V6 Engine Overheated Engine . Idles for long periods in traffic. If the temperature overheat gauge is Protection . Tows a trailer. no longer in the overheat zone or an Operating Mode engine coolant temperature warning If the overheat warning displays with light no longer displays, the vehicle This emergency operating mode no sign of steam: can be driven. Continue to drive the allows the vehicle to be driven to a 1. Turn the air conditioning off. vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. safe place in an emergency Keep a safe vehicle distance from situation. If an overheated engine 2. Turn the heater on to the highest the vehicle in front. If the warning condition exists, an overheat temperature and to the highest does not come back on, continue to protection mode which alternates fan speed. Open the windows as drive normally. firing groups of cylinders helps necessary. prevent engine damage. In this If the warning continues, pull over, 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine mode, there is significant loss in stop, and park the vehicle idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. power and engine performance. right away. If it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or If there is no sign of steam, idle the 2.4L L4 Engine N (Neutral), and let the engine for three minutes while The engine coolant temperature engine idle. parked. If the warning is still warning light comes on the displayed, turn off the engine until it instrument panel, to indicate the 2.4L L4 Engine cools down. Also, see Overheated vehicle has entered overheated If the engine coolant temperature Engine Protection Operating Mode engine protection operating mode. warning light no longer displays, the on page 10‑22. Driving extended distances and/or vehicle can be driven. Continue to towing a trailer in the overheat drive the vehicle slowly for about protection mode should be avoided. 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (23,1)
Vehicle Care 10-23
3.6L V6 Engine Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering The engine coolant temperature (3.6L V6 Engine Fluid warning light comes on the with AWD) Check the level after the vehicle has instrument panel, to indicate the been driven for at least 20 minutes vehicle has entered overheated so the fluid is warm. engine protection operating mode. The temperature gauge also To check the power steering fluid: indicates an overheat condition 1. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF exists. Driving extended distances and let the engine compartment and/or towing a trailer in the cool down. overheat protection mode should be 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the avoided. See Engine Compartment Overview reservoir clean. on page 10‑6 for information on the Power Steering Fluid location of the power steering fluid 3. Unscrew the cap and pull it (2.4L L4 Engine and 3.6L reservoir. straight up. V6 Engine with FWD) When to Check Power Steering 4. Wipe the dipstick with a Fluid clean rag. The vehicle has electric power 5. Replace the cap and completely steering and does not use power It is not necessary to regularly tighten it. steering fluid. check power steering fluid unless a leak is suspected in the system or 6. Remove the cap again and look an unusual noise is heard. A fluid at the fluid level on the dipstick. loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (24,1)
10-24 Vehicle Care
Washer Fluid Notice . What to Use When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the When windshield washer fluid is manufacturer instructions for needed, be sure to read the adding water. manufacturer's instructions before . Do not mix water with use. If operating the vehicle in an ready-to-use washer fluid. area where the temperature may fall Water can cause the solution below freezing, use a fluid that has to freeze and damage the sufficient protection against washer fluid tank and other freezing. parts of the washer system.
Adding Washer Fluid . When the engine is hot, the level Fill the washer fluid tank only should be at the hot MAX level. three-quarters full when it is When the engine is cold, the fluid very cold. This allows for level should be between MIN and fluid expansion if freezing MAX on the dipstick. occurs, which could damage the tank if it is What to Use completely full. To determine what kind of fluid to . Do not use engine coolant use, see Recommended Fluids and Open the cap with the washer (antifreeze) in the windshield Lubricants on page 11‑12. Always symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer. It can damage the use the proper fluid. the tank is full. See Engine windshield washer system Compartment Overview on and paint. page 10‑6 for reservoir location. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (25,1)
Vehicle Care 10-25
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Replacing Brake System Parts can cause a brake squeal when the The braking system on a vehicle is This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc brakes are first applied or lightly complex. Its many parts have to be brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean of top quality and work well together indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads if the vehicle is to have really good are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are braking. The vehicle was designed The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake and tested with top-quality brake heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, parts. When parts of the braking moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and system are replaced, be sure to get brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the new, approved replacement parts. proper sequence to torque If this is not done, the brakes might specifications in Capacities and { WARNING not work properly. For example, Specifications on page 12‑2. installing disc brake pads that are The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be wrong for the vehicle, can change means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. the balance between the front and not work well. That could lead to rear brakes — for the worse. The Brake Pedal Travel braking performance expected can a crash. When the brake wear change in many other ways if the warning sound is heard, have the See your dealer if the brake pedal wrong replacement brake parts are vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in installed. pedal travel. This could be a sign Notice: Continuing to drive with that brake service might be worn-out brake pads could result required. in costly brake repair. Brake Adjustment Every time the brakes are applied, with or without the vehicle moving, the brakes adjust for wear. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (26,1)
10-26 Vehicle Care
Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low hydraulic system can also cause level, the brake warning light comes a low fluid level. Have the brake on. See Brake System Warning hydraulic system fixed, since a Light on page 5‑18. leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well. What to Add Do not top off the brake fluid. Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid Adding fluid does not correct a leak. from a sealed container. See If fluid is added when the linings are Recommended Fluids and The brake master cylinder reservoir worn, there will be too much fluid Lubricants on page 11‑12. is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as when new brake linings are indicated on the reservoir cap. See Always clean the brake fluid installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Engine Compartment Overview on reservoir cap and the area around as necessary, only when work is page 10 6 for the location of the the cap before removing it. This ‑ done on the brake hydraulic system. reservoir. helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir. There are only two reasons why the { WARNING brake fluid level in the reservoir { WARNING might go down: If too much brake fluid is added, it . The brake fluid level goes down can spill on the engine and burn, With the wrong kind of fluid in the because of normal brake lining if the engine is hot enough. You brake hydraulic system, the wear. When new linings are or others could be burned, and brakes might not work well. This installed, the fluid level goes the vehicle could be damaged. could cause a crash. Always use back up. Add brake fluid only when work is the proper brake fluid. done on the brake hydraulic system. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (27,1)
Vehicle Care 10-27
Notice Battery . Using the wrong fluid can This vehicle has a standard 12-volt badly damage brake battery. Refer to the replacement hydraulic system parts. For number on the original battery label example, just a few drops of when a new standard 12-volt battery mineral-based oil, such as is needed. engine oil, in the brake hydraulic system can eAssist vehicles also have a high damage brake hydraulic voltage battery. Only a trained system parts so badly that service technician with the proper they will have to be replaced. knowledge and tools should inspect, Do not let someone put in test, or replace the high voltage the wrong kind of fluid. battery. See your dealer if the high The eAssist system high voltage voltage battery needs service. The . If brake fluid is spilled on the battery is cooled with air drawn from dealer has information on how to the vehicle interior. The cold air vehicle's painted surfaces, recycle the high voltage battery. the paint finish can be intake for the battery is behind the There is also information available rear seat, on the filler panel. Do not damaged. Be careful not to at http://www.recyclemybattery.com. spill brake fluid on the cover the intake. vehicle. If you do, wash it off immediately. { WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (28,1)
10-28 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Storage All-Wheel Drive 2. Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake. { WARNING Transfer Case See Parking Brake on Under normal driving conditions, page 9‑32. Batteries have acid that can burn transfer case fluid does not require Do not use the accelerator you and gas that can explode. changing or checking unless there pedal, and be ready to turn off You can be badly hurt if you are is a fluid leak or unusual noise. the engine immediately if it not careful. See Jump Starting If required, have the transfer case starts. (On-board with eAssist Only) on serviced by your dealer. 3. Try to start the engine in each page 10‑87 or Jump Starting (with gear. The vehicle should start or without eAssist) on page 10‑87 Starter Switch Check only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). for tips on working around a If the vehicle starts in any other battery without getting hurt. { WARNING position, contact your dealer for service. Infrequent Usage: Remove the When you are doing this 12-volt battery black, negative (−) inspection, the vehicle could cable from the battery to keep the move suddenly. If the vehicle battery from running down. moves, you or others could be injured. Extended Storage: Remove the 12-volt battery black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a 1. Before starting this check, be battery trickle charger. sure there is enough room around the vehicle. Remember to reconnect the battery when ready to drive the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (29,1)
Vehicle Care 10-29
Automatic Transmission shift lever out of P (Park) with Park Brake and P (Park) normal effort. If the shift lever Shift Lock Control moves out of P (Park), contact Mechanism Check Function Check your dealer for service. { WARNING { WARNING Ignition Transmission When you are doing this check, Lock Check When you are doing this the vehicle could begin to move. inspection, the vehicle could While parked, and with the parking You or others could be injured move suddenly. If the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to and property could be damaged. moves, you or others could be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever Make sure there is room in front injured. position. of the vehicle in case it begins to . The ignition should turn to roll. Be ready to apply the regular LOCK/OFF only when the shift brake at once should the vehicle 1. Before starting this check, be begin to move. sure there is enough room lever is in P (Park). around the vehicle. It should be . With the key access ignition parked on a level surface. system, the ignition key should Park on a fairly steep hill, with the come out only in LOCK/OFF. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. your foot on the regular brake, set See Parking Brake on See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) on page 9 15 or Ignition the parking brake. page 9‑32. ‑ Positions (Key Access) on . To check the parking brake's Be ready to apply the regular page 9‑17. holding ability: With the engine brake immediately if the vehicle running and the transmission in begins to move. Contact your dealer if service is required. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot 3. With the engine off, turn the pressure from the regular brake ignition on, but do not start the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is engine. Without applying the held by the parking brake only. regular brake, try to move the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (30,1)
10-30 Vehicle Care
. To check the P (Park) 4. Remove the wiper blade. mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to Allowing the wiper blade arm to P (Park). Then release the touch the windshield when no parking brake followed by the wiper blade is installed could regular brake. damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not Contact your dealer if service is be covered by the vehicle required. warranty. Do not allow the wiper blade to touch the windshield. Wiper Blade Replacement 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper Windshield wiper blades should be blade replacement. inspected for wear and cracking. See Maintenance Schedule on 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle page 11‑2 for more information. of the wiper blade where the wiper arm attaches. Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in 3. With the latch open, pull the different ways. For proper type and wiper blade down toward the length, see Maintenance windshield far enough to release Replacement Parts on page 11‑13. it from the J-hooked end of the wiper arm. To replace the windshield wiper blade: 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away from the windshield. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (31,1)
Vehicle Care 10-31
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10‑34. { WARNING the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb changing procedure The low beam high intensity If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact discharge lighting system necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. operates at a very high voltage. If you try to service any of the Halogen Bulbs system components, you could be seriously injured. Have your { WARNING dealer or a qualified technician service them. Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or After an HID headlamp bulb has others could be injured. Be sure been replaced, the beam might be a to read and follow the instructions slightly different shade than it was on the bulb package. originally. This is normal. LED Lighting This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (32,1)
10-32 Vehicle Care
Headlamps, Front Turn 1. Low-Beam Headlamp/DRL 6. Install the new bulb in the Signal and Parking 2. High-Beam Headlamp socket. Lamps 3. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp 7. Install the bulb socket by turning clockwise one-quarter turn. To replace one of these bulbs: Base Headlamp Assembly 8. If a headlamp bulb was The base model vehicle has a 1. Open the hood. See Hood on replaced, install the dust cover in halogen high-beam headlamp, a page 10‑4. the back of the headlamp low-beam/Daytime Running Lamp 2. If replacing a headlamp bulb, housing by turning clockwise (DRL) headlamp, and a turn signal/ remove the dust cover from the one-quarter turn. parking lamp on the headlamp back of the headlamp housing Uplevel Headlamp Assembly assembly. by turning counterclockwise The uplevel model vehicle has a For replacement of the turn signal/ one-quarter turn. high intensity discharge (HID) high/ parking lamp bulb on an eAssist 3. If replacing a turn signal/parking low beam, a dedicated DRL, and a vehicle, contact your dealer. lamp bulb on a non-eAssist parking/turn signal lamp on the vehicle, remove the close out headlamp assembly. See High panel push pins and close out Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting panel covering the bulb socket. on page 10‑31. 4. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp by turning counterclockwise one-quarter turn. 5. Remove the bulb from the socket. If replacing the high/ low-beam bulb, pry the two clips on either end of the bulb and pull straight out. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (33,1)
Vehicle Care 10-33
Taillamps, Turn Signal, 3. Remove the four plastic wing nuts holding the taillamp Stoplamps, and Back-Up assembly in place. Lamps 4. Pull out the taillamp assembly and disconnect the wiring harness. 5. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it. 6. Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb socket. 7. Reverse Steps 1–6 to install. 1. DRL Lamp 2. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs: The license plate lamps for this 1. Open the hood. See Hood on vehicle are on the trunk lid. 1. Back-Up Lamp page 10‑4. To replace one of these bulbs: 2. Turn Signal Lamp 2. Turn the bulb socket 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on counterclockwise to remove it To replace one of these lamps: page 2‑11. from the headlamp assembly. 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on 3. Pull the bulb straight out from page 2‑11. the socket. 2. Remove the fasteners and pull 4. Push the new bulb into the back the trunk trim. socket and reinstall the socket into the headlamp assembly by turning it clockwise. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (34,1)
10-34 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs Bulb Exterior Lamp Number 921LL Back-Up Lamp (W16W) Daytime Running 3157K LCP Lamp (Uplevel) Front Turn Signal/ 3757NAK Parking Lamp LCP Headlamp High H9 2. Push the end on either of the 3. Turn the bulb socket (1) Beam (Base) lamp assemblies (passenger counterclockwise to remove it Headlamp Low side shown) and then move the from the lamp assembly (3). H11LL Beam (Base) lamp assembly down to remove 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of it from the trunk lid. the bulb socket. License Plate Lamp W5WLL 5. Push the replacement bulb Rear Turn Signal 3757AKT straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to For replacement bulbs not listed install it into the lamp assembly. here, contact your dealer. 6. Move the lamp assembly into the trunk lid, engaging the clip side first. 7. Push on the lamp side opposite the clip until the lamp assembly snaps into place. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (35,1)
Vehicle Care 10-35
Electrical System Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Overload An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in High Voltage Devices and The vehicle has fuses and circuit some cases to remain off. Have the Wiring breakers to protect against an headlamp wiring checked right away electrical system overload. if the lamps go on and off or { WARNING When the current electrical load is remain off. too heavy, the circuit breaker opens Exposure to high voltage can and closes, protecting the circuit Windshield Wipers cause shock, burns, and even until the current load returns to If the wiper motor overheats due to death. The high voltage normal or the problem is fixed. This heavy snow or ice, the windshield components in the vehicle can greatly reduces the chance of circuit wipers will stop until the motor cools only be serviced by technicians overload and fire caused by and will then restart. with special training. electrical problems. Although the circuit is protected High voltage components are Fuses and circuit breakers protect from electrical overload, overload identified by labels. Do not power devices in the vehicle. due to heavy snow or ice may remove, open, take apart, Replace a bad fuse with a new one cause wiper linkage damage. or modify these components. of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow High voltage cable or wiring has from the windshield before using the orange covering. Do not probe, If there is a problem on the road and windshield wipers. tamper with, cut, or modify high a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be If the overload is caused by an voltage cable or wiring. borrowed. Choose some feature of electrical problem and not snow or the vehicle that is not needed to use ice, be sure to get it fixed. and replace it as soon as possible. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (36,1)
10-36 Vehicle Care
Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Breakers Fuse Block The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems. To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover, be temporarily borrowed from squeeze the three retaining clips on another fuse location, if a fuse goes the cover and lift it straight up. out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the To identify and check fuses, circuit vehicle may damage it. Always breakers, and relays, see Engine keep the covers on any electrical Compartment Fuse Block on component. page 10‑36 and Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 10‑40. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (37,1)
Vehicle Care 10-37
J-Case Usage Fuses 25 Rear Heated Seats Antilock Brake 26 System Pump 27 Electric Park Brake Rear Window 28 Defogger Brake 41 Vacuum Pump 42 Cooling Fan K2 43 Not Used Transmission 44 Auxiliary Oil Pump (eAssist) The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses 45 Cooling Fan K1 features shown. Rear Power 59 AIR Pump J-Case Usage 21 Windows Fuses 22 Sunroof Mini Fuses Usage 6 Wiper Front Power Transmission 12 Starter 24 Windows 1 Control Module — Battery Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (38,1)
10-38 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Engine Control Six Cylinder Engine: Run/Crank for 2 Module Battery Post Catalytic 16 eAssist Power Converter Oxygen Inverter Module Air Conditioning 3 Sensor Heater, Compressor Clutch Airbag Module 11 Mass Air Flow 17 — Run/Crank Engine Control Sensor, Flex Fuel 5 Module Run/Crank Sensor, Secondary Sunshade Module, Air Induction Vehicle Air Ignition Coils 18 — Solenoid Purification System, Even (Six Cylinder Vented Seats 8 Engine), Ignition Run/Crank for Coils All (Four Transmission Heated Steering — 20 Cylinder Engine Control Module and Wheel (non eAssist) 13 Fuel System Control Ignition Coils Odd Variable Effort — Module/Chassis 9 (Six Cylinder Steering (if Control Module Engine) 23 equipped) or eAssist (eAssist) Power Inverter Engine Control Cabin Heater Module Module Switched — 14 Coolant Pump 10 Battery (from Engine 29 Power Lumbar, Left (eAssist) Control Module Power Lumbar, Relay) Motor Generator Right or Power Pack 15 Unit Coolant Pump 30 Cooling Fan (eAssist) (eAssist) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (39,1)
Vehicle Care 10-39
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage All Wheel Drive, Six Cylinder Engine: Run/Crank for Inside 31 Electronic Pre Catalytic Rearview Mirror, Suspension Control Converter Oxygen 53 Rear Vision Camera, Sensor Heater, Air Quality Sensor, Body Control 32 Canister Purge Aero Shutter Motor Module 6 Solenoid. Four 47 Run/Crank for: Heated Seat Cylinder Engine: Pre 33 — Heating, Ventilation Front and Post Catalytic 54 and Air Converter Oxygen Antilock Brake Conditioning, 34 Sensor Heaters, System Valves Headlamp Switch Canister Purge 35 Amplifier Solenoid Outside Rearview Mirror, Universal Adaptive Forward 48 Fog Lamps 55 Garage Door 36 Lighting (AFL) Right High Intensity Opener, Front Motors Battery — 49 Discharge Window Switches 37 Right High Beam Headlamp 56 Windshield Washer 38 Left High Beam Left High Intensity 60 Heated Mirror 46 Cooling Fan Relay 50 Discharge Headlamp 62 Canister Vent 51 Horn Adaptive Forward 64 Lighting (AFL) 52 Cluster Run/Crank Module — Battery 65 Not Used Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (40,1)
10-40 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse AIR Solenoid Rear Window Block 66 17 (eAssist) Defogger Fuel System Control 67 Module Micro Usage Relays Regulated Voltage 69 Air Conditioning Control Sensor 1 Compressor Clutch Ultrasonic Parking Assist/Side Blind 2 Starter 70 Zone/Lane 4 Wiper Speed Departure Warning/ Rain Sensor 5 Wiper Control Passive Entry/ Cabin Heater 71 6 Coolant Pump Passive Start The instrument panel fuse block is (eAssist) located in the instrument panel, on Mini Relays Usage 10 Cooling Fan the driver side of the vehicle. To access the fuses, open the fuse Engine Control Headlamp 7 14 panel door by pulling down at Module Low Beam the top. 9 Cooling Fan Ultra Micro Usage Press in on the sides of the door to 13 Cooling Fan Relays release it from the instrument panel. 15 Run/Crank Transmission 16 AIR Pump 11 Auxiliary Oil Pump (eAssist) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (41,1)
Vehicle Care 10-41
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Front Heater Ventilation Air Fuses Usage 11 Conditioning/Blower Steering Wheel 1 (J-Case Fuse) Controls Backlight Passenger Seat Body Control 12 2 (Circuit Breaker) Module 7 Driver Seat (Circuit Body Control 13 3 Breaker) Module 5 Diagnostic Link 14 Pull the door toward you to release 4 Radio Connector it from the hinge. OnStar/Universal Airbag/Automatic 5 15 Handsfree Phone Occupant Sensing 6 Power Outlet 1 16 Trunk 7 Power Outlet 2 Heater Ventilation Body Control 17 Air Conditioning 8 Module 1 Controller Body Control Pre-Fuse for Fuses 9 18 Module 4 4 and 5 Body Control 10 Module 8 (J-Case Fuse) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (42,1)
10-42 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Infotainment and 26 AC/DC Inverter Center Stack Tires Displays, Head-Up Relays Usage Every new GM vehicle has Display, Preferred 19 high-quality tires made by a Device Interface R1 Trunk Relay leading tire manufacturer. See Module, Rear Seat R2 Not Used Infotainment the warranty manual for (eAssist) R3 Power Outlet Relay information regarding the tire warranty and where to get Rear Seat service. For additional Entertainment 20 Display/Rear Seat information refer to the tire Audio manufacturer. Instrument Panel 21 { WARNING Cluster Discrete Logic . Poorly maintained and 22 Ignition Switch improperly used tires are dangerous. Body Control 23 . Module 3 Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result Body Control 24 of too much flexing. There Module 2 could be a blowout and a Rear Heater serious crash. See Vehicle 25 Ventilation Air Load Limits on page 9‑10. Conditioning/Blower (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (43,1)
Vehicle Care 10-43
identified by the last two characters WARNING (CONTINUED) WARNING (CONTINUED) of this TPC code, which will be “MS.” . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the Consider installing winter tires on tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire the vehicle if frequent driving on could cause serious injury. service center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount expected. All-season tires provide maintain the recommended the tires. adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they pressure. Tire pressure . Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of should be checked when the excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) tires are cold. traction or performance as winter on slippery surfaces such as tires on snow or ice-covered roads. . Overinflated tires are more snow, mud, ice, etc. See Winter Tires on page 10‑43. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden impact cause the tires to explode. Winter Tires — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the This vehicle was not, originally, recommended pressure. All-Season Tires equipped with winter tires. Winter . Worn or old tires can cause a This vehicle may come with tires are designed for increased crash. If the tread is badly all-season tires. These tires are traction on snow and ice-covered worn, replace them. designed to provide good overall roads. Consider installing winter performance on most road surfaces tires on the vehicle if frequent . Replace any tires that have and weather conditions. Original driving on snow or ice-covered been damaged by impacts equipment tires designed to GM's roads is expected. See your dealer with potholes, curbs, etc. specific tire performance criteria for details regarding winter tire (Continued) have a TPC specification code availability and proper tire selection. molded onto the sidewall. Original Also, see Buying New Tires on equipment all-season tires can be page 10‑58. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (44,1)
10-44 Vehicle Care
With winter tires, there may be Summer Tires decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter This vehicle may come with high tread life. After changing to winter performance summer tires. These tires, be alert for changes in vehicle tires have a special tread and handling and braking. compound that are optimized for maximum dry and wet road If using winter tires: performance. This special tread and . Use tires of the same brand and compound will decrease tread type on all four wheel performance in cold climates, and positions. on ice and snow. We recommend installing winter tires on the vehicle . Use only radial ply tires of the if frequent driving in cold same size, load range, and temperatures or on snow or ice Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example speed rating as the original covered roads is expected. See equipment tires. (1) Tire Size: The tire size is a Winter Tires on page 10‑43. combination of letters and Winter tires with the same speed numbers used to define a rating as the original equipment tires Tire Sidewall Labeling particular tire's width, height, may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. If winter Useful information about a tire is aspect ratio, construction type, tires with a lower speed rating are molded into its sidewall. The and service description. See the chosen, never exceed the tire's examples show a typical “Tire Size” illustration later in this maximum speed capability. passenger vehicle tire and a section. compact spare tire sidewall. (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification): Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (45,1)
Vehicle Care 10-45
criteria have a TPC specification (4) Tire Identification Number (7) Maximum Cold Inflation code molded onto the sidewall. (TIN): The letters and numbers Load Limit: Maximum load that GM's TPC specifications meet or following the DOT (Department can be carried and the exceed all federal safety of Transportation) code are the maximum pressure needed to guidelines. Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load. (3) DOT (Department of The TIN shows the Transportation): The manufacturer and plant code, Department of Transportation tire size, and date the tire was (DOT) code indicates that the manufactured. The TIN is tire is in compliance with the molded onto both sides of the U.S. Department of tire, although only one side may Transportation Motor Vehicle have the date of manufacture. Safety Standards. (5) Tire Ply Material: The type DOT Tire Date of of cord and number of plies in Manufacture: The last four the sidewall and under the tread. digits of the TIN indicate the tire (6) Uniform Tire Quality manufactured date. The first two Grading (UTQG): Tire Compact Spare Tire Example digits represent the week (01– manufacturers are required to (1) Tire Ply Material: The type 52) and the last two digits, the grade tires based on three of cord and number of plies in year. For example, the third performance factors: treadwear, the sidewall and under the tread. week of the year 2010 would traction, and temperature (2) Temporary Use Only: The have a four-digit DOT date resistance. For more information compact spare tire or temporary of 0310. see Uniform Tire Quality use tire should not be driven at Grading on page 10 60. ‑ speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (46,1)
10-46 Vehicle Care
emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation: The Tire Designations road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size spare tire, see Compact Spare 420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a Tire on page 10‑86 and If a Tire information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle Goes Flat on page 10‑63. inflation see Tire Pressure on tire size. (3) Tire Identification Number page 10‑50. (TIN): The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size: A combination of following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a of Transportation) code are the tire's width, height, aspect ratio, Tire Identification Number (TIN). construction type, and service The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a manufactured. The TIN is use only. metric tire sizing system. The molded onto both sides of the (7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in tire, although only one side may Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger have the date of manufacture. Specification): Original vehicle tire engineered to (4) Maximum Cold Inflation equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire Load Limit: Maximum load that GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. can be carried and the criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width: The three-digit maximum pressure needed to code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section support that load. GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. guidelines. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (47,1)
Vehicle Care 10-47
(3) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed Belt: A rubber coated layer of number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a cords between the plies and the height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. tread. Cords may be made from For example, if the tire size steel or other reinforcing aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and materials. item 3 of the illustration, it would Definitions Bead: The tire bead contains mean that the tire's sidewall is steel wires wrapped by steel 60 percent as high as it is wide. Air Pressure: The amount of air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto (4) Construction Code: A letter outward on each square inch of the rim. code is used to indicate the type the tire. Air pressure is Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire of ply construction in the tire. expressed in kPa (kilopascal) in which the plies are laid at The letter R means radial ply or psi (pounds per square inch). alternate angles less than construction; the letter D means Accessory Weight: The 90 degrees to the centerline of diagonal or bias ply the tread. construction; and the letter B combined weight of optional means belted-bias ply accessories. Some examples of Cold Tire Pressure: The construction. optional accessories are amount of air pressure in a tire, automatic transmission, power measured in kPa (kilopascal) (5) Rim Diameter: Diameter of steering, power brakes, power or psi (pounds per square inch) the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat (6) Service Description: These conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship on page 10‑50. index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight: The weight of a tire. The load index represents motor vehicle with standard and the load carrying capacity a tire optional equipment including the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (48,1)
10-48 Vehicle Care
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The and coolant, but without Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the passengers and cargo. Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑10. pressure for that tire. into the sidewall of a tire Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle signifying that the tire is in The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb compliance with the U.S. that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, Department of Transportation when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. Standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The includes the Tire Identification number of occupants a vehicle Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by designator which can also 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle identify the tire manufacturer, some multipurpose passenger Load Limits on page 9‑10. production plant, brand, and vehicles. date of production. Load Index: An assigned Occupant Distribution: Designated seating positions. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight number ranging from 1 to 279 Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: The on page 9‑10. carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that Maximum Inflation Pressure: has a particular side that faces GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight outward when mounted on a Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that Vehicle Load Limits on contains a whitewall, bears page 9‑10. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (49,1)
Vehicle Care 10-49
model name molding that is Sidewall: The portion of a tire tire's traction, temperature, and higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. treadwear. Ratings are moldings on the other sidewall Speed Rating: An determined by tire of the tire. alphanumeric code assigned to manufacturers using Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A a tire indicating the maximum government testing procedures. tire used on passenger cars and speed at which a tire can The ratings are molded into the some light duty trucks and operate. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform multipurpose vehicles. Tire Quality Grading on Traction: The friction between page 10‑60. Recommended Inflation the tire and the road surface. Pressure: Vehicle The amount of grip provided. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The manufacturer's recommended number of designated seating Tread: The portion of a tire that positions multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown comes into contact with on the tire placard. See Tire 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated the road. cargo load. See Vehicle Load Pressure on page 10‑50 and Vehicle Load Limits on Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Limits on page 9‑10. page 9‑10. bands, sometimes called wear Vehicle Maximum Load on the bars, that show across the tread Tire: Load on an individual tire Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ tire in which the ply cords that due to curb weight, accessory 16 in) of tread remains. See weight, occupant weight, and extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires 90 degrees to the centerline of cargo weight. on page 10‑57. the tread. Vehicle Placard: A label UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Rim: A metal support for a tire permanently attached to a Grading Standards): A tire vehicle showing the vehicle and upon which the tire beads information system that provides are seated. capacity weight and the original consumers with ratings for a equipment tire size and Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (50,1)
10-50 Vehicle Care
recommended inflation pressure. Overinflated tires, or tires that When to Check See “Tire and Loading have too much air, can Check the tires once a month or Information Label” under Vehicle result in: more. Do not forget the compact Load Limits on page 9 10. ‑ . Unusual wear. spare, if the vehicle has one. The cold compact spare tire . Poor handling. Tire Pressure pressure should be at 420 kPa Tires need the correct amount of . Rough ride. (60 psi). See Compact Spare air pressure to operate . Needless damage from Tire on page 10‑86. effectively. road hazards. How to Check Notice: Neither tire The Tire and Loading Use a good quality pocket-type underinflation nor Information label on the vehicle gauge to check tire pressure. overinflation is good. indicates the original equipment Proper tire inflation cannot be Underinflated tires, or tires tires and the correct cold tire determined by looking at the tire. that do not have enough air, inflation pressures. The Check the tire inflation pressure can result in: recommended pressure is the when the tires are cold, meaning . Tire overloading and minimum air pressure needed to the vehicle has not been driven overheating which could support the vehicle's maximum for at least three hours or no lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity. See more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Vehicle Load Limits on . Premature or page 9‑10. Remove the valve cap from the irregular wear. tire valve stem. Press the tire How the vehicle is loaded . Poor handling. gauge firmly onto the valve to affects vehicle handling and ride get a pressure measurement. . Reduced fuel economy. comfort. Never load the vehicle If the cold tire inflation pressure with more weight than it was matches the recommended designed to carry. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (51,1)
Vehicle Care 10-51
pressure on the Tire and Each tire, including the spare (if tread life, and may affect the Loading Information label, no provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping further adjustment is necessary. monthly when cold and inflated to ability. If the inflation pressure is low, the inflation pressure recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a add air until the recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the substitute for proper tire vehicle placard or tire inflation maintenance, and it is the driver's pressure is reached. If the pressure label. (If your vehicle has inflation pressure is high, press responsibility to maintain correct tire tires of a different size than the size pressure, even if under-inflation has on the metal stem in the center indicated on the vehicle placard or of the tire valve to release air. not reached the level to trigger tire inflation pressure label, you illumination of the TPMS low tire Recheck the tire pressure with should determine the proper tire pressure telltale. inflation pressure for those tires.) the tire gauge. Your vehicle has also been As an added safety feature, your Return the valve caps on the equipped with a TPMS malfunction vehicle has been equipped with a indicator to indicate when the valve stems to prevent leaks tire pressure monitoring system and keep out dirt and moisture. system is not operating properly. (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is pressure telltale when one or more combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor of your tires is significantly telltale. When the system detects a System under-inflated. malfunction, the telltale will flash for The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire approximately one minute and then (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated. technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as This sequence will continue upon levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a long as the malfunction exists. transmit tire pressure readings to a significantly under-inflated tire When the malfunction indicator is receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can illuminated, the system may not be lead to tire failure. Under-inflation able to detect or signal low tire also reduces fuel efficiency and tire Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (52,1)
10-52 Vehicle Care
pressure as intended. TPMS Tire Pressure Monitor tires to the recommended pressure malfunctions may occur for a variety shown on the Tire and Loading of reasons, including the installation Operation Information label. See Vehicle Load of replacement or alternate tires or This vehicle may have a Tire Limits on page 9‑10. wheels on the vehicle that prevent Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in the TPMS from functioning properly. The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver Always check the TPMS malfunction driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low telltale after replacing one or more condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the tires or wheels on your vehicle to mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at ensure that the replacement or assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are alternate tires and wheels allow the and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation TPMS to continue to function sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire properly. the tires and transmits the tire pressure levels can be viewed. For See Tire Pressure Monitor pressure readings to a receiver additional information and details located in the vehicle. Operation on page 10‑52. about the DIC operation and displays see Driver Information Federal Communications Center (DIC) on page 5‑25. Commission (FCC) Rules and with Industry Canada The low tire pressure warning light Standards may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then See Radio Frequency Statement on turn off as the vehicle is driven. This page 13‑20 for information could be an early indicator that the regarding Part 15 of the Federal When a low tire pressure condition air pressure is getting low and Communications Commission (FCC) is detected, the TPMS illuminates needs to be inflated to the proper Rules and with Industry Canada the low tire pressure warning light pressure. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. located on the instrument cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (53,1)
Vehicle Care 10-53
A Tire and Loading Information Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits TPMS Malfunction Light and label, attached to your vehicle, use a GM approved liquid tire Message shows the size of the original sealant. Using non-approved tire equipment tires and the correct sealants could damage the TPMS The TPMS will not function properly inflation pressure for the tires when sensors. See Tire Sealant and if one or more of the TPMS sensors they are cold. See Vehicle Load Compressor Kit (With Pressure are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the Limits on page 9‑10, for an example Relief Button) on page 10‑64 or Tire of the Tire and Loading Information Sealant and Compressor Kit (With low tire warning light flashes for label and its location. Also see Tire Pressure Deflation Button) on about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition Pressure on page 10‑50. page 10‑71 for information cycle. A DIC warning message also The TPMS can warn about a low regarding the inflator kit materials and instructions. displays. The malfunction light and tire pressure condition but it does DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire each ignition cycle until the problem maintenance. See Tire Inspection is corrected. Some of the conditions on page 10‑55, Tire Rotation on that can cause these to come page 10‑56 and Tires on on are: page 10‑42. . One of the road tires has been Notice: Tire sealant materials are replaced with the spare tire. The not all the same. A non-approved spare tire does not have a tire sealant could damage the TPMS sensor. The malfunction TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor light and DIC message should damage caused by using an go off after the road tire is incorrect tire sealant is not replaced and the sensor covered by the vehicle warranty. matching process is performed Always use only the successfully. See “TPMS Sensor GM-approved tire sealant Matching Process” later in this available through your dealer or section. included in the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (54,1)
10-54 Vehicle Care
. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the process was not done or not being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. successfully completing the properly it cannot detect or signal a sensor matching process. See There are two minutes to match the low tire condition. See your dealer first tire/wheel position, and "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction Process" later in this section. five minutes overall to match all four light and DIC message comes on tire/wheel positions. If it takes . One or more TPMS sensors are and stays on. longer, the matching process stops missing or damaged. The and must be restarted. malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching message should go off when the Process The TPMS sensor matching process is: TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the the engine off or place the . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or vehicle power mode in ON/RUN/ not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. The START. See Ignition Positions tires or wheels. Tires and wheels TPMS sensor matching process (Keyless Access) on page 9‑15 other than those recommended should also be performed after or Ignition Positions (Key could prevent the TPMS from replacing a spare tire with a road Access) on page 9‑17. functioning properly. See Buying tire containing the TPMS sensor. 3. Use the MENU button to select New Tires on page 10‑58. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next the Vehicle Information Menu in ignition cycle. The sensors are the Driver Information matched to the tire/wheel positions, Center (DIC). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (55,1)
Vehicle Care 10-55
4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 9. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection the Tire Pressure Menu Item front tire, and repeat the screen. procedure in Step 8. We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the 5. Press the SET/CLR button to 10. Proceed to the passenger side begin the sensor matching rear tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected process. procedure in Step 8. for signs of wear or damage at least once a month. A message asking if the process 11. Proceed to the driver side rear should begin should appear. tire, and repeat the procedure Replace the tire if: in Step 8. The horn sounds two 6. Press the SET/CLR button again . The indicators at three or to confirm the selection. times to indicate the sensor identification code has been more places around the tire The horn sounds twice to signal matched to the driver side rear can be seen. the receiver is in relearn mode tire, and the TPMS sensor . There is cord or fabric and the TIRE LEARNING matching process is no longer showing through the tire's ACTIVE message displays on active. The TIRE LEARNING rubber. the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC 7. Start with the driver side display screen goes off. . The tread or sidewall is front tire. 12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or 8. Place the relearn tool against or press STOP to turn the fabric. the tire sidewall, near the valve ignition off. stem. Then press the button to 13. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a bump, bulge, activate the TPMS sensor. recommended air pressure or split. A horn chirp confirms that the level as indicated on the Tire sensor identification code has and Loading Information label. been matched to this tire and wheel position. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (56,1)
10-56 Vehicle Care
. The tire has a puncture, cut, Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor or other damage that cannot System. See Tire Pressure be repaired well because of Monitor Operation on the size or location of the page 10‑52. damage. Check that all wheel nuts are Tire Rotation properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities Tires should be rotated every and Specifications on 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See page 12‑2. Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑2. { WARNING Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can first rotation is the most Do not include the compact make wheel nuts become loose important. spare tire in the tire rotation. after time. The wheel could come Anytime unusual wear is Adjust the front and rear tires to off and cause an accident. When noticed, rotate the tires as soon the recommended inflation changing a wheel, remove any as possible and check for pressure on the Tire and rust or dirt from places where the damaged tires or wheels. If the Loading Information label after wheel attaches to the vehicle. In unusual wear continues after the the tires have been rotated. See an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use rotation, check the wheel Tire Pressure on page 10‑50 alignment. See When It Is Time a scraper or wire brush later to and Vehicle Load Limits on remove all rust or dirt. for New Tires on page 10‑57 page 9‑10. and Wheel Replacement on page 10‑61. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (57,1)
Vehicle Care 10-57
Lightly coat the center of the equipped, be replaced after six wheel hub with wheel bearing years, regardless of tread wear. The grease after a wheel change or tire manufacturer date is the last tire rotation to prevent corrosion four digits of the DOT Tire or rust build-up. Do not get Identification Number (TIN) which is molded into one side of the tire grease on the flat wheel sidewall. The first two digits mounting surface or on the represent the week (01–52) and the wheel nuts or bolts. last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year When It Is Time for New 2010 would have a four-digit DOT Tires date of 0310. Factors such as maintenance, Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage tell when it is time for new tires. temperatures, driving speeds, Tires age when stored normally Treadwear indicators appear when vehicle loading, and road conditions mounted on a parked vehicle. Park the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) affect the wear rate of the tires. a vehicle that will be stored for at or less of tread remaining. See Tire least a month in a cool, dry, clean Inspection on page 10 55 and Tire ‑ area away from direct sunlight to Rotation on page 10 56. ‑ slow aging. This area should be free The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber. never used. Multiple factors Parking for an extended period can including temperatures, loading cause flat spots on the tires that conditions, and inflation pressure may result in vibrations while maintenance affect how fast aging driving. When storing a vehicle for takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (58,1)
10-58 Vehicle Care
at least a month, remove the tires or number is molded onto the tire's Winter tires with the same speed raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the rating as the original equipment weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread tires may not be available for H, design, the TPC Spec number V, W, Y and ZR speed rated Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud tires. Never exceed the winter GM has developed and matched and snow. See Tire Sidewall tire's maximum speed capability specific tires for the vehicle. The Labeling on page 10‑44. when using winter tires with a original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn lower speed rating. were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four. Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires { WARNING Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the system rating. When Tires could explode during performance of the vehicle. improper service. Attempting replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling GM strongly recommends to mount or dismount a tire performance may be adversely could cause injury or death. buying tires with the same TPC affected if all the tires are not Spec rating. Only your dealer or authorized replaced at the same time. tire service center should GM's exclusive TPC Spec If proper rotation and mount or dismount the tires. system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done, critical specifications that impact all four tires should wear out at the overall performance of the about the same time. See Tire vehicle, including brake system Rotation on page 10‑56 for performance, ride and handling, information on proper tire traction control, and tire rotation. However, if it is pressure monitoring necessary to replace only one performance. GM's TPC Spec axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (59,1)
Vehicle Care 10-59
sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has { WARNING load range, speed rating, and electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction Mixing tires of different sizes, construction (radial) as the original tires. control, and electronic stability brands, or types may cause control, the performance of these loss of control of the vehicle, Vehicles that have a tire systems can also be affected. resulting in a crash or other pressure monitoring system vehicle damage. Use the could give an inaccurate { WARNING correct size, brand, and type low-pressure warning if non-TPC of tires on all wheels. Spec rated tires are installed. If different sized wheels are used, See Tire Pressure Monitor there may not be an acceptable System on page 10‑51. level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those { WARNING The Tire and Loading wheels are selected. This Information label indicates the increases the chance of a crash Using bias-ply tires on the original equipment tires on the and serious injury. Only use GM vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits specific wheel and tire systems rim flanges to develop cracks on page 9‑10. developed for the vehicle, and after many miles of driving. have them properly installed by a A tire and/or wheel could fail Different Size Tires and GM certified technician. suddenly and cause a crash. Wheels Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle. If wheels or tires are installed that See Buying New Tires on are a different size than the original page 10‑58 and Accessories and equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Modifications on page 10‑3. If the vehicle tires must be performance, including its braking, replaced with a tire that does not ride and handling characteristics, have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (60,1)
10-60 Vehicle Care
Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and Grading 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), one-half (1½) times as well on or to some limited-production the government course as a tire Quality grades can be found tires. graded 100. The relative where applicable on the tire performance of tires depends sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars upon the actual conditions of and maximum section width. For their use, however, and may example: and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving Temperature A safety requirements and habits, service practices and additional General Motors Tire differences in road The following information relates characteristics and climate. to the system developed by the Performance Criteria (TPC) United States National Highway standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C Traffic Safety Administration All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from (NHTSA), which grades tires by Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, treadwear, traction, and Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent temperature performance. This These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet applies only to vehicles sold in Treadwear pavement as measured under the United States. The grades controlled conditions on are molded on the sidewalls of The treadwear grade is a specified government test most passenger car tires. The comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and Uniform Tire Quality Grading wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may (UTQG) system does not apply under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. to deep tread, winter tires, specified government test Warning: The traction grade compact spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (61,1)
Vehicle Care 10-61
straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels might tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum need to be rebalanced. See your acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The dealer for proper diagnosis. hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is characteristics. established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement properly inflated and not Temperature A, B, C Replace any wheel that is bent, – overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. ability to dissipate heat when Some aluminum wheels can be tested under controlled repaired. See your dealer if any of Wheel Alignment and Tire these conditions exist. conditions on a specified indoor Balance laboratory test wheel. Sustained Your dealer will know the kind of high temperature can cause the The tires and wheels were aligned wheel that is needed. material of the tire to degenerate and balanced at the factory to Each new wheel should have the provide the longest tire life and best and reduce tire life, and same load-carrying capacity, overall performance. Adjustments to diameter, width, offset, and be excessive temperature can lead wheel alignment and tire balancing to sudden tire failure. The grade mounted the same way as the one it will not be necessary on a regular replaces. C corresponds to a level of basis. However, check the performance which all alignment if there is unusual tire Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel passenger car tires must meet wear or if the vehicle is pulling to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor under the Federal Motor Safety one side or the other. If the vehicle System (TPMS) sensors with new Standard No. 109. Grades B and vibrates when driving on a smooth GM original equipment parts. A represent higher levels of Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (62,1)
10-62 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels { WARNING WARNING (CONTINUED)
Using the wrong replacement { WARNING parts. The area damaged by the wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel tire chains could cause loss of Replacing a wheel with a used nuts can be dangerous. It could control and a crash. one is dangerous. How it has affect the braking and handling of been used or how far it has been Use another type of traction the vehicle. Tires can lose air, driven may be unknown. It could device only if its manufacturer and cause loss of control, causing fail suddenly and cause a crash. recommends it for the vehicle's a crash. Always use the correct When replacing wheels, use a tire size combination and road wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel new GM original equipment conditions. Follow that nuts for replacement. wheel. manufacturer's instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow Notice: The wrong wheel can and readjust or remove the also cause problems with bearing Tire Chains traction device if it contacts the life, brake cooling, speedometer vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. or odometer calibration, { WARNING If traction devices are used, install headlamp aim, bumper height, them on the front tires. vehicle ground clearance, and tire Do not use tire chains. There is or tire chain clearance to the not enough clearance. Tire chains body and chassis. used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (63,1)
Vehicle Care 10-63
If a Tire Goes Flat { WARNING WARNING (CONTINUED) It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause changing a flat tire. If it is used for are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire. anything else, you or others could on page 10‑42. If air goes out of a Re-inflating a tire after it has been be badly injured or killed if the tire, it is much more likely to leak driven on while severely vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack out slowly. But if there is ever a underinflated or flat may cause a is provided with the vehicle, only blowout, here are a few tips about blowout and a serious crash. use it for changing a flat tire. what to expect and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. and wheel damage by driving slowly toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized to a level place, well off the road, the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or if possible. Turn on the hazard steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as warning flashers. See Hazard maintain lane position, and then possible. Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. A rear blowout, particularly on a { WARNING curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with to a stop, well off the road, the vehicle, it is designed only for if possible. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (64,1)
10-64 Vehicle Care
This vehicle may come with a jack 2. Flat Tire { WARNING and spare tire or a tire sealant and The following information explains compressor kit. To use the jacking how to repair or change a tire. Changing a tire can be equipment to change a spare tire dangerous. The vehicle can slip safely, follow the instructions below. off the jack and roll over or fall Then see Tire Changing on Tire Sealant and causing injury or death. Find a page 10‑80. To use the tire sealant Compressor Kit (With level place to change the tire. To and compressor kit, see Tire Pressure Relief Button) help prevent the vehicle from Sealant and Compressor Kit (With moving: Pressure Relief Button) on System Identification 1. Set the parking brake firmly. page 10‑64 or Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure 2. Put an automatic Deflation Button) on page 10‑71. transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), 1 (First) or R (Reverse). use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement 3. Turn off the engine and do of wheel blocks (1). not restart while the vehicle is raised. 4. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the If the vehicle has the tire sealant opposite corner of the tire and compressor kit shown above, being changed. see the operating instructions that follow. 1. Wheel Block Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (65,1)
Vehicle Care 10-65
WARNING (CONTINUED) { WARNING
which cannot be seen or smelled. Storing the tire sealant and It can cause unconsciousness compressor kit or other and even death. Never run the equipment in the passenger engine in an enclosed area that compartment of the vehicle could has no fresh air ventilation. For cause injury. In a sudden stop or more information, see Engine collision, loose equipment could Exhaust on page 9‑26. strike someone. Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location. If the vehicle has the tire sealant { WARNING and compressor kit shown above, If this vehicle has a tire sealant and follow the operating instructions Overinflating a tire could cause compressor kit, there may not be a under "Tire Sealant and the tire to rupture and you or spare tire and tire changing Compressor Kit (With Pressure others could be injured. Be sure equipment, and on some vehicles Deflation Button). to read and follow the tire sealant there may not be a place to store and compressor kit instructions a tire. { WARNING and inflate the tire to its The tire sealant and compressor recommended pressure. Do not can be used to temporarily seal Idling a vehicle in an enclosed exceed the recommended punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in area with poor ventilation is pressure. the tread area of the tire. It can also dangerous. Engine exhaust may be used to inflate an enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust underinflated tire. contains carbon monoxide (CO) (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (66,1)
10-66 Vehicle Care
If the tire has been separated from 2. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or “Removal and Installation of the the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, Air Only) Sealant Canister” later in this or has a large puncture, the tire is 3. Pressure Relief Button section. too severely damaged for the tire sealant and compressor kit to be 4. Pressure Gauge Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily effective. See Roadside Assistance 5. Air Only Hose (Black) Program (U.S. and Canada) on Seal and Inflate a page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Punctured Tire Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. 7. Power Plug Follow the directions closely for Read and follow all of the tire Tire Sealant correct sealant usage. sealant and compressor kit instructions. Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the label adhered to The kit includes: the compressor. Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister. The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date. Replacement sealant canisters are available at your local dealer. See “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister” later in this section. There is only enough sealant to seal When using the tire sealant and one tire. After usage, the sealant compressor kit during cold canister and sealant/air hose temperatures, warm the kit in a 1. On/Off Button assembly must be replaced. See Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (67,1)
Vehicle Care 10-67
heated environment for five minutes. 4. Remove the valve stem cap from 9. Press the on/off button (1) to This will help to inflate the tire the flat tire by turning it turn the tire sealant and faster. counterclockwise. compressor kit on. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6) The compressor will inject and wheel damage by driving slowly onto the tire valve stem. Turn it sealant and air into the tire. to a level place. Turn on the hazard clockwise until it is tight. The pressure gauge (4) will warning flashers. See Hazard 6. Plug the power plug (7) into the initially show a high pressure Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. accessory power outlet in the while the compressor pushes the See If a Tire Goes Flat on vehicle. Unplug all items from sealant into the tire. Once the page 10‑63 for other important other accessory power outlets. sealant is completely dispersed safety warnings. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. into the tire, the pressure will Do not remove any objects that If the vehicle has an accessory quickly drop and start to rise have penetrated the tire. power outlet, do not use the again as the tire inflates with air only. 1. Remove the tire sealant and cigarette lighter. compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette 10. Inflate the tire to the location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. recommended inflation Sealant and Compressor Kit on pressure using the pressure Do not pinch the power plug gauge (4). The recommended page 10‑79. cord in the door or window. inflation pressure can be found 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle on the Tire and Loading and the power plug (7). must be running while using the Information label. See Tire 3. Place the kit on the ground. air compressor. Pressure on page 10‑50. Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Turn the selector switch (2) The pressure gauge (4) may positioned close to the ground clockwise to the Sealant + Air read higher than the actual tire so the hose will reach it. position. pressure while the compressor is on. Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (68,1)
10-68 Vehicle Care
reading. The compressor may 11. Press the on/off button (1) to be turned on/off until the turn the tire sealant and correct pressure is reached. compressor kit off. Notice: If the recommended The tire is not sealed and will pressure cannot be reached after continue to leak air until the approximately 25 minutes, the vehicle is driven and the vehicle should not be driven sealant is distributed in the tire; 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate farther. The tire is too severely therefore, Steps 12–18 must be to the recommended inflation damaged and the tire sealant and done immediately after pressure, remove the compressor kit cannot inflate the Step 11. maximum speed label from the sealant canister and place it in tire. Remove the power plug from Be careful while handling the a highly visible location. Do not the accessory power outlet and tire sealant and compressor kit exceed the speed on this label unscrew the inflating hose from as it could be warm after until the damaged tire is the tire valve. See Roadside usage. Assistance Program (U.S. and repaired or replaced. 12. Unplug the power plug (7) from Canada) on page 13‑7 or 17. Return the equipment to its the accessory power outlet in Roadside Assistance Program original storage location in the the vehicle. (Mexico) on page 13‑9. vehicle. 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6) 18. Immediately drive the vehicle counterclockwise to remove it 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the from the tire valve stem. sealant in the tire. 14. Replace the tire valve stem cap. 15. Return the sealant/air hose (6) and the power plug (7) back in their original locations. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (69,1)
Vehicle Care 10-69
19. Stop at a safe location and 21. Dispose of the used sealant Using the Tire Sealant and check the tire pressure. Refer canister and sealant/air hose Compressor Kit without to Steps 1–11 under “Using the (6) assembly at a local dealer Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not Tire Sealant and Compressor or in accordance with local Punctured) Kit without Sealant to Inflate a state codes and practices. Tire (Not Punctured).” To use the air compressor to inflate 22. Replace it with a new canister a tire with air only and not sealant: If the tire pressure has fallen available from your dealer. more than 68 kPa (10 psi) 23. After temporarily sealing a tire below the recommended using the tire sealant and inflation pressure, stop driving compressor kit, take the the vehicle. The tire is too vehicle to an authorized dealer severely damaged and the tire within 161 km (100 mi) of sealant cannot seal the tire. driving to have the tire repaired See Roadside Assistance or replaced. Program (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 68 kPa (10 psi) from the recommended If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire inflation pressure, use the and wheel damage by driving slowly compressor kit to inflate the tire to a level place. Turn on the hazard to the recommended inflation warning flashers. See Hazard pressure. Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 20. Wipe off any sealant from the See If a Tire Goes Flat on wheel, tire, and vehicle. page 10‑63 for other important safety warnings. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (70,1)
10-70 Vehicle Care
1. Remove the tire sealant and 6. Plug the power plug (7) into the 10. Inflate the tire to the compressor kit from its storage accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation location. See Storing the Tire vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure using the pressure Sealant and Compressor Kit on other accessory power outlets. gauge (4). The recommended page 10‑79. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. inflation pressure can be found 2. Unwrap the air only hose (5) and If the vehicle has an accessory on the Tire and Loading the power plug (7). power outlet, do not use the Information label. See Tire Pressure on page 10‑50. 3. Place the kit on the ground. cigarette lighter. The pressure gauge (4) may Make sure the tire valve stem is If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter, use the cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire positioned close to the ground pressure while the compressor so the hose will reach it. Do not pinch the power plug is on. Turn the compressor off 4. Remove the tire valve stem cap cord in the door or window. to get an accurate reading. The from the flat tire by turning it 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle compressor may be turned on/ counterclockwise. must be running while using the off until the correct pressure is air compressor. reached. If the tire is inflated 5. Attach the air only hose (5) onto higher than the recommended the tire valve stem by turning it 8. Turn the selector switch (2) pressure, press the pressure clockwise until it is tight. counterclockwise to the Air Only relief button (3), if equipped, position. until the proper pressure 9. Press the on/off button (1) to reading is reached. This option turn the compressor on. is only functional when using the air only hose (5). The compressor will inflate the tire with air only. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (71,1)
Vehicle Care 10-71
11. Press the on/off button (1) to Removal and Installation of the 6. Screw the connector (2) to the turn the tire sealant and Sealant Canister canister (1). compressor kit off. To remove the sealant canister: 7. Slide the plastic cover back on. Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit Tire Sealant and as it could be warm after Compressor Kit (With usage. Pressure Deflation 12. Unplug the power plug (7) from the accessory power outlet in Button) the vehicle. System Identification 13. Disconnect the air only hose (5) from the tire valve stem, by turning it counterclockwise, and replace the tire valve stem cap. 14. Return the air only hose (5) 1. Remove the plastic cover. and the power plug (7) back to their original locations. 2. Unscrew the connector (2) from the canister (1). 15. Return the equipment to its original storage location in the 3. Pull up on the canister (1) to vehicle. remove it. 4. Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer. If the vehicle has the tire sealant and compressor kit shown above, 5. Push the new canister into see the operating instructions that place. follow. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (72,1)
10-72 Vehicle Care
WARNING (CONTINUED) { WARNING
which cannot be seen or smelled. Storing the tire sealant and It can cause unconsciousness compressor kit or other and even death. Never run the equipment in the passenger engine in an enclosed area that compartment of the vehicle could has no fresh air ventilation. For cause injury. In a sudden stop or more information, see Engine collision, loose equipment could Exhaust on page 9‑26. strike someone. Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location. If the vehicle has the tire sealant { WARNING and compressor kit shown above, If this vehicle has a tire sealant and follow the operating instructions Overinflating a tire could cause compressor kit, there may not be a under "Tire Sealant and the tire to rupture and you or spare tire and tire changing Compressor Kit (With Pressure others could be injured. Be sure equipment, and on some vehicles Relief Button). to read and follow the tire sealant there may not be a place to store and compressor kit instructions a tire. { WARNING and inflate the tire to its The tire sealant and compressor recommended pressure. Do not can be used to temporarily seal Idling a vehicle in an enclosed exceed the recommended punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in area with poor ventilation is pressure. the tread area of the tire. It can also dangerous. Engine exhaust may be used to inflate an enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust underinflated tire. contains carbon monoxide (CO) (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (73,1)
Vehicle Care 10-73
If the tire has been separated from The kit includes: 2. On/Off Button the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, 3. Pressure Gauge or has a large puncture, the tire is too severely damaged for the tire 4. Pressure Deflation Button sealant and compressor kit to be (If equipped) effective. See Roadside Assistance 5. Tire Sealant Canister Program (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. 7. Air Only Hose (Black) Read and follow all of the tire 8. Power Plug sealant and compressor kit instructions. Tire Sealant Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the label adhered to the sealant canister. Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister. The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date. Replacement sealant canisters are available at your local dealer. See “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister” following. There is only enough sealant to seal one tire. After usage, the sealant 1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or canister and sealant/air hose Air Only) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (74,1)
10-74 Vehicle Care
assembly must be replaced. See heated environment for five minutes. “Removal and Installation of the This will help to inflate the tire Sealant Canister” following. faster. Using the Tire Sealant and If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire Compressor Kit to Temporarily and wheel damage by driving slowly Seal and Inflate a to a level place. Turn on the hazard Punctured Tire warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. Follow the directions closely for See If a Tire Goes Flat on correct sealant usage. page 10‑63 for other important safety warnings. Do not remove any objects that have penetrated the tire. 1. Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit from its storage location. See Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10‑79. 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6) and the power plug (8). 3. Place the kit on the ground. Make sure the tire valve stem is When using the tire sealant and positioned close to the ground compressor kit during cold so the hose will reach it. temperatures, warm the kit in a Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (75,1)
Vehicle Care 10-75
4. Remove the valve stem cap from 9. Press the on/off button (2) to reading. The compressor may the flat tire by turning it turn the tire sealant and be turned on/off until the counterclockwise. compressor kit on. correct pressure is reached. 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6) The compressor will inject Notice: If the recommended onto the tire valve stem. Turn it sealant and air into the tire. pressure cannot be reached after clockwise until it is tight. The pressure gauge (3) will approximately 25 minutes, the 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the initially show a high pressure vehicle should not be driven accessory power outlet in the while the compressor pushes the farther. The tire is too severely vehicle. Unplug all items from sealant into the tire. Once the damaged and the tire sealant and other accessory power outlets. sealant is completely dispersed compressor kit cannot inflate the tire. Remove the power plug from See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. into the tire, the pressure will quickly drop and start to rise the accessory power outlet and If the vehicle has an accessory unscrew the inflating hose from power outlet, do not use the again as the tire inflates with air only. the tire valve. See Roadside cigarette lighter. Assistance Program (U.S. and If the vehicle only has a cigarette 10. Inflate the tire to the Canada) on page 13‑7 or lighter, use the cigarette lighter. recommended inflation Roadside Assistance Program pressure using the pressure (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Do not pinch the power plug gauge (3). The recommended cord in the door or window. inflation pressure can be found 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle on the Tire and Loading must be running while using the Information label. See Tire air compressor. Pressure on page 10‑50. 8. Press and turn the selector The pressure gauge (3) may switch (1) counterclockwise to read higher than the actual tire the Sealant + Air position. pressure while the compressor is on. Turn the compressor off to get an accurate pressure Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (76,1)
10-76 Vehicle Care
11. Press the on/off button (2) to 19. Stop at a safe location and turn the tire sealant and check the tire pressure. Refer compressor kit off. to Steps 1–11 under “Using the The tire is not sealed and will Tire Sealant and Compressor continue to leak air until the Kit without Sealant to Inflate a vehicle is driven and the Tire (Not Punctured).” sealant is distributed in the tire; 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate If the tire pressure has fallen therefore, Steps 12–18 must be to the recommended inflation more than 68 kPa (10 psi) done immediately after pressure, remove the below the recommended Step 11. maximum speed label from the inflation pressure, stop driving tire sealant canister (5) and Be careful while handling the the vehicle. The tire is too place it in a highly visible tire sealant and compressor kit severely damaged and the tire location. Do not exceed the as it could be warm after sealant cannot seal the tire. speed on this label until the usage. See Roadside Assistance damaged tire is repaired or Program (U.S. and Canada) on 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from replaced. page 13‑7 or Roadside the accessory power outlet in 17. Return the equipment to its Assistance Program (Mexico) the vehicle. original storage location in the on page 13‑9. 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6) vehicle. If the tire pressure has not counterclockwise to remove it 18. Immediately drive the vehicle dropped more than 68 kPa from the tire valve stem. 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the (10 psi) from the recommended 14. Replace the tire valve sealant in the tire. inflation pressure, inflate the stem cap. tire to the recommended inflation pressure. 15. Replace the sealant/air hose (6), and the power plug (8) 20. Wipe off any sealant from the back in their original location. wheel, tire, and vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (77,1)
Vehicle Care 10-77
21. Dispose of the used tire Using the Tire Sealant and sealant canister (5) and Compressor Kit without sealant/air hose (6) assembly Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not at a local dealer or in Punctured) accordance with local state codes and practices. To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant: 22. Replace it with a new canister available from your dealer. 23. After temporarily sealing a tire using the tire sealant and compressor kit, take the vehicle to an authorized dealer within a 161 km (100 mi) of driving to have the tire repaired or replaced. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (78,1)
10-78 Vehicle Care
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 6. Plug the power plug (8) into the 10. Inflate the tire to the and wheel damage by driving slowly accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation to a level place. Turn on the hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure using the pressure warning flashers. See Hazard other accessory power outlets. gauge (3). The recommended Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. See Power Outlets on page 5‑6. inflation pressure can be found See If a Tire Goes Flat on If the vehicle has an accessory on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire page 10‑63 for other important power outlet, do not use the safety warnings. cigarette lighter. Pressure on page 10‑50. 1. Remove the tire sealant and If the vehicle only has a cigarette The pressure gauge (3) may compressor kit from its storage lighter, use the cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire pressure while the compressor location. See Storing the Tire Do not pinch the power plug Sealant and Compressor Kit on is on. Turn the compressor off cord in the door or window. to get an accurate reading. The page 10‑79. 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle compressor may be turned on/ 2. Unwrap the air only hose (7) and must be running while using the off until the correct pressure is the power plug (8). air compressor. reached. 3. Place the kit on the ground. 8. Press and turn the selector If you inflate the tire higher Make sure the tire valve stem is switch (1) clockwise to the Air than the recommended positioned close to the ground Only position. pressure you can adjust the so the hose will reach it. excess pressure by pressing 9. Press the on/off button (2) to the pressure deflation 4. Remove the tire valve stem cap turn the compressor on. button (4), if equipped, until the from the flat tire by turning it The compressor will inflate the proper pressure reading is counterclockwise. tire with air only. reached. This option is only 5. Attach the air only hose (7) onto functional when using the air the tire valve stem by turning it only hose (7). clockwise until it is tight. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (79,1)
Vehicle Care 10-79
11. Press the on/off button (2) to 4. Replace with a new canister turn the tire sealant and which is available from your compressor kit off. dealer. Be careful while handling the 5. Push the new canister into tire sealant and compressor kit place. as it could be warm after usage. Storing the Tire Sealant 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from and Compressor Kit the accessory power outlet in To access the tire sealant and the vehicle. compressor kit: 13. Disconnect the air only hose 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on (7) from the tire valve stem by The tire sealant and compressor kit page 2‑11. turning it counterclockwise, and has an accessory adapter in a replace the tire valve stem cap. compartment on the bottom of its 2. Lift the cover. 14. Replace the air only hose (7) housing that may be used to inflate and the power plug (8) and air mattresses, balls, etc. cord back in their original locations. Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister 15. Place the equipment in the original storage location in the To remove the sealant canister: vehicle. 1. Unwrap the sealant hose. 2. Press the canister release button. 3. Pull up and remove the canister. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (80,1)
10-80 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to remove it. 4. Remove the tire sealant and compressor kit. To store the tire sealant and compressor kit, reverse the steps. Tire Changing Removing the Spare Tire and Tools With Pressure Relief Button The equipment you need is located 3. Turn the retainer nut in the trunk. counterclockwise and remove 1. Open the trunk. the spare tire. 2. Remove the spare tire cover. 4. Place the spare tire next to the tire being changed.
With Pressure Deflation Button Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (81,1)
Vehicle Care 10-81
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑63 for more information. 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nut caps. If needed, finish loosening them by hand. The nut caps will not 1. Screwdriver come off of the wheel cover. 3. Turn the wheel wrench 2. Tow Hook (If Equipped) The edge of the wheel cover counterclockwise to loosen all of the wheel nuts, but do not 3. Jack could be sharp, so do not try to remove the cover with your bare remove them yet. 4. Wrench (In Bag) hands. Do not drop the cap or Notice: Make sure that the jack 5. Trim Removal (If Equipped) lay it face down, as it could lift head is in the correct position become scratched or damaged. 6. Fastener (If Equipped) or you may damage your vehicle. Store the wheel cover in the The repairs would not be covered The jack and tools are stored below trunk until you have the flat tire by your warranty. the spare tire. repaired or replaced. Place the tools next to the tire being changed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (82,1)
10-82 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING { WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under lifted on a jack is dangerous. it to do maintenance or repairs is If the vehicle slips off the jack, dangerous without the you could be badly injured or appropriate safety equipment and killed. Never get under a vehicle training. If a jack is provided with when it is supported only by the vehicle, it is designed only for a jack. changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 4. Position the jack head, as { WARNING is provided with the vehicle, only shown. Raising the vehicle with the jack use it for changing a flat tire. Set the jack to the necessary improperly positioned can height before positioning it below the jacking point. damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help 5. Attach the jack lift assist tool to avoid personal injury and vehicle the jack by fitting both ends of damage, be sure to fit the jack lift the jack and tool over one head into the proper location another. before raising the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (83,1)
Vehicle Care 10-83
WARNING (CONTINUED)
an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
6. Turn the jack handle clockwise 7. Remove all of the wheel nuts. to raise the vehicle far enough 8. Remove the flat tire. off the ground for the compact spare to fit under the vehicle. { WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come 9. Remove any rust or dirt from the off and cause an accident. When wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, changing a wheel, remove any and spare wheel. rust or dirt from places where the 10. Install the compact spare tire. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (84,1)
10-84 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING WARNING (CONTINUED)
Never use oil or grease on bolts to the proper torque specification or nuts because the nuts might after replacing. Follow the torque come loose. The vehicle's wheel specification supplied by the could fall off, causing a crash. aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel 11. Put the wheel nuts back on nuts. See Capacities and with the rounded end of the Specifications on page 12‑2 for nuts toward the wheel. Turn original equipment wheel nut each nut clockwise by hand torque specifications. until the wheel is held against 13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in the hub. Notice: Improperly tightened a crisscross sequence, as 12. Lower the vehicle by turning wheel nuts can lead to brake shown. pulsation and rotor damage. To the jack handle 14. Lower the jack all the way and avoid expensive brake repairs, counterclockwise. Lower the remove the jack from under the evenly tighten the wheel nuts in jack completely. vehicle. the proper sequence and to the { WARNING proper torque specification. See 15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly Capacities and Specifications on with the wheel wrench. Wheel nuts that are improperly or page 12‑2 for the wheel nut Notice: Wheel covers will not fit incorrectly tightened can cause torque specification. on the vehicle's compact spare. the wheels to become loose or If you try to put a wheel cover on come off. The wheel nuts should the compact spare, the cover or be tightened with a torque wrench the spare could be damaged. (Continued) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (85,1)
Vehicle Care 10-85
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and 6. Place the floor cover on the and Tools Tools With a Screw in Fastener wheel. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and { WARNING Tools With a Slide In Fastener Storing a jack, a tire, or other 1. If the flat tire is larger than the equipment in the passenger spare tire, use the longer compartment of the vehicle could mounting bolt. cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.
Store the spare or flat tire in one of the ways shown below. Storage 1. Turn the wrench instructions will vary depending on counterclockwise to remove the the bolt that came with the vehicle fastener. and how it attaches to the vehicle. This vehicle will have a slide in 2. Replace the fastener with the fastener or a screw in fastener. one provided in the foam. 3. Turn the wrench clockwise to 2. Slide the shorter bolt to remove tighten the fastener. it from the floor and insert the 4. Replace the foam, jack and longer one. tools, and the tire. 3. Replace the jack and tools in 5. Turn the retainer nut clockwise their original storage location. to secure the tire. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (86,1)
10-86 Vehicle Care
4. Place the tire, lying flat, facing Check the inflation pressure Do not mix the compact spare tire or up in the spare tire well. regularly. It should be 420 kPa wheel with other wheels or tires. 5. Turn the retainer nut clockwise (60 psi). They will not fit. Keep the spare tire to secure the tire. Stop as soon as possible and check and its wheel together. 6. Place the floor cover on the that the spare tire is correctly Notice: Tire chains will not fit the wheel. inflated after being installed on the compact spare. Using them can vehicle. The compact spare tire is damage the vehicle and the The compact spare is for temporary designed for temporary use only. chains. Do not use tire chains on use only. Replace the compact The vehicle will perform differently the compact spare. spare tire with a full-size tire as with the spare tire installed and it is soon as you can. recommended that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h Compact Spare Tire (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire { WARNING repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire Driving with more than one to the storage area. compact spare tire at a time could Notice: When the compact spare result in loss of braking and is installed, do not take the handling. This could lead to a vehicle through an automatic car crash and you or others could be wash with guide rails. The injured. Use only one compact compact spare can get caught on spare tire at a time. the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle. If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; Do not use the compact spare on however, it can lose air over time. other vehicles. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (87,1)
Vehicle Care 10-87
Jump Starting With the ignition key in the run attempted using the following jump position, proceed as follows: starting procedure under “Jump Jump Starting (On-board 1. Press MENU (3) on the turn Starting (with or without eAssist).” signal lever until Vehicle On-board jump starting may be with eAssist Only) Information Menu is displayed. unavailable due to the 12-volt battery charge level, the eAssist If the vehicle fails to crank, it may Use w x (Thumbwheel) (2) to battery charge level, power be jump started by using the eAssist scroll through the menu items capability, or an issue with the battery to charge the 12-volt battery. until Jump Start is displayed. eAssist system. In these cases, the Use the following procedure to display will not be available because activate the on-board jump start 2. Press SET/CLR (1) to activate of the power issue, or the DIC will using the DIC controls. the jump start. display JUMP START DISABLED. 3. The system will then ask for SEE OWNERS MANUAL. confirmation. If yes is selected, the jump start will begin and the display will show JUMP START Jump Starting (with or ACTIVE, WAIT TO START. without eAssist) 4. When the jump start is complete, For more information about the DIC Buttons the display will show JUMP vehicle battery, see Battery on START COMPLETE. ATTEMPT page 10‑27. 1. SET/CLR START. If the battery has run down, try to 2. w x (Thumbwheel) If the vehicle is started, the use another vehicle and some 3. MENU on-board jump start function will be jumper cables to start your vehicle. automatically disabled. If the vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to cranks but does not start, the do it safely. procedure may be repeated again. If the vehicle start is still unsuccessful, the jump start can be Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (88,1)
10-88 Vehicle Care
2. Position the two vehicles so that { WARNING they are not touching. Batteries can hurt you. They can 3. Set the parking brake firmly and be dangerous because: put the shift lever in P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on . They contain acid that can page 9‑24. burn you. Notice: If any accessories are left . They contain gas that can on or plugged in during the jump explode or ignite. starting procedure, they could be . They contain enough damaged. The repairs would not electricity to burn you. be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, If you do not follow these steps The jump start positive is located turn off or unplug all accessories exactly, some or all of these under a trim cover in the engine on either vehicle when jump things can hurt you. compartment on the driver side of starting the vehicle. the vehicle. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF Notice: Ignoring these steps 1. Check the other vehicle. It must and switch off all lights and could result in costly damage to have a 12-volt battery with a accessories in both vehicles, the vehicle that would not be negative ground system. except the hazard warning covered by the warranty. Notice: Only use a vehicle that flashers if needed. Trying to start the vehicle by has a 12-volt system with a pushing or pulling it will not negative ground for jump work, and it could damage the starting. If the other vehicle does vehicle. not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (89,1)
Vehicle Care 10-89
6. Connect the other end of the red { WARNING WARNING (CONTINUED) positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the good An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that battery. when the engine is not running first. If you do not, explosive gas and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present. 7. Connect one end of the black negative (–) cable to the clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that underhood electric fan. negative (–) terminal of the good can burn you. Do not get it on battery. you. If you accidentally get it in 8. Connect the other end of the your eyes or on your skin, flush black negative ( ) cable to the the place with water and get – { WARNING negative (–) grounding point for medical help immediately. the discharged battery. Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle People have been hurt doing this, with the good battery and run and some have been blinded. { WARNING the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes. Use a flashlight if you need more Fans or other moving engine light. parts can injure you badly. Keep 10. Try to start the vehicle that had Be sure the battery has enough your hands away from moving the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it water. You do not need to add parts once the engine is running. probably needs service. water to the battery installed in Notice: If the jumper cables are your new vehicle. But if a battery 5. Connect one end of the red connected or removed in the has filler caps, be sure the right positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting amount of fluid is there. If it is low, positive (+) terminal on the may occur and damage the discharged battery. (Continued) vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (90,1)
10-90 Vehicle Care
Always connect and remove the Towing Recreational Vehicle jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the Towing cables do not touch each other or Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing means other metal. Notice: Incorrectly towing a towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home. The Jumper Cable Removal disabled vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not two most common types of Reverse the sequence exactly when be covered by the vehicle recreational vehicle towing are removing the jumper cables. warranty. known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the Have the vehicle towed on a wheel vehicle with all four wheels on the lift tow truck. A flatbed car carrier ground. Dolly towing is towing the could damage the vehicle. The vehicle with two wheels on the wheel lift tow truck must raise the ground and two wheels up on a rear of the vehicle and wheel dollies device known as a dolly. must be used to lift the front wheels off the ground. Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle Consult your dealer or a towing: professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed. . What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle? Be sure to To tow the vehicle behind another read the tow vehicle vehicle for recreational purposes, manufacturer's such as behind a motor home, see recommendations. “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this section. . What is the distance that will be traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (91,1)
Vehicle Care 10-91
. Is the proper towing equipment components could be damaged. Vehicles with front-wheel drive can going to be used? See your The repairs would not be covered be dolly towed from the front. dealer or trailering professional by the vehicle warranty. Do not for additional advice and Use the following procedure to dolly tow the vehicle with all four tow the vehicle from the front: equipment recommendations. wheels on the ground. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow . Is the vehicle ready to be The vehicle was not designed to be towed? Just as preparing the vehicle following the dolly towed with all four wheels on the manufacturer instructions. vehicle for a long trip, make sure ground. If the vehicle must be the vehicle is prepared to be towed, a dolly should be used. See 2. Drive the front wheels onto the towed. the following information on dolly dolly. Dinghy Towing towing. 3. Shift the transmission to Dolly Towing from the Front P (Park). (Front-Wheel Drive) 4. Firmly set the parking brake. 5. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight-ahead position. 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer instructions. 7. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is Notice: If the vehicle is towed firmly attached to the towing with all four wheels on the vehicle. ground, the drivetrain 8. Turn the ignition to OFF. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (92,1)
10-92 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing from the Front Dolly Towing from the Rear Appearance Care (All-Wheel Drive) Exterior Care Washing the Vehicle To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight. Notice: Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be The vehicle cannot be dolly towed covered by the vehicle's warranty. from the rear. Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannot Approved cleaning products can be dolly towed. be obtained from your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. Notice: Avoid using high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (93,1)
Vehicle Care 10-93
exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) cleaners that are marked safe for Protecting Exterior Bright Metal can result in damage or removal painted surfaces to remove foreign Parts of paint and decals. matter. Regularly clean bright metal parts Rinse the vehicle well, before Occasional hand waxing or mild with water or chrome polish on washing and after, to remove all polishing should be done to remove chrome or stainless steel trim, cleaning agents completely. If they residue from the paint finish. See if necessary. are allowed to dry on the surface, your dealer for approved cleaning For aluminum, never use auto or they could stain. products. chrome polish, steam, or caustic Dry the finish with a soft, clean Do not apply waxes or polishes to soap to clean. A coating of wax, chamois or an all-cotton towel to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, rubbed to a high polish, is avoid surface scratches and water decals, simulated wood, or flat paint recommended for all bright metal spotting. as damage can occur. parts. Finish Care Notice: Machine compounding or Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ aggressive polishing on a Lenses and Emblems Application of aftermarket clearcoat basecoat/clearcoat paint finish sealant/wax materials is not may damage it. Use only Use only lukewarm or cold water, a recommended. If painted surfaces non-abrasive waxes and polishes soft cloth, and a car washing soap are damaged, see your dealer to that are made for a basecoat/ to clean exterior lamps, lenses and have the damage assessed and clearcoat paint finish on the emblems. Follow instructions under repaired. Foreign materials such as vehicle. "Washing the Vehicle" in this calcium chloride and other salts, ice section. melting agents, road oil and tar, tree To keep the paint finish looking new, sap, bird droppings, chemicals from keep the vehicle garaged or Windshield and Wiper Blades industrial chimneys, etc., can covered whenever possible. Clean the outside of the windshield damage the vehicle's finish if they with glass cleaner. remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (94,1)
10-94 Vehicle Care
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires and dust. Always wash the cloth or paper towel soaked with chrome with soap and water after Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to windshield washer fluid or a mild exposure. clean the tires. detergent. Wash the windshield Notice: To avoid surface damage, Notice: Using petroleum-based thoroughly when cleaning the do not use strong soaps, tire dressing products on the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and chemicals, abrasive polishes, vehicle may damage the paint a buildup of vehicle wash/wax cleaners, brushes, or cleaners finish and/or tires. When applying treatments may cause wiper that contain acid on aluminum or a tire dressing, always wipe off streaking. chrome-plated wheels. Use only any overspray from all painted Replace the wiper blades if they are approved cleaners. Also, never surfaces on the vehicle. worn or damaged. Damage can be drive a vehicle with aluminum or caused by extreme dusty Wheels and Trim — Aluminum chrome-plated wheels through an conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, or Chrome automatic car wash that uses snow, and ice. silicone carbide tire cleaning Use a soft, clean cloth with mild brushes. Damage could occur Weatherstrips soap and water to clean the wheels. and the repairs would not be Apply silicone grease on After rinsing thoroughly with clean covered by the vehicle warranty. weatherstrips to make them last water, dry with a soft, clean towel. longer, seal better, and not stick or A wax may then be applied. Steering, Suspension, and squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips Notice: Chrome wheels and other Chassis Components once a year. Black marks from chrome trim may be damaged if Visually inspect the front and rear rubber material on painted surfaces the vehicle is not washed after suspension and steering system for can be removed by rubbing with a driving on roads that have been damaged, loose, or missing parts or clean cloth. See Recommended sprayed with magnesium, signs of wear. Inspect the power Fluids and Lubricants on calcium, or sodium chloride. steering for proper hook-up, binding, page 11‑12. These chlorides are used on leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually roads for conditions such as ice Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (95,1)
Vehicle Care 10-95
check constant velocity joints, material to parts repaired or Interior Care rubber boots, and axle seals for replaced to restore corrosion leaks. protection. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement Immediately remove any soils. Note parts will provide the corrosion Lubricate all key lock cylinders, that newspapers or dark garments protection while maintaining the that can transfer color to home hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the vehicle warranty. steel fuel door hinge unless the furnishings can also permanently components are plastic. Applying Finish Damage transfer color to the vehicle's interior. silicone grease on weatherstrips Quickly repair minor chips and with a clean cloth will make them scratches with touch-up materials Use a soft bristle brush to remove last longer, seal better, and not stick available from your dealer to avoid dust from knobs and crevices on the or squeak. corrosion. Larger areas of finish instrument cluster. Using a mild soap solution, immediately remove Underbody Maintenance damage can be corrected in your dealer's body and paint shop. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect Use plain water to flush dirt and repellent from all interior surfaces or debris from the vehicle's underbody. Chemical Paint Spotting permanent damage may result. Your dealer or an underbody car Airborne pollutants can fall upon Your dealer may have products for washing system can do this. If not and attack painted vehicle surfaces cleaning the interior. Use cleaners removed, rust and corrosion can causing blotchy, ring-shaped specifically designed for the develop. discolorations, and small, irregular surfaces being cleaned to prevent Sheet Metal Damage dark spots etched into the paint permanent damage. Apply all surface. cleaners directly to the cleaning If the vehicle is damaged and cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly requires sheet metal repair or on any switches or controls. replacement, make sure the body Cleaners should be removed repair shop applies anti-corrosion quickly. Never allow cleaners to Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (96,1)
10-96 Vehicle Care
remain on the surface being 3.78 L (1 gal) of water. Notice: Cleaning the windshield cleaned for extended periods A concentrated soap solution will with water during the first three to of time. leave a residue that creates six months of ownership will Cleaners may contain solvents that streaks and attracts dirt. Do not reduce tendency to fog. use solutions that contain strong can become concentrated in the Speaker Covers interior. Before using cleaners, read or caustic soap. and adhere to all safety instructions . Do not heavily saturate the Vacuum around a speaker cover on the label. While cleaning the upholstery when cleaning. gently, so that the speaker will not interior, maintain adequate be damaged. Clean spots with just . Do not use solvents or cleaners water and mild soap. ventilation by opening the doors and containing solvents. windows. Coated Moldings Interior Glass To prevent damage, do not clean Coated moldings should be cleaned. the interior using the following To clean, use a terry cloth fabric cleaners or techniques: dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a left behind with a clean dry cloth. sponge or soft lint-free cloth . Never use a razor or any other dampened with water. sharp object to remove a soil Commercial glass cleaners may be from any interior surface. used, if necessary, after cleaning . When heavily soiled, use warm the interior glass with plain water. soapy water. . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. Notice: To prevent scratching, never use abrasive cleaners on . Never rub any surface automotive glass. Abrasive aggressively or with excessive cleaners or aggressive cleaning pressure. may damage the rear window . Do not use laundry detergents or defogger. dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For liquid cleaners, use approximately 20 drops per Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (97,1)
Vehicle Care 10-97
Fabric/Carpet/Suede 3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces soil and gently rub toward the Start by vacuuming the surface and Vehicle Information and center. Fold the cleaning cloth to using a soft brush attachment. If a Radio Displays a clean area frequently to rotating brush attachment is being prevent forcing the soil in to the For vehicles with high gloss used during vacuuming, only use it fabric. surfaces or vehicle displays, use a on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. gently remove as much of the soil 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the as possible using one of the soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle following techniques: longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could the soil to the cleaning cloth. . Gently blot liquids with a paper scratch the surface. Then use the towel. Continue blotting until no 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to more soil can be removed. removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners solution followed only by club or solvents. Periodically hand wash . For solid soils, remove as much soda or plain water. the microfiber cloth separately, as possible prior to vacuuming. using mild soap. Do not use bleach If the soil is not completely To clean: or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use. 1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery colorfast cloth with water or club cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Instrument Panel, Leather, soda. Microfiber cloth is hidden area for colorfastness before Vinyl, & Other Plastic Surfaces recommended to prevent lint using a commercial upholstery transfer to the fabric or carpet. cleaner or spot lifter. If ring Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with water to remove 2. Remove excess moisture by formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet. dust and loose dirt. For a more gently wringing until water does thorough cleaning, use a soft not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a microfiber cloth dampened with a paper towel can be used to blot mild soap solution. excess moisture. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (98,1)
10-98 Vehicle Care
Notice: Soaking or saturating soft cloth dampened with a mild Floor Mats leather, especially perforated soap solution. Damage caused by leather, as well as other interior air fresheners would not be surfaces, may cause permanent covered by the vehicle warranty. { WARNING damage. Wipe excess moisture If a floor mat is the wrong size or from these surfaces after Cargo Cover and is not properly installed, it can cleaning and allow them to dry Convenience Net interfere with the pedals. naturally. Never use heat, steam, Wash with warm water and mild spot lifters, or spot removers. Do Interference with the pedals can detergent. Do not use chlorine cause unintended acceleration not use cleaners that contain bleach. Rinse with cold water, and and/or increased stopping silicone or wax-based products. then dry completely. Cleaners containing these distance which can cause a crash solvents can permanently change Care of Safety Belts and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the the appearance and feel of leather Keep belts clean and dry. or soft trim and are not pedals. recommended. { WARNING Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument Do not bleach or dye safety belts. panel. Reflected glare can decrease It may severely weaken them. In visibility through the windshield a crash, they might not be able to under certain conditions. provide adequate protection. Notice: Use of air fresheners may Clean safety belts only with mild cause permanent damage to soap and lukewarm water. plastics and painted surfaces. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (99,1)
Vehicle Care 10-99
Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats . The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the floor mat mats were designed for your to unlock each retainer and remove. vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet . Use only a single floor mat on retainers and snap into position. the driver side. Make sure the floor mat is properly . Do not place one floor mat on secured in place. top of another. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (100,1)
10-100 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-1
General Information technicians, the dealer is the place Service and for routine maintenance such as oil Maintenance Your vehicle is an important changes and tire rotations and investment. This section describes additional maintenance items like the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades. protect against major repair General Information ...... 11-1 Notice: Damage caused by expenses resulting from neglect or improper maintenance can lead to Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may costly repairs and may not be Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 also help to maintain the value of covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have inspections, recommended fluids, Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-8 and lubricants are important to Your dealer has trained technicians keep the vehicle in good working Additional Maintenance who can perform required condition. and Care maintenance using genuine The Tire Rotation and Required Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have up to ‐ ‐ Services are the responsibility of the and Care ...... 11-9 date tools and equipment for fast vehicle owner. It is recommended to and accurate diagnostics. Many have your dealer perform these Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online keep the vehicle in good working Lubricants ...... 11-12 scheduling to assist with service condition, improves fuel economy, Maintenance Replacement needs. Parts ...... 11-13 and reduces vehicle emissions. Your dealer recognizes the Maintenance Records importance of providing Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Because of the way people use . Frequently towing a trailer. Maintenance vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Used for high speed or There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery Additional Required Services ‐ Owner Checks and Services service. Normal are for vehicles that: At Each Fuel Stop . Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional . Check the engine oil level. See within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10‑11. the Tire and Loading Information Required Services ‐ Severe chart. label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month on page 9‑10. { WARNING . Check the tire inflation . Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on page 10 50. surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause ‑ limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See . Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10‑55. Recommended Fuel on required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer page 9‑47. and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to page 10‑24. have a trained technician do the Maintenance Schedule Additional Engine Oil Change Required Services ‐ Normal chart. work. See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 10 3. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL The Additional Required Services ‑ ‐ SOON message displays, have the Severe are for vehicles that are: engine oil and filter changed within . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven in hot weather. under the best conditions, the . Mainly driven in hilly or engine oil life system might not mountainous terrain. indicate the need for vehicle service Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-3
for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine coolant level. See or missing parts or signs of and filter must be changed at least Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. wear. See Exterior Care on once a year and the oil life system . Check windshield washer fluid page 10‑92. must be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid on . Check restraint system technician can perform this work. page 10‑24. components. See Safety System If the engine oil life system is reset . Check on page 3‑18. accidentally, service the vehicle Visually inspect windshield wiper within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect fuel system for last service. Reset the oil life or contamination. See Exterior damage or leaks. Care on page 10‑92. Replace system when the oil is changed. . Visually inspect exhaust system See Engine Oil Life System on worn or damaged wiper blades. See Wiper Blade Replacement and nearby heat shields for page 10‑13. on page 10‑30. loose or damaged parts. . Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures. Lubricate body components. See Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure on Exterior Care on page 10‑92. 7,500 mi page 10‑50. . Check starter switch. See Starter Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Switch Check on page 10‑28. the vehicle, and perform the Inspection on page 10‑55. . Check automatic transmission following services. See Tire . Visually check for fluid leaks. shift lock control function. See Rotation on page 10‑56. Automatic Transmission Shift . . Check engine oil level and oil Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Lock Control Function Check on life percentage. If needed, See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑29. page 10‑15. change engine oil and filter, and . Check ignition transmission lock. reset oil life system. See Engine . Inspect brake system. See Ignition Transmission Lock Oil on page 10 11 and Engine ‑ . Visually inspect steering, Check on page 10‑29. Oil Life System on page 10 13. ‑ suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
11-4 Service and Maintenance
. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check on page 10‑29. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required. . Check tire sealant expiration date, if equipped. See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure Relief Button) on page 10‑64 or Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit (With Pressure Deflation Button) on page 10‑71. . Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof on page 2‑19. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-5 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every five years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling System on Services — Normal page 10‑17. (1) Or every two years, whichever (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. More frequent comes first. replacement may be needed if the (7) Inspect for fraying, excessive vehicle is driven in areas with heavy cracking, or damage; replace, traffic, areas with poor air quality, if needed. or areas with high dust levels. Replacement may also be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, excessive window fogging, or odors. (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. Check that the purge valve, if the vehicle has one, works properly. Replace as needed. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-7 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every five years, whichever Special Application Schedule Additional Required comes first. See Cooling System on Services — Severe page 10‑17. Services (1) Or every two years, whichever (6) Or every 10 years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use comes first. More frequent comes first. Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis replacement may be needed if the (7) Inspect for fraying, excessive components every 5 000 km/ vehicle is driven in areas with heavy cracking, or damage; replace, 3,000 mi. traffic, areas with poor air quality, if needed. . Have underbody flushing service or areas with high dust levels. performed once a year. Replacement may also be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, excessive window fogging, or odors. (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. Check that the purge valve, if the vehicle has one, works properly. Replace as needed. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Additional Battery Brakes The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Maintenance and Care the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. additional electrical accessories. Your vehicle is an important . Signs of brake wear may include investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break‐down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing may help to avoid future costly start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. repairs. To maintain vehicle battery with full cranking power. performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment required. It is recommended that the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and your dealer perform these services the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts — their trained dealer technicians connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. corrosion‐free. know your vehicle best. Your dealer Fluids can also perform a thorough Belts assessment with a multi‐point Proper fluid levels and approved inspection to recommend when your . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems vehicle may need attention. The squeak or show signs of and components. See following list is intended to explain cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 for GM the services and conditions to look . Trained dealer technicians can ‑ for that may indicate services are inspect the belts and approved fluids. required. recommend replacement when . Engine oil and windshield necessary. washer fluid levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Hoses Shocks and Struts rubber; cracks or cuts in the Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control tread or sidewall; or a bulge or be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. split in the tire. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Trained dealer technicians can . Signs of wear may include With a multi‐point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, bounce/ inspect and recommend the right dealer can inspect the hoses and sway while braking, longer tires. Your dealer can also advise if replacement is needed. stopping distance, or uneven provide tire/wheel balancing tire wear. services to ensure smooth Lamps vehicle operation at all speeds. Properly working headlamps, . As part of the multi‐point Your dealer sells and services taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer name brand tires. important to see and be seen on technicians can visually inspect the road. the shocks and struts for signs Vehicle Care of leaking, blown seals, To help keep the vehicle looking like . Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise new, vehicle care products are attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. to light, cracking, or damage. available from your dealer. For The brake lamps need to be Tires information on how to clean and protect the vehicle’s interior and checked periodically to ensure Tires need to be properly inflated, that they light when braking. exterior, see Interior Care on rotated, and balanced. Maintaining page 10‑95 and Exterior Care on . With a multi‐point inspection, the tires can save money, fuel, and page 10‑92. your dealer can check the lamps can reduce the risk of tire failure. and note any concerns. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Wheel Alignment Wiper Blades Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper blades need to be cleaned ensuring that the tires deliver and kept in good condition to optimal wear and performance. provide a clear view. . Signs that the alignment may . Signs of wear include streaking, need to be adjusted include skipping across the windshield, pulling, improper vehicle and worn or split rubber. handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required check the wiper blades and equipment to ensure proper replace them when needed. wheel alignment. Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of Engine Oil the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑11. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant (3.6L V6 Engine) See Engine Coolant on page 10‑18. Always use the pre-mixed 50/50 mixture of deionized water and Engine Coolant (2.4L L4 Engine) DEX-COOL Coolant available at your dealer. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in Hydraulic Brake System Canada 88863462). Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection Windshield Washer requirements. Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Key Lock Cylinders Canada 10953474). Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hood and Door Hinges Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 55560894 A3128C Engine Oil Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G 3.6L V6 Engine 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271191 CF176 Spark Plugs 2.4L L4 Engine 12620540 41–108 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number 3.6L V6 Engine 12622561 41–109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 65 cm (25.6 in) 25892079 — Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 25882578 — Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-17
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
11-18 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, in the trunk, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and Air Conditioning Refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.4L L4 Engine 9.6 L 10.1 qt 3.6L V6 Engine 7.1 L 7.5 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt 3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 2.4L L4 Engine 60.0 L 15.8 gal 3.6L V6 Engine, AWD 74.0 L 19.5 gal Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities Application Metric English 3.6L V6 Engine, FWD 70.5 L 18.6 gal Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.4L L4 Engine R Automatic 0.9 mm (0.035 in) 3.6L V6 Engine 3 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in) Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
3.6L V6 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine Belt removal and installation requires special tools. See your dealer for service. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
Customer Information 13-1
Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-13 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-14 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Buick. Normally, any concerns with Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-17 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-4 resolved by your dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-18 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-18 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. can occur. If your concern has not and Canada) ...... 13-5 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording and STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-19 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-7 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Assistance Program OnStar® ...... 13-20 can be quickly resolved at that level. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Infotainment System ...... 13-20 If the matter has already been Roadside Assistance Program Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service, (Mexico) ...... 13-9 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 or parts manager, contact the owner Scheduling Service Radio Frequency of your dealership or the general Appointments (U.S. and Statement ...... 13-20 manager. Canada) ...... 13-12 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Buick, remember 40 days. If you do not agree with the member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be decision given in your case, you it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is may reject it and proceed with any resolved by your dealership without why we suggest following Step One other venue for relief available further help, in the U.S., call first. to you. 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Customer Care Centre at dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at 1‐800-263-3777 (English) or sure you are completely satisfied the following address: 1-800-263-7854 (French). with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, toll-free number in order to give the after following the procedure Inc. inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard following information available to can file with the Better Business ® Suite 800 give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 representative: to enforce your rights. Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. filing a court action, use of the participation in this program. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Did you get the Warranty Extension Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor Plan? This plan is recommended by not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), General Motors to supplement the addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call warranty included with the new procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care vehicle purchase. and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), See your dealer for details. Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), participation in a no-charge or write to: Customer Assistance Mediation/Arbitration program. Mediation/Arbitration Program Procedure General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre Owner satisfaction and goodwill are has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited of owner disputes involving very important to your dealer and Mail Code: CA1-163-005 General Motors. factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Normally, any problem with the the review of the facts involved by transaction, sale, or usage of the an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied vehicle must be handled by your may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification dealer sales or service departments. before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). However, we recognize that despite designed so that the entire dispute the good intentions of all parties settlement process, from the time Customer Satisfaction involved, sometimes a you file your complaint to the final Procedure (Mexico) misunderstanding may occur. decision, should be completed in approximately 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
13-4 Customer Information
If you have a problem that has not STEP THREE Customer Assistance been satisfactorily handled through If your case is not resolved in a Offices (U.S. and Canada) the normal means, we suggest the reasonable amount of time by your following steps: dealer, please call the General Buick encourages customers to call the toll-free number for assistance. STEP ONE Motors Customer Assistance Center (CAC) and provide the However, if a customer wishes to Explain your case to your dealer following information: write or e-mail Buick, the letter service agent, service manager, should be addressed to: dealer sales agent, or sales . Name United States and Puerto Rico manager, depending on your case. . Address Buick Customer Assistance Center Make sure that they have all . Phone number necessary information. They are P.O. Box 33136 interested in your continual . Model year Detroit, MI 48232-5136 www.Buick.com satisfaction. . Brand 1-800-521-7300 STEP TWO . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 1-800-832-8425 (For Text If you are not satisfied, please Telephone devices (TTYs)) contact the general manager or your . Mileage Roadside Assistance: dealership owner to ask for their . Delivery date 1-800-252-1112 help. If they are not able to resolve your case, ask them to contact the . Description of the problem From U.S. Virgin Islands: right people at General Motors for . Dealership name 1-800-496-9994 support, if needed. . Dealership address See Customer Assistance Offices (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
Customer Information 13-5
Canada All e-mail inquiries to the Customer El Salvador Assistance Center (CAC) should be General Motors of Canada Limited 800-6273 sent to: [email protected]. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Mexico Honduras 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 800-0122-6101 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From Mexico City www.gm.ca 5329-0818 Customer Assistance for 1-800-263-3777 (English) From Other Mexico Locations Text Telephone (TTY) 1-800-263-7854 (French) Users (U.S. and Canada) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text 01-800-466-0818 Telephone devices (TTYs)) United States and Canada To assist customers who are deaf, Roadside Assistance: hard of hearing, or speech-impaired 1-800-268-6800 1-800-521-7300 and who use Text Telephones Costa Rica (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment All Overseas Locations available at its Customer Assistance Please contact the local General 00-800-052-1005 Center. Any TTY user can Motors Business Unit. communicate with Buick by dialing: Guatemala 1-800-832-8425. TTY users in Customer Assistance 1-800-999-5252 Canada can dial 1‐800‐263-3830. Offices (Mexico) Panama To contact the Customer Assistance 00-800-052-0001 Center (CAC), use the phone numbers listed in this section. Dominican Republic Customer assistance is available 1-888-751-5301 Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from 08:00 to 15:00 hours. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
13-6 Customer Information
. Access third party enthusiast Online Owner Center J (Warranty Tracking sites and social media networks. Information): Track the vehicle’s Online Owner Experience warranty information. . Locate owner resources such as (U.S.) my.buick.com lease-end, financing, and J (Recall Information): View warranty information. The Buick online owner experience active recalls or search by Vehicle is a one-stop resource that allows Identification Number (VIN). See . Retrieve your favorite articles, interaction with Buick and keeps Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) quizzes, tips and multimedia important vehicle-specific on page 12‑1. galleries organized into the information in one place. Features and Auto Care H (Other Account Information): Sections. Membership Benefits View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite . E (Vehicle Information): radio, and OnStar account Download the owner manual for Download owner manuals and view information. your vehicle, quickly and easily. vehicle-specific how-to videos. F (Live Chat Support): Chat live . Find the Buick-recommended G (Maintenance Information): with online help representatives. maintenance services for your vehicle. View maintenance schedules, Visit my.buick.com to register your required alerts, OnStar onboard vehicle. vehicle diagnostic information, and schedule service appointments. Buick Owner Centre (Canada) buickowner.ca I (Service History): View printable dealer-recorded service Take a trip to the Buick Owner records and self-recorded service Centre: records. . Chat live with online help D (Preferred Dealer representatives. Information): Select a preferred . Use the Vehicle Tools section. dealer and view dealer location, maps, phone numbers, and hours. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
Customer Information 13-7
GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has . Location of the vehicle. Reimbursement Program a Mobility Program. Call . Model, year, color, and license 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for plate number of the vehicle. (U.S. and Canada) details. TTY users call . 1-800-263-3830. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and Roadside Assistance delivery date of the vehicle. Program (U.S. and . Description of the problem. Canada) Coverage For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call Services are provided up to 6 years/ 110 000 km (70,000 mi), whichever This program is available to 1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone comes first. qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). reimbursement of eligible For Canadian-purchased vehicles, In the U.S., anyone driving the aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a required for the vehicle, such as person driving the vehicle without Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ permission from the owner is not 365 days a year. scooter lift for the vehicle. covered. For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information Buick and General Motors of Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready: Canada Limited reserve the right to Telephone (TTY) users, call make any changes or discontinue 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and the Roadside Assistance program at home telephone number. any time without notification. . Telephone number of your location. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
13-8 Customer Information
Buick and General Motors of driven. Assistance is also given Services Specific to Canada Limited reserve the right to when the vehicle is stuck in Canadian-Purchased Vehicles limit services or payment to an sand, mud, or snow. owner or driver if they decide the . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement . Flat Tire Change: Service to claims are made too often, or the is approximately $5 Canadian. change a flat tire with the spare Diesel fuel delivery may be same type of claim is made many tire. The spare tire, if equipped, times. restricted. Propane and other must be in good condition and fuels are not provided through Services Provided properly inflated. It is the owner's this service. responsibility for the repair or . Emergency Fuel Delivery: replacement of the tire if it is not . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the covered by the warranty. registration is required. vehicle to get to the nearest . Trip Interruption Benefits and service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. Assistance: Must be over . Lock-Out Service: Service to 250 kilometers from where your unlock the vehicle if you are Services Not Included in trip was started to qualify. locked out. A remote unlock may Roadside Assistance General Motors of Canada be available if you have Limited requires . Impound towing caused by OnStar®. For security reasons, pre-authorization, original violation of any laws. the driver must present detailed receipts, and a copy of identification before this service . Legal fines. the repair orders. Once authorization has been received, is given. . Mounting, dismounting, the Roadside Assistance advisor . Emergency Tow from a Public or changing of snow tires, will help you make arrangements Road or Highway: Tow to the chains, or other traction devices. and explain how to receive nearest Buick dealer for . Towing or services for vehicles payment. warranty service, or if the vehicle driven on a non-public road or was in a crash and cannot be highway. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
Customer Information 13-9
. Alternative Service: If Roadside Assistance provides Services Provided assistance cannot be provided assistance to the driver and right away, the Roadside . Flat Tire Change: If unable to passengers while driving the vehicle change a flat tire, Roadside Assistance advisor may give within your city of residence or on permission to get local Assistance will provide towing any passable road in Mexico, the service to the nearest authorized emergency road service. You will United States, and Canada. receive payment, up to $100, Buick dealership. It is the Services are subject to the owner's responsibility for the after sending the original receipt limitations described in the following to Roadside Assistance. repair or replacement of the tire. pages. Program coverage varies by This service is limited to the Mechanical failures may be country. covered, however any cost for transfer of the vehicle to the parts and labor for repairs not Roadside Assistance is available repair facility. 24 hours a day, 365 days of covered by the warranty are the . Emergency Fuel Delivery: owner responsibility. the year. Delivery of enough fuel for the This program expires two years vehicle to get to the nearest Roadside Assistance from the date of the invoice for the service station. vehicle, regardless of vehicle Program (Mexico) . Lock-Out Service: Service to mileage and changes in vehicle unlock the vehicle if you are As a new owner, your vehicle is ownership. automatically enrolled in the locked out. For more information about the Roadside Assistance program. The . Battery Jump Start: Service to renewal of this program at the end services are available at no cost jump start a dead battery. of its term, contact the Buick under the terms and conditions of . *Emergency Messages: the program. The Roadside Customer Assistance Center at 01-800-466-0818. Transmission of urgent phone Assistance program is not part of, messages. or included, in the coverage provided by the new vehicle limited . *Emergency Calls: Call for warranty. emergency services. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
13-10 Customer Information
. *Dealership Location If the vehicle is in another city . *Trip Interruption: This service Assistance: Information outside of your residence, is provided if you are prevented regarding addresses and Roadside Assistance is limited from further usage of your telephone numbers for Buick to moving the vehicle to the vehicle while traveling and it is dealers. nearest dealer. If you would like not possible for the nearest Buick dealership to repair the . Emergency Towing: Tow to the the vehicle moved to a different nearest dealer for warranty dealer, you will be asked to vehicle the same day, requiring service if the vehicle cannot be cover the difference in cost at the vehicle to stay at the driven. the time of the move. dealership for a night or more. If this happens, in addition to the If the vehicle is involved in an If the vehicle cannot be received previously listed services and accident during the commission by the nearest Buick dealer due prior to confirmation by the of a crime, administrative to scheduling conflicts, the dealership, you are entitled to violation, or breach of traffic vehicle will be taken to a safe choose one of the following regulations, Roadside place where it will remain for up alternatives, within the limits of Assistance will not provide to 48 hours until it can be taken existing Roadside Assistance service. When the vehicle is not to the dealer. If the storage costs program guidelines. If the costs accessible to be towed, all exceed the amount authorized, exceed the amount authorized maneuvers required to access it the owner is responsible to pay for these services, you must pay will be at the owner's expense. the difference at the time of the difference at the time of service. Contact Roadside service. Assistance for more information on authorized amounts. Roadside Assistance will coordinate hotel accommodations for all vehicle travelers for up to two nights. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
Customer Information 13-11
A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary Services Not Included in Roadside up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle Pick Assistance Up: Transportation to pick up must be returned to its original Roadside Assistance does not destination, excluding vehicles your vehicle after repairs are complete. Once the dealer has cover or reimburse services for the with a carrying capacity greater following: than 3.5 tons. reported that the vehicle has been repaired, Roadside . Events caused by fraud or bad Complimentary Transportation: If Assistance will provide bus or faith by the driver. you prefer to continue your trip commercial airline one-way . Vehicle immobilization situations to the intended destination or service (subject to availability) due to a major force or return to your place of for the person designated by you unforeseen circumstances, such residence, and the trip requires to collect your vehicle at the as natural phenomena of an more than eight hours driving on dealership's location if you or the extraordinary nature, the road, transportation for the designated person are not in the earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, driver and passengers by first same town or city as the and other cyclonic storms. class bus or coach commercial dealership. airline will be provided to a . Vehicle immobilization situations *These services are not provided for location chosen by Roadside arising from car accidents U.S. or Canada residents. All Assistance, depending on caused by the driver of the services provided in the U.S. and availability at the chosen vehicle or third parties. This Canada are at the owner's expense destination. Restrictions apply means any occurrence that and will be reimbursed by Roadside based on vehicle specifications. causes physical injury to the Assistance. If you are on the road, taxi occupants and/or the vehicle service to the nearest bus caused by external forces. station or airport will be . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, provided. armed forces or police actions which prevent timely delivery of assistance services. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
13-12 Customer Information
. Food service, beverages, Costs are only incurred in situations Scheduling Service telephone calls, or other extra that exceed the limits of the costs. Accommodation costs program, some of which are listed Appointments (U.S. and apply only to Mexico per the previously in this section. Canada) terms and conditions of the Roadside Assistance program. To contact Roadside Assistance by When the vehicle requires warranty phone, use the following numbers: service, contact your dealer and . Any damage to the vehicle request an appointment. By without intent, derived from the Mexico scheduling a service appointment services provided. 01-800-466-0818 and advising the service consultant of your transportation needs, your . Cost of towing a trailer when United States choosing a Buick dealer that is dealer can help minimize your nearest to the temporary storage 1-866-466-8197 inconvenience. facility for the disabled vehicle. Canada If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department . Cost of all maneuvers required 1-800-268-6800 to access the vehicle when it is immediately, keep driving it until it not available to be towed. E-mail can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is . Cost of fuel provided. [email protected] safety related. If it is, please call Routine vehicle repair costs are not Buick reserves the right to make your dealership, let them know this, covered by the Roadside any changes or discontinue the and ask for instructions. Assistance program. For more Roadside Assistance program at If your dealer requests you to bring information, see your new vehicle any time without notification. the vehicle for service, you are warranty. urged to do so as early in the work Contacting Roadside Assistance day as possible to allow for same-day repair. Roadside Assistance services are of no cost to you and available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (13,1)
Customer Information 13-13
Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by Warranty service can generally be Program (U.S. and GM for shuttle service. In addition, completed while you wait. However, Canada) for U.S. customers, should you if you are unable to wait, GM helps arrange transportation through a To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by friend or relative, limited experience, we and our participating providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the expenses may be available. Claim Transportation, a customer support circumstances, your dealer can offer amounts should reflect actual costs program for vehicles with the one of the following: Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty and be supported by original Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for information regarding the allowance extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred amounts for reimbursement of fuel warranties specific to e-Assist in means of offering Courtesy or other transportation costs. both the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle destination with minimal interruption options are available to assist in Your dealer may arrange to provide of your daily schedule. This includes reducing inconvenience when you with a courtesy rental vehicle or one-way or round-trip shuttle service warranty repairs are required. reimburse you for a rental vehicle within reasonable time and distance that you obtain if the vehicle is kept Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. part of the New Vehicle Limited for an overnight warranty repair. Warranty. A separate booklet Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited entitled “Limited Warranty and Reimbursement and must be supported by original receipts. This requires that you sign Owner Assistance Information” If the vehicle requires overnight and complete a rental agreement furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public and meet state/provincial, local, and provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of rental vehicle provider requirements. information. your dealer's shuttle service, the Requirements vary and may include expense must be supported by minimum age requirements, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (14,1)
13-14 Customer Information
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts You are responsible for fuel usage may also be used for repair. These charges and may also be (U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from responsible for taxes, levies, usage If the vehicle is involved in a vehicles that were total losses in fees, excessive mileage, or rental collision and it is damaged, have the prior crashes. In most cases, the usage beyond the completion of the damage repaired by a qualified parts being recycled are from repair. technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle. It may not be possible to provide a equipment and quality replacement A recycled original equipment GM like vehicle as a courtesy rental. parts. Poorly performed collision part may be an acceptable choice to repairs diminish the vehicle resale maintain the vehicle's originally Additional Program value, and safety performance can designed appearance and safety Information be compromised in subsequent performance; however, the history of collisions. these parts is not known. Such parts All program options, such as shuttle are not covered by the GM New service, may not be available at Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any every dealer. Please contact your Genuine GM Collision parts are new related failures are not covered by dealer for specific information about parts made with the same materials that warranty. availability. All Courtesy and construction methods as the Transportation arrangements will be Aftermarket collision parts are also parts with which the vehicle was administered by appropriate dealer available. These are made by originally built. Genuine GM personnel. companies other than GM and may Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/ or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine corrosion problems, and may not Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM perform properly in subsequent resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not eligibility pursuant to the terms and covered by the GM New Vehicle conditions described herein at its sole discretion. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (15,1)
Customer Information 13-15
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. officer. When purchasing insurance, we Repair Facility Give only the necessary information recommend that you ensure that the to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts. meets your needs before you ever If such insurance coverage is not For emergency towing see need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching and Canada) on page 13‑7 or with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be If the vehicle is leased, the leasing able to recommend a collision repair company may require you to have Gather the following information: center that has GM-trained insurance that ensures repairs with . technicians and comparable Driver name, address, and Genuine GM Original Equipment telephone number. equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Owner name, address, and Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of telephone number. vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs. collision insurance coverage. There . Vehicle license plate number. are significant differences in the If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle make, model, and quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call model year. various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not Many insurance policies provide . Vehicle Identification leave the scene of a crash until all Number (VIN). reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position . Insurance company and policy damage repairs through the use of number. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (16,1)
13-16 Customer Information
. General description of the Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair. Ordering Information Choose a reputable repair facility Depending on your policy limits, that uses quality replacement parts. your insurance company may Service Manuals See Collision Parts earlier in this initially value the repair using “ ” Service Manuals have the diagnosis section. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on and repair information on the If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember, engines, transmission, axle, Will You See after an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be suspension, brakes, electrical, Inflates? on page 3‑24. obligated to have the vehicle steering, body, etc. Managing the Vehicle Damage repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Repair Process even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost. Service Bulletins give additional In the event that the vehicle requires technical service information damage repairs, GM recommends If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service that you take an active role in its company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. repair. If you have a pre-determined you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions repair facility of choice, take the repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and vehicle there, or have it towed there. insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle. Specify to the facility that any repair limits, as you have no required replacement collision parts contractual limits with that company. Owner Information In such cases, you can have control be original equipment parts, either Owner publications are written of the repair and parts choices as new Genuine GM parts or recycled specifically for owners and intended long as the cost stays within original GM parts. Remember, to provide basic operational reasonable limits. recycled parts will not be covered by information about the vehicle. The the GM vehicle warranty. Owner Manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (17,1)
Customer Information 13-17
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Or write to: Reporting Safety Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated Booklet. Attention: Customer Service Defects RETAIL SELL PRICE: 47911 Halyard Drive $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Plymouth, MI 48170 Reporting Safety Defects shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without to the United States Without Portfolio: Owner notice and without incurring Government Manual only. obligation. Allow ample time for delivery. If you believe that your vehicle RETAIL SELL PRICE: has a defect which could cause $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S. a crash or could cause injury or shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. death, you should immediately funds. Current and Past Models inform the National Highway Technical Service Bulletins and Traffic Safety Administration Manuals are available for current (NHTSA) in addition to notifying and past model GM vehicles. General Motors. ORDER TOLL FREE: If NHTSA receives similar 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday complaints, it may open an 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time investigation, and if it finds that For Credit Card Orders Only a safety defect exists in a group (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit of vehicles, it may order a recall Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (18,1)
13-18 Customer Information
To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 the Vehicle Safety Hotline (English) or 1-800-263-7854 to the Canadian (French), or write: toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Government (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to General Motors of Canada Limited http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: write to: believe that the vehicle has a safety CA1-163-005 defect, notify Transport Canada 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Administrator, NHTSA immediately, and notify General Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Motors of Canada Limited. Call Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada at You can also obtain other 1-800-333-0510 or write to: information about motor Transport Canada vehicle safety from Road Safety Branch http://www.safercar.gov. 80 rue Noel Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, please notify General Motors. Call 1-800-521-7300, or write: Buick Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33136 Detroit, MI 48232-5136 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (19,1)
Customer Information 13-19
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a better understanding of the Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender, vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties, transmission performance, to designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation. record such data as: control the vehicle. These modules To read data recorded by an EDR, may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your special equipment is required, and technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is Some modules may also store data . Whether or not the driver and needed. In addition to the vehicle about how the vehicle is operated, manufacturer, other parties, such as such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; law enforcement, that have the average speed. These modules may special equipment, can read the . retain personal preferences, such as How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR. temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, GM will not access this data or . How fast the vehicle was share it with others except: with the traveling. consent of the vehicle owner or, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (20,1)
13-20 Customer Information
if the vehicle is leased, with the Infotainment System Radio Frequency consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or If the vehicle is equipped with a Statement similar government office; as part of navigation system as part of the This vehicle has systems that GM's defense of litigation through infotainment system, use of the operate on a radio frequency that the discovery process; or, as system may result in the storage of comply with Part 15 of the Federal required by law. Data that GM destinations, addresses, telephone Communications Commission (FCC) collects or receives may also be numbers, and other trip information. rules and with Industry Canada used for GM research needs or may See the infotainment manual for Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. be made available to others for information on stored data and for Operation is subject to the following research purposes, where a need is deletion instructions. two conditions: shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Radio Frequency 1. The device may not cause Identification (RFID) harmful interference. OnStar® RFID technology is used in some 2. The device must accept any If the vehicle is equipped with vehicles for functions such as tire interference received, including OnStar® and has an active pressure monitoring and ignition interference that may cause subscription, refer to the OnStar® system security, as well as in undesired operation of the Terms and Conditions for connection with conveniences such device. information on data collection and as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Changes or modifications to any of use. See OnStar Overview on transmitters for remote door locking/ these systems by other than an page 14‑1. unlocking and starting, and authorized service facility could void in-vehicle transmitters for garage authorization to use this equipment. door openers. RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
OnStar 14-1
OnStar OnStar Overview Push = to: . Make a call, end a call, or answer an incoming call. OnStar Overview OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Emergency ...... 14-2 Navigation voice commands. Security ...... 14-2 Requires the available Directions Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan. Connections ...... 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push | to connect to a live for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to: OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . OnStar Additional Services. Verify account information or Information ...... 14-5 update contact information. The OnStar system status light is . next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires status light is: the available Directions and Connections service plan. . Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand . Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the . Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems. . Receive Roadside Assistance. Push | or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
14-2 OnStar
Push the OnStar Emergency button OnStar Services equipped with automatic door locks, > to get a priority connection to an and can help police locate the Emergency Advisor available vehicle if it is stolen. 24/7 to: Emergency . Get help for an emergency. With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation the built-in system can automatically . OnStar navigation requires the Be a Good Samaritan or connect to help in most crashes, Directions and Connections respond to an AMBER Alert. even if help cannot be requested. service plan. . Get crisis assistance and Push > to connect to an evacuation routes. Push | to receive directions or Emergency Advisor. GPS have them sent to the vehicle technology is used to identify the navigation screen, if equipped. vehicle location and can provide Destinations can also be forwarded critical information to emergency to the vehicle from Google Maps personnel. The Advisor is also ™ or MapQuest.com. The OnStar trained to offer critical assistance in mapping database is continuously emergency situations before first updated. Visit www.onstar.com for responders arrive. coverage maps. Security Turn-by-Turn Navigation OnStar provides services like Stolen 1. Push | to connect to a live Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition Advisor. Block, and Roadside Assistance, if the vehicle is equipped with these 2. Request directions. services. OnStar can unlock the 3. Directions are downloaded to the vehicle doors remotely, if it is vehicle. 4. Follow the voice-guided commands. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
OnStar 14-3
Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Destination Download: Push |, During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then then request the Advisor to responds with “OnStar ready,” download directions to the Cancel Route then a tone. navigation system in the vehicle. 1. Push = . System responds: 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice After the call ends, push the “Go” “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say commands. button on the navigation screen to Cancel route. System begin driving directions. “ ” Get My Destination responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be cancel directions?” 1. Push = . System responds: downloaded on the go. For 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. information about eNav, Destination Download, and coverage maps visit “OK, request completed, thank 2. Say “Get my destination.” you, goodbye.” System responds with address www.onstar.com. Route Preview and the distance to the destination, then responds with Connections 1. Push = . System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice calls to be made and received from 2. Say “Route preview.” System commands. the vehicle. The vehicle can also be responds with the next three controlled from a cell phone through maneuvers. Other Navigation Services the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app. Available from OnStar See www.onstar.com for 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice coverage maps. commands. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Google Hands-Free Calling Repeat Maps and MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn Navigation or 1. Push = . System responds: 1. Push = . System responds: screen-based navigation system. “OnStar ready.” “OnStar ready,” then a tone. When ready, the directions will be downloaded to the vehicle. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
14-4 OnStar
2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored “Please say the name or number Number to call.” Push = . System responds: “Call ended.” 1. Push = . System responds: 3. Say the entire number without “OnStar ready.” pausing, including a “1” and the Store a Name Tag for Speed area code. System responds: Dialing 2. Say “Call
OnStar 14-5
Diagnostics OnStar Additional Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling perform a vehicle check every are available on most vehicles. Not month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service all OnStar services are available transmission, antilock brakes, and Push | to request account transfer everywhere or on all vehicles. For major vehicle systems. It also more information, a full description checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor can assist in canceling or removing of OnStar services, system vehicle is equipped with the Tire limitations, and OnStar terms and account information. If OnStar Pressure Monitoring System. If a conditions, see www.onstar.com diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle ownership has changed, OnStar (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada); between e-mails, push |, and an may send a voice message to the contact OnStar at 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or TTY Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account information. 1-877-248-2080; or push | to speak with an Advisor. OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent services require a vehicle electrical Owners system, wireless service, and GPS | satellite technologies to be available Push and follow the prompts to and operating for features to speak to an Advisor as soon as function properly. These systems possible after acquiring the vehicle. may not operate if the battery is The Advisor will update vehicle discharged or disconnected. records and will explain the OnStar service offers and options available. OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where How OnStar Service Works OnStar has an agreement with a Automatic Crash Response, wireless service provider for service Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, in that area, and the wireless Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle service provider has coverage, Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
14-6 OnStar
network capacity, reception, and Services for People with OnStar.com technology compatible with OnStar Disabilities The website provides access to service. Service involving location account information, manages the information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help OnStar subscription, and allows work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities viewing of videos of each service. available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. Get subscription plan pricing and compatible with the OnStar Push | for help with: sign up for OnStar Vehicle hardware. OnStar service may not Diagnostics. Click on the My work if the OnStar equipment is not . Locating a gas station with an “ Account tab on the home page. properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. ” properly maintained. If equipment or . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., OnStar Personal Identification software is added, connected, that meets accessibility needs. Number (PIN) or modified, OnStar service may not work. Other problems beyond the . Providing directions to the A PIN is needed to access some of control of OnStar may prevent closest hospital or pharmacy in the OnStar services, like Remote service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Assistance. You will be prompted to tunnels, weather, electrical system TTY Users design and architecture of the change the PIN the first time when vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a OnStar has the ability to speaking with an Advisor. To crash, or wireless phone network communicate to the deaf, change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar congestion or jamming. hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired and provide the Advisor with the customers while in the vehicle. The current number. See Radio Frequency Statement on available dealer-installed TTY page 13‑20 for information system can provide in-vehicle regarding Part 15 of the Federal access to all of the OnStar services, Communications Commission (FCC) except Virtual Advisor and OnStar rules and Industry Canada Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
OnStar 14-7
Warranty Global Positioning Cellular and GPS Antennas OnStar equipment may be System (GPS) Avoid placing items over or near the warranted as part of the New . Obstruction of the GPS can antenna to prevent blocking cellular Vehicle Limited Warranty. The occur in a large city with tall and GPS signal reception. Cellular manufacturer of the vehicle buildings; in parking garages; reception is required for OnStar to furnishes detailed warranty around airports; in tunnels, send remote signals to the vehicle. information. underpasses, or parking garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are Message The vehicle can be programmed to not available, the OnStar system If there is limited cellular coverage respond in French or Spanish. Push should still operate to call or the cellular network has reached | and ask an Advisor. Advisors can OnStar. However, OnStar could maximum capacity, this message speak French or Spanish. have difficulty identifying the may come on. Push | to try the exact location. Potential Issues call again or try again after driving a . In emergency situations, OnStar few miles into another cellular area. Some OnStar services are disabled can use the last stored GPS after five days. OnStar cannot location to send to emergency Vehicle and Power Issues perform Remote Door Unlock or responders. OnStar services require a vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the electrical system, wireless service, vehicle has been off continuously . A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of the ability to send and GPS satellite technologies to be for five days. After five days, OnStar available and operating for features can contact Roadside Assistance a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The Advisor may give a verbal to function properly. These systems and a locksmith to help gain access may not operate if the battery is to the vehicle. route or may ask for a call back after the vehicle is driven into an discharged or disconnected. open area. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
14-8 OnStar
Add-on Electrical Equipment OnStar - libcurl and unzip FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF The OnStar system is integrated acknowledgments THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO into the electrical architecture of the Certain OnStar components include EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR vehicle. Do not add any electrical libcurl and unzip software. Below COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE equipment. See Add-On Electrical are the notices and licenses LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Equipment on page 9 57. Added ‑ associated with this software: DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, electrical equipment may interfere WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF with the operation of the OnStar libcurl: CONTRACT, TORT OR system and cause it to not operate. COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, NOTICE Privacy OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE The complete OnStar Privacy Stenberg,
OnStar 14-9
unzip: Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception Info-ZIP copyright and license. The Rich Wales, Mike White to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary definitive version of this document This software is provided “as is,” should be available at without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is license.html indefinitely. Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All normal SFX banner has not rights reserved. incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary or For the purposes of this copyright inability to use this software. disabled. and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as 3. Altered versions–including, but the following set of individuals: Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, including commercial applications, operating systems, existing ports Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, and to alter it and redistribute it with new graphical interfaces, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed freely, subject to the following and dynamic, shared, or static Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris restrictions: library versions–must be plainly Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, marked as such and must not be Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, 1. Redistributions of source code misrepresented as being the Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, must retain the above copyright original source. Such altered Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, notice, definition, disclaimer, and versions also must not be Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, this list of conditions. misrepresented as being Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including, but George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai (compiled executables) must not limited to, labeling of the Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, reproduce the above copyright altered versions with the names Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, notice, definition, disclaimer, and “Info-ZIP” (or any variation this list of conditions in thereof, including, but not limited documentation and/or other to, different capitalizations), Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
14-10 OnStar
“Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s). 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” and “MacZip” for its own source and binary releases. Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (1,1)
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont'd) Assistance Program, What Will You See after an Roadside ...... 13-7, 13-9 Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-24 Audio Players ...... 7-14 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag CD ...... 7-14 Accessory Power ...... 9-24 Inflate? ...... 3-23 MP3 ...... 7-16 Adaptive Forward Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-21 Audio System Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 Airbags Backglass Antenna ...... 7-13 Add-On Electrical Adding Equipment to the Radio Reception ...... 7-12 Equipment ...... 9-57 Vehicle ...... 3-30 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Additional Information Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-15 Automatic OnStar® ...... 14-5 Readiness Light ...... 5-14 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped Transmission ...... 9-27 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-4 Vehicles ...... 3-30 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-14 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-15 System Check ...... 3-19 Automatic Transmission Air Filter, Passenger Alarm Manual Mode ...... 9-29 Compartment ...... 8-7 Vehicle Security ...... 2-12 Shift Lock Control Air Intake ...... 8-7 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-28, 9-30 Function Check ...... 10-29 Air Vents ...... 8-6 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-9 Auxiliary Airbag System Antenna Devices ...... 7-18 Check ...... 3-31 Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake Restrain? ...... 3-24 System (ABS) ...... 9-31 Passenger Sensing Warning Light ...... 5-19 System ...... 3-26 Appearance Care What Makes an Airbag Exterior ...... 10-92 Inflate? ...... 3-24 Interior ...... 10-95 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (2,1)
i-2 INDEX
B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Carbon Monoxide Headlamps, Front Turn Engine Exhaust ...... 9-26 Battery ...... 10-27 Signal, and Parking Trunk ...... 2-11 Jump Starting ...... 10-87 Lamps ...... 10-32 Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Load Management ...... 6-7 High Intensity Discharge Cautions, Danger, and Power Protection ...... 6-8 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 Warnings ...... iii Voltage and Charging License Plate Lamps ...... 10-33 CD Player ...... 7-14 Messages ...... 5-33 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-30 Stoplamps, and Chains, Tire ...... 10-62 Bluetooth ...... 7-20, 7-22, 7-25 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-33 Charging System Light ...... 5-15 Brake Buying New Tires ...... 10-58 Check System Warning Light ...... 5-18 Engine Light ...... 5-16 Brakes ...... 10-25 Ignition Antilock ...... 9-31 C Transmission Lock ...... 10-29 Assist ...... 9-33 Calibration ...... 5-4 Child Restraints Fluid ...... 10-26 California Infants and Young Parking ...... 9-32 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-47 Children ...... 3-34 System Messages ...... 5-33 Perchlorate Materials Lower Anchors and Braking ...... 9-3 Requirements ...... 10-3 Tethers for Children ...... 3-39 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-14 Warning ...... 10-2 Older Children ...... 3-32 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-34 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-43 Securing ...... 3-47, 3-49 Fog Lamps ...... 6-4 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Systems ...... 3-36 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Capacities and Circuit Breakers ...... 10-36 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-31 Specifications ...... 12-2 Cleaning Headlamps ...... 10-31 Exterior Care ...... 10-92 Interior Care ...... 10-95 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (3,1)
INDEX i-3
Climate Control Systems Cruise Control ...... 9-37 Diagnostics Dual Automatic ...... 8-1 Light ...... 5-24 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Clock ...... 5-5 Messages ...... 5-34 Differential, Limited-Slip ...... 9-37 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-9 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-14 Customer Assistance ...... 13-5 Dome Lamps ...... 6-5 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-86 Offices ...... 13-4, 13-5 Door Compass ...... 5-4 Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-33 Users ...... 13-5 Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Compressor Kit, Customer Information Delayed Locking ...... 2-10 Tire Sealant ...... 10-64, 10-71 Service Publications Locks ...... 2-9 Connections Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Power Locks ...... 2-10 OnStar® ...... 14-3 Customer Satisfaction Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Drive Systems Convenience Net ...... 4-2 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-28, 9-30 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 D Driver Efficiency Gauge ...... 5-12 Coolant Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-14 Driver Information Engine ...... 10-18 Danger, Warnings, and Center (DIC) ...... 5-25 Engine Temperature Cautions ...... iii Driving Gauge ...... 5-13 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-19 Characteristics and Engine Temperature Daytime Running Towing Tips ...... 9-52 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Defensive ...... 9-3 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Drunk ...... 9-3 Engine Messages ...... 5-34 Delayed Locking ...... 2-10 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-23 Courtesy Transportation Devices Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Program ...... 13-13 Auxiliary ...... 7-18 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-9 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (4,1)
i-4 INDEX
Driving (cont'd) Engine Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-15 Exit Lighting ...... 6-7 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Check and Service Engine Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-18 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Soon Light ...... 5-16 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Winter ...... 9-8 Coolant ...... 10-18 Dual Automatic Climate Coolant Temperature F Control System ...... 8-1 Gauge ...... 5-13 Features Coolant Temperature Memory ...... 1-7 E Warning Light ...... 5-22 Filter, E85 Fuel ...... 9-49 Cooling System ...... 10-17 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-15 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-19 Cooling System Messages . . .5-34 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Electrical Equipment, Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-4 Add-On ...... 9-57 Exhaust ...... 9-26 Flat Tire ...... 10-63 Electrical System Heater ...... 9-23 Changing ...... 10-80 Engine Compartment Oil Life System ...... 10-13 Floor Mats ...... 10-98 Fuse Block ...... 10-36 Oil Messages ...... 5-35 Fluid Fuses and Circuit Overheated Protection Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-14 Breakers ...... 10-36 Operating Mode ...... 10-22 Brakes ...... 10-26 Instrument Panel Fuse Overheating ...... 10-21 Power Steering ...... 10-23 Block ...... 10-40 Power Messages ...... 5-35 Washer ...... 10-24 Overload ...... 10-35 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Fog Lamps Emergency Running While Parked ...... 9-27 Bulb Replacement ...... 6-4 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Starting ...... 9-19 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-15 Entry Lighting ...... 6-6 Front Fog Lamp Equipment, Towing ...... 9-56 Light ...... 5-24 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (5,1)
INDEX i-5
Front Seats G H Adjustment ...... 3-3 Garage Door Opener ...... 5-45 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-8 Programming ...... 5-45 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-4 Front Storage ...... 4-1 Gasoline Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Fuel ...... 9-46 Specifications ...... 9-47 Head-up Display ...... 5-29 Additives ...... 9-48 Gauges Headlamps E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-49 Driver Efficiency ...... 5-12 Adaptive Forward Economy Driving ...... 1-23 Engine Coolant Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 Filling a Portable Fuel Temperature ...... 5-13 Aiming ...... 10-31 Container ...... 9-51 Fuel ...... 5-11 Automatic ...... 6-3 Filling the Tank ...... 9-50 Odometer ...... 5-11 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Foreign Countries ...... 9-48 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Daytime Running Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-47 Tachometer ...... 5-11 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Gauge ...... 5-11 Warning Lights and Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-23 Indicators ...... 5-8 High Intensity Discharge Recommended ...... 9-47 General Information (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 Requirements, California . . . . .9-47 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-24 System Messages ...... 5-35 Towing ...... 9-51 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Fuses Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-24 Engine Compartment Glove Box ...... 4-1 Heated Fuse Block ...... 10-36 GM Mobility Reimbursement Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 Fuses and Circuit Program ...... 13-7 Heated and Ventilated Front Breakers ...... 10-36 Seats ...... 3-8 Instrument Panel Fuse Heated Mirrors ...... 2-15 Block ...... 10-40 Heater Engine ...... 9-23 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (6,1)
i-6 INDEX
High Voltage Devices and J Lamps (cont'd) Wiring ...... 10-35 On Reminder ...... 5-24 Jump Starting ...... 10-87 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-24 Reading ...... 6-6 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Sun Visor ...... 6-6 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 K Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-14 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-34 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-36 LATCH System Hood ...... 10-4 Keyless Entry Replacing Parts after a Horn ...... 5-3 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Crash ...... 3-47 How to Wear Safety Belts Keys ...... 2-1 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Properly ...... 3-13 Tethers for Children ...... 3-39 L LED Lighting ...... 10-31 I Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-44 Lighting Ignition Positions ...... 9-15, 9-17 Lamps Adaptive Forward ...... 6-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-2 Entry ...... 6-6 Check ...... 10-29 Dome ...... 6-5 Exit ...... 6-7 Immobilizer ...... 2-13 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Illumination Control ...... 6-5 Infants and Young Children, Exterior Lamps Off LED ...... 10-31 Restraints ...... 3-34 Reminder ...... 6-2 Lights Infotainment ...... 7-1 Headlamps, Front Turn Airbag Readiness ...... 5-14 Infotainment System ...... 13-20 Signal, and Parking Antilock Brake System Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Lamps ...... 10-32 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-19 Introduction ...... iii License Plate ...... 10-33 Brake System Warning ...... 5-18 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-16 Charging System ...... 5-15 Messages ...... 5-36 Cruise Control ...... 5-24 Door Ajar ...... 5-25 Electric Parking Brake ...... 5-19 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (7,1)
INDEX i-7
Lights (cont'd) Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages (cont'd) Engine Coolant for Children (LATCH Key and Lock ...... 5-36 Temperature Warning ...... 5-22 System) ...... 3-39 Lamp ...... 5-36 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-23 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Object Detection System . . . . .5-36 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Ride Control System ...... 5-37 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-24 Security ...... 5-37 High-Beam On ...... 5-24 M Starting the Vehicle ...... 5-37 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Maintenance Tire ...... 5-38 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-23 Records ...... 11-15 Transmission ...... 5-38 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-13 Maintenance Schedule Vehicle ...... 5-32 Security ...... 5-23 Window ...... 5-39 ® Recommended Fluids StabiliTrak OFF ...... 5-20 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 Mirrors Tire Pressure ...... 5-22 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-16 Automatic Dimming Traction Control System Rearview ...... 2-16 ® Manual Mode ...... 9-29 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 5-21 Memory Features ...... 1-7 Convex ...... 2-15 Traction Off ...... 5-20 Memory Seats ...... 3-6 Folding ...... 2-15 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 9-37 Messages Heated ...... 2-15 Locks Battery Voltage and Manual Rearview ...... 2-16 Delayed Locking ...... 2-10 Charging ...... 5-33 Park Tilt ...... 2-16 Door ...... 2-9 Brake System ...... 5-33 Power ...... 2-15 Power Door ...... 2-10 Compass ...... 5-33 Monitor System, Tire Safety ...... 2-10 Door Ajar ...... 5-34 Pressure ...... 10-51 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-34 MP3 ...... 7-16 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-23 Engine Oil ...... 5-35 Engine Power ...... 5-35 Fuel System ...... 5-35 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (8,1)
i-8 INDEX
N OnStar® Navigation ...... 14-2 Parking OnStar® Overview ...... 14-1 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-40 Navigation ® ® OnStar Security ...... 14-2 Brake ...... 9-32 OnStar ...... 14-2 Operation, Infotainment Brake and P (Park) Net, Convenience ...... 4-2 System ...... 7-4 Mechanism Check ...... 10-29 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 Ordering Over Things That Burn ...... 9-26 Service Publications ...... 13-16 Passenger Airbag Status O Outlets Indicator ...... 5-15 Object Detection System Power ...... 5-6 Passenger Compartment Air Messages ...... 5-36 Overheated Engine Filter ...... 8-7 Object Detection, Side Blind Protection Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-26 Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-41 Operating Mode ...... 10-22 Perchlorate Materials Odometer ...... 5-11 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-21 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Off-Road Overview, Infotainment Personalization Recovery ...... 9-5 System ...... 7-3 Vehicle ...... 5-39 Oil Phone Engine ...... 10-11 Bluetooth ...... 7-20, 7-22, 7-25 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-13 P Park Power Messages ...... 5-35 Shifting Into ...... 9-24 Door Locks ...... 2-10 Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Shifting Out of ...... 9-25 Mirrors ...... 2-15 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-32 Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-16 Outlets ...... 5-6 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Protection, Battery ...... 6-8 ® OnStar Additional Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-24 Information ...... 14-5 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 ® OnStar Connections ...... 14-3 Steering Fluid ...... 10-23 ® OnStar Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Windows ...... 2-17 OnStar® Emergency ...... 14-2 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (9,1)
INDEX i-9
Pregnancy, Using Safety Recommended Fluids and Retained Accessory Belts ...... 3-17 Lubricants ...... 11-12 Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Privacy Records Ride Control Systems Radio Frequency Maintenance ...... 11-15 Enhanced Traction Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Recreational Vehicle System (ETS) ...... 9-37 Program Towing ...... 10-90 Messages ...... 5-37 Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Reimbursement Program, Selective ...... 9-37 Proposition 65 Warning, GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Roads California ...... 10-2 Remote Keyless Entry Driving, Wet ...... 9-6 (RKE) System ...... 2-2, 2-3 Roadside Assistance R Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-8 Program ...... 13-7, 13-9 Radio Frequency Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-34 Roof Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Replacement Parts Sunroof ...... 2-19 Statement ...... 13-20 Airbags ...... 3-31 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-56 Radios Maintenance ...... 11-13 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-9 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-31 Running the Vehicle While Reception ...... 7-12 Replacing LATCH System Parked ...... 9-27 Satellite ...... 7-10 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-47 Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Replacing Safety Belt S Rear Seats ...... 3-10 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-18 Safety Belts ...... 3-11 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-43 Reporting Safety Defects Care ...... 3-18 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-16 Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Extender ...... 3-18 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-16 General Motors ...... 13-18 How to Wear Safety Belts Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Properly ...... 3-13 Recommended Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-14 Fuel ...... 9-47 Where to Put ...... 3-38 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (10,1)
i-10 INDEX
Safety Belts (cont'd) Security Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 9-41 Reminders ...... 5-13 Light ...... 5-23 Signals, Turn and Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-18 Messages ...... 5-37 Lane-Change ...... 6-4 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-17 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Spare Tire Safety Defects Reporting Vehicle ...... 2-12 Compact ...... 10-86 Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Vehicle Alarm ...... 2-12 Specifications and General Motors ...... 13-18 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Capacities ...... 12-2 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Service ...... 8-7 Speedometer ...... 5-11 Safety Locks ...... 2-10 Accessories and StabiliTrak Safety System Check ...... 3-18 Modifications ...... 10-3 OFF Light ...... 5-20 Satellite Radio ...... 7-10 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-3 System ...... 9-35 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-12 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-16 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-34 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 10-64, 10-71 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-8 Seats Maintenance, General Starter Switch Check ...... 10-28 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Information ...... 11-1 Starting the Engine ...... 9-19 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Starting the Vehicle Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-8 Publications Ordering Messsages ...... 5-37 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 Information ...... 13-16 Steering ...... 9-4 Memory ...... 3-6 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-12 Fluid, Power ...... 10-23 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-30 Heated Wheel ...... 5-3 Rear ...... 3-10 Shift Lock Control Function Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-5 Check, Automatic Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Securing Child Transmission ...... 10-29 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Restraints ...... 3-47, 3-49 Shifting Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Into Park ...... 9-24 Out of Park ...... 9-25 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (11,1)
INDEX i-11
Storage Areas Tires Tires (cont'd) Center Console ...... 4-2 Buying New Tires ...... 10-58 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-61 Convenience Net ...... 4-2 Chains ...... 10-62 When It Is Time for New Front ...... 4-1 Changing ...... 10-80 Tires ...... 10-57 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Compact Spare ...... 10-86 Winter ...... 10-43 Storing the Tire Sealant Designations ...... 10-46 Towing and Compressor Kit ...... 10-79 Different Size ...... 10-59 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-52 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-9 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-63 Equipment ...... 9-56 Sun Visor Lamps ...... 6-6 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-52 General Information ...... 9-51 Sun Visors ...... 2-18 Inspection ...... 10-55 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-90 Sunroof ...... 2-19 Messages ...... 5-38 Trailer ...... 9-54, 9-56 Symbols ...... iv Pressure Light ...... 5-22 Vehicle ...... 10-90 System Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-51 Traction Infotainment ...... 13-20, 7-1 Rotation ...... 10-56 Control System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Sealant and Control System (TCS)/ T Compressor Kit . . . . 10-64, 10-71 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-21 Tachometer ...... 5-11 Sealant and Compressor Limited-Slip Differential ...... 9-37 Taillamps Kit, Storing ...... 10-79 Off Light ...... 5-20 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-44 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-5 Terminology and Trailer Theft-Deterrent Definitions ...... 10-47 Towing ...... 9-54, 9-56 Systems ...... 2-13, 2-14 Uniform Tire Quality Transmission Immobilizer ...... 2-13 Grading ...... 10-60 Automatic ...... 9-27 Time ...... 5-5 Wheel Alignment and Tire Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-14 Balance ...... 10-61 Messages ...... 5-38 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 13-13 Buick LaCrosse Owner Manual - 2013 - 1st crc - 4/10/12 Black plate (12,1)
i-12 INDEX
Trunk ...... 2-11 Vehicle (cont'd) Wheels Turn and Lane-Change Remote Start ...... 2-8 Alignment and Tire Signals ...... 6-4 Security ...... 2-12 Balance ...... 10-61 Turn Signal Towing ...... 10-90 Different Size ...... 10-59 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-33 Vehicle Care Replacement ...... 10-61 Storing the Tire Sealant When It Is Time for New U and Compressor Kit ...... 10-79 Tires ...... 10-57 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-40 Tire Pressure ...... 10-50 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-38 Uniform Tire Quality Ventilation, Air ...... 8-6 Windows ...... 2-17 Grading ...... 10-60 Visors ...... 2-18 Messages ...... 5-39 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-45 Voltage Devices and Power ...... 2-17 Operation ...... 5-48 Wiring ...... 10-35 Windshield Programming ...... 5-45 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Using This Manual ...... iii W Winter Warning Driving ...... 9-8 Brake System Light ...... 5-18 Winter Tires ...... 10-43 V Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-30 Vehicle Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 5-8 Wiring, High Voltage Alarm System ...... 2-12 Devices ...... 10-35 Canadian Owners ...... iii Warnings ...... iii Control ...... 9-3 Cautions and Danger ...... iii Identification Hazard Flashers ...... 6-4 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Washer Fluid ...... 10-24 Load Limits ...... 9-10 Messages ...... 5-32 Personalization ...... 5-39